Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout7344 Gall Blvd (3)�( COMcheck Software Version 4.1.3.0 Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: Project Title: Location: Climate Zone: Project Type: Vertical Glazing / Wall Area: Skylight / Roof Area Construction Site: 2017 Florida Building Code, Energy Conservation BLOX - Zephyrhills Zephyrhills, Florida 2a Addition 12% 0% Owner/Agent: Building Area Floor Area 1-Health Care -Clinic : Nonresidential 6495 Envelope Assemblies Designer/Contractor: Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor(a) Perimeter BLOX ROOF: Insulation Entirely Above Deck, High Albedo Roof Exemption = Performance data not applicable or available, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] DENTAL CORRIDOR/MED BAY SKYLIGHTS: Metal Frame:Glass, With Curb, Perf. Specs.: Product ID NA, SHGC 0.31, VT 0.63, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] (b) BLOX FLOOR: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] NORTH DENTAL / LAB: Steel -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care - Clinic] EAST ENTRY WALL: Steel -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care - Clinic] CLASSROOM WINDOWS: Metal Frame with Thermal Break:Fixed, Perf. Specs.: Product ID SF1, SHGC 0.23, VT 0.43, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] (b) VEST ENTRANCE DOORS: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, Perf. Specs.: Product ID Assa Abloy, SHGC 0.31, PF 0.50, VT 0.44, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] (b) MED / DENTAL: Steel -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care - Clinic] MED BAY WINDOWS (SF2): Metal Frame with Thermal Break:Fixed, Perf. Specs.: Product ID SF2, SHGC 0.21, VT 0.44, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] (b) DENTAL BAY WINDOWS: Metal Frame with Thermal Break:Fixed, Perf. Specs.: Product ID SF3, SHGC 0.23, VT 0.44, [Bldg. Use 1 - Health Care -Clinic] (b) SOUTH CLASSROOM / AUDIOLOGY: Steel -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - 6500 --- 30.0 0.032 0.039 32 --- --- 0.700 0.650 6500 24.6 0.0 0.044 0.033 798 24.6 10.0 0.048 0.077 383 24.6 10.0 0.048 0.077 87 --- --- 0.440 0.500 143 --- --- 0.930 0.830 1026 24.6 10.0 0.048 0.077 111 --- --- 0.440 0.500 73 --- --- 0.440 0.500 653 24.6 10.0 0.048 0.077 Project Title: BLOX - Zephyrhills Report date: 11/23/20 Data filename: P:\CLNT\Retail G\07 Project Manual\COMcheck\Zephyrhills COMCheck-2020.11.13.cck Page 1 of 37 Heartland PROJECT NOTES Dental - Ze P h y rhills, 'renant Improvements ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH NiFFA CODES AND STANDARDS REVIEW DATE H CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY EXAMINER GENERAL NOTE5: I. DO NOT SCALE DRAWIN65. USE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY. SUBMIT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE STANDARD BUILDIN6 REG06NIZED INDU5TRY STANDARDS, GRAFT5MAN514IP 5TANDARD5 IN THE AREA, ALL MANUFAGTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, AND ALL OTHER APPLIGABLE CODES 3. PROVIDE AGGE551BILITY FOR THE PHY51GALLY HANDICAPPED GONFORMIN6 TO THE AMERICANS WITH D15ABILITIE5 ACT OF 2010. TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, TH15 BUILDIN6 HAS BEEN DE516NED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2012 IBC, AND THE RULES AND REC-ULATION5 OF NEN CONSTRUCTION PER ADA 4. THE GONTRAGTOR(5) SHALL BE RE5PON51BLE FOR BUILDIN6 THIS PROJEGT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAKIN65 AND 5PEGIFIGATION5 UNLE55 A WRITTEN NOTIFICATION FROM THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO THE CONTRARY 15 RECEIVED 5. THE ARCHITECT DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PROJEGT IN ANY RESPECT OTHER THAN THAT OUR ARCHITECTURAL WORK AND JUDGEMENT RENDERED MEETS THE STANDARDS OF CARE OF OUR PROFE55ION 6. THE LOCATION OF THE EXI5TIN6 UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES 5HOWN HEREON ARE APPROXIMATE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXISTENCE AND ACTUAL LOCATION OF SUCH, WHETHER 5HOKN HEREON OR NOT, PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. ANY DAMA6E5 SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRAGIN6 AND 5HORIN6 FOR ALL WORK DURIN6 THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD 8. PROVIDE ILLUMINATED EXIT 516N5 WITH BATTERY BAGKUP DE516NATIN6 EXITS AND WAYS OF TRAVEL THERETO q. FIRE BARRIER SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM OUT5IDE WALL TO OUTSIDE WALL, FROM A FIRE BARRIER TO ANOTHER FIRE BARRIER, OR A COMBINATION THEREOF, INGLUDIN6 CONTINUITY THROUGH ALL CONGEALED SPACES SUCH A5 TH05E FOUND ABOVE A GEILIN6, INGLUDIN6 INTER5TITAL 5PAGE5 10. PA55A(5E5 OF PIPES, CONDUITS, BUS DUCTS, GABLES, WIRE5, AIRDUGT5, PNEUMATIC DUGT5, AND 51MILAR BUILDIN6 SERVICE EQUIPMENT THROUGH FIRE BARRIERS SHALL BE PROTECTED AS FOLLOW 10.1. THE SPACE BETWEEN PENETRATIN6 ITEM AND FIRE BARRIER SHALL BE FILLED WITH A MATERIAL GAPA13LE OF MAINTAININ6 THE FIRE RE515TANGE RATING OF THE FIRE BARRIER PRODUCT. PRODUCT USED MUST MEET TEST METHODS A5TM E814 OR UL 14161 FOR FIRE RATING (PER 114.3.12 4 114.4.1.1.2 IBG 2012) 10.2. FIRE BARRIERS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH 2" 5TENGILIN6 (AT 12" O.G) ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE GEILIN6 AND CONGEALED 5PAGE5 KITH THE FOLLOWING: 10.2.1. FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER 10.2.2. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS II. PROVIDE AT LEAST I GLA55 AEG 5 POUND FIRE EXTINOU15HER TO BE MOUNTED WHERE READILY VISIBLE AND AGGE551BLE. ADDITIONAL UNITS MAY BE REQUIRED TO MEET A 15 FT. TRAVEL DISTANCE LIMITATION. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 10 OR PER LOCAL AUTHORITY. 12. WHEN A BEAM OR COLUMN BEGOME5 PART OF A FIRE RATED WALL OR GEILIN6 IT MUST BE PROTECTED AND BE FIRE RATED A5 15 THE WALL OR GEILIN6. 13. SHELL MEGHANIGAL ROOM SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM THE REST OF THE BUILDING BY ONE HOUR RATED FIRE-RE515TIVE CONSTRUCTION WITH ALL OPENINGS PROTECTED BY 45 MINUTE LABELED FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. ALL RATED WALLS, WINDOWS, AND DOORS SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWIN65. 14. THE FLOOR ON BOTH SIDES OF A DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND SHALL HAVE THE SAME ELEVATION ON BOTH 51DE5 OF THE DOOR, FOR A D15TANGE ON EACH 51DE EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE WIDE5T SINGLE DOOR. 15. DOORS IN EXITS SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE USE OF A KEY FOR OPERATION FROM THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDIN6. I6. EVERY INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOOR IN THE BUILDIN6 SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HANDICAP HARDWARE (LEVERS, PANIC HARDWARE, OR U-SHAPE DE516NED DEVICES, ETC) 11. PROVIDE J-MOLDS AND CORNER BEADS AT THE ED6E5 OF ALL EIF5 5Y5TEM5 AND 6YP5UM BOARD. 734 Gall Boulevard ephyrhills, Florida 33541 18. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLOGKIN6 IN ALL STUD KALL5 THAT ARE TO RECEIVE 6RAB BARS, TOILET PARTITIONS, ETC. A ALL METAL STUD GAUGE DE516N SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY PERFORMANCE AND AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWIN65. 20. PROVIDE SEPARATION BETWEEN ALL D1551MILAR METALS INGLUDIN6 56REW5, NAILS AND OTHER FASTENING DEVICES 21. WHERE MATERIAL FASTENERS ARE NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE A5 SPECIFIED BY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROGEDURE5 22. USE ONLY 'LEAD-FREE' PIPE AND SOLDER FOR DOMESTIC WATTE SYSTEM (SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT OF Ig86 AND 5.5.P.G. SECTION 1210.1.4) 23. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TREAT THE 501L BENEATH THE SUITE 5PAGE5 WITH TERMITE POISON PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS 24. ALL KALL5 TO BE ANCHORED BY POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS 25. ALL WOOD THAT 15 IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CEMENT, MA50NRY OR EARTH SHALL BE PRE55URE TREATE 26. BUILDING 516NAGE 15 TO BE PERMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER 21. 6YP51)M BOARD WALL5 AND GEILIN65 SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE GYPSUM GON5TRUGTION HANDBOOK, 6TH EDITION. LEVELS OF FIN15H PER THE FOLLOWING: LEVEL 1: IN CONGEALED 5PAGE5, PLENUMS ABOVE GEILIN65, SERVICE GORRIDOR5 AND 5PAGE5 NOT OPEN TO PUBLIC VIEW LEVEL 2: IN WAREHOU5E AND STORAGE SPACES LEVEL 3: IN AREAS TO RECEIVE HEAVY TEXTURED WALL FIN15HE5, COMMERCIAL GRADE (HEAVY-DUTY) KALL GOVERIN6 LEVEL 4: IN AREAS TO RECEIVE FLAT PAINTS, LI6HT TEXTURES, RESIDENTIAL (LIGHT -DUTY) WALL GOVERIN6 LEVEL 5: IN AREAS TO RECEIVE 6LO55, SEMI-6LO55, OR ENAMEL PAINTS, UNTEXTURED FINISHES AND IN CRITICAL LIGHTING AREAS IN5ULATION NOTES I. PROVIDE FOIL-FAGED BATT TYPE INSULATION IN EXTERIOR STUD WALLS TO MEET MINIMUM R-Iq 2. FLAME5PREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATIN65 FOR BATT INSULATION VAPOR RETARDER SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS 2.1. FLAME5PREAD:25 22. 5MOKE DEVELOPMENT: 450 JOINT5 AND 5EALANT NOTE-5 I. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WATERPROOFING 51LIGONE BASED SEALANT AND BACKER ROD AT ALL STOREFRONT AND MASONRY JUNCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS. 5EALANT SHALL MATCH STOREFRONT 2. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 5EALAND AND BACKER ROD AT ALL JUNCTIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, I.E. BRICK TO EIF5 ETC. DOW/GORNIN6 #1qO 3. THE METAL E06E 5EGUREMENT, EXCEPT GUTTER, SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH M05T CURRENT VERSION OF THE AN51/5PRI EX -I, AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR E06E SYSTEMS USED WITH LOW-5LOPE ROOFIN6 5Y5TEM5 4. PROVIDE 5TANDIN6 SEAM JOINTS AT ALL GOPING 5LIGE5 FOR THERMAL EXPANSION. ALL 5EAM5 SHALL BE SEALED WITH DOW/GORNIN6 #7q5 TYP. 5. PROVIDE GL05URE END GAPS AND qO DEGREE TRANSITIONS AT ALL EXPAN510N JOINTS AND END WALL GAPS AT 6RAVEL5TOP5, TYP. 6. ALL METAL VENTS AND FLUES SHALL BE FLASHED WITH 'PORTALS PLUS' FLA5HIN6 BOOT, TYP. SEAL ALL METAL TO METAL CONNECTIONS WITH DOW/GORNIN6 #1q5 (NOTE: NO CLEAR 51LIGONE SEALANT SHALL BE ALLONED) 1. ANCHOR ALL PRE55URE TREATED WOOD BLOGKING AT TOP OF MASONRY WALL5 UNDER GOPIN6 WITH 3/8" DIA. HOT DIPPED 6ALVANIZED ANGHOR5 AT 36" O.G. 8. ALL EXTERIOR JOINTS IN THE BUILDIN6 ENVELOPE THAT ARE SOURCES OF AIR LEAKS SHALL BE CAULKED, &A5KETED, WEATHER STRIPPED, OR OTHERWI5E SEALED IN AGGORDANGE WITH SPECIFICATIONS q. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN 6YP5UM BOARD PER A5TM G-840 AND 6A-216-10 DESIGN SUMMARY SYNOPSIS: THE SCOPE OF WORK CONSISTS OF A SINGLE TENANT BUILD -OUT OF APPROXIMATELY 4,125 SQUARE FEET IN AN EXISTING BANK SHELL BUILDING, LOCATED IN ZEPHYRHILLS, FL. THE EXISTING STRUCTURE INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, A 4" THICK CONCRETE SLAB, POURED CONCRETE � GMU HALL GONSTRUGTION WITH BRICK EXTERIOR VENEER, STEEL JOISTS AND BUILT-UP ROOF SYSTEM ON METAL ROOF DECKING. INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION WILL COMPRISE OF METAL STUD FRAMING. EXTERIOR GON5TRUGTION HILL CONSIST OF THE REMOVAL OF THE DRIVE -THROUGH CANOPY. ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION WILL MATCH THAT ALLOWED IN TYPE V-B CONSTRUCTION. OGGUPANGY GLASSIEIGATION: FBG CLASSIFICATION - BUSINESS (DENTAL OFFICE) LIFE SAFETY CODE GLASSIFICATION - BU51NE55 (DENTAL OFFICE) BU I LD I NO GON5TRUGTION:_ GON5TRUGTION TYPE: TYPE V-B SPRINKLERED: NO FIRE ALARM: NO TENANT AREA: 4,3c10 SG2. FT. (GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE) 4,125 50. FT. (NET SQUARE FOOTAGE) OGGUPANT LOAD 4 EGRESS WIDTHS: 4,125 50. FT. / 100 5F/PER5ON = 41.25 PERSONS 42 PERSONS 0.2 I N/PER50N = 8.4 INCHES REGU I RED, 68 I NGHES PROVIDED PLUM$ I NG GALGULAT IONS WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES DRINKING OGGUPANGY: BATHTUBS/ FOUNTAINS OTHER MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE I B (BUSINESS) 5HOWER5 I PER 25 FOR THE FIRST 50 AND I PER 50 1 PER 40 FOR THE FIRST 80 AND I PER BO I PER 100 FOR THE REMAINDER EXGEEDIN6 50 FOR THE REMAINDER EX8 GEEDIN6 0 # REQUIRED I I I I ----- I I SERVICE SINK # PROVIDED I I I I ----- I I SERVICE SINK; I UNISEX RESTROOM GONTAGTS TENANT HEARTLAND DENTAL 1200 NETWORK CENTRE DRIVE EFF I N&HAM, IL 62401 CONTACT: ZAGH TYLKA PHONE: (217) 540-8216 OWNER WM6 DEVELOPMENT 1200 NETWORK CENTRE DRIVE EFFIN&HAM, IL 62401 CONTACT: ZAGH TYLKA PHONE: (217) 540-8216 ARGHITEGT HILL FOLEY R0551 4 A550GIATE5, LLG 3680 PLEASANT HILL ROAD SUITE 200 DULUTH, 6A 300% CONTACT: BRAD MGGULLOU6H, R.A. PHONE: (770) 622-g858 MEP EN61 NEERI NG SHEPHERD, HARVEY 6 A550GIATE5, INC. 4855 RIVER GREEN PARKWAY SUITE 400 DULUTH, 6A 300g6 CONTACT: BRAD SHEPHERD, P.E. PHONE: (770) 4q5-4007 DES I (5N GODES • 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE ((qTH EDITION) • 2017 FLORIDA MEGHANIGAL GODE 66TH EDITION) • 2017 FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE (6TH EDITION) `- DRAWING INDEX SHEET DRANIN6 NAME GO 155UE REV #1 REV #2 REV #3 ARCHITECTURAL 02-13-Iq A001 COVER SHEET A002 SPECIFICATIONS A003 5PEGIFIGATION5 Q A004 5PEGIFIGATION5 A005 5PEGIFIGATION5 A006 U.L. DETAILS Q A007 GENERAL NOTES, DOOR 8 WINDOW SGHEOULE5 A008 LIFE SAFETY PLAN, DETAILS $ NOTES 0101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN Q D20I DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A100 SITE PLAN AIOI FLOOR PLAN Q AI02 EQUIPMENT PLAN AI03 EQUIPMENT DETAILS Q A201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A501 RE5TROOM PLAN, DETAILS 4 ELEVATIONS A502 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A503 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A504 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A505 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A601 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A602 REFLECTED GEILIN6 PLAN DETAILS " A801 ROOM FINISH PLAN, DETAILS 4 SGHEDULES Q A802 ROOM FINISH DETAILS Q MECHANICAL 02-15-Iq MOOT MEGHANIGAL NOTES $ LEGENDS M002 MEGHANIGAL DETAILS Q M003 MEGHANIGAL SCHEDULES MIOI I MEGHANIGAL FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL 02-13-Iq E001 ELECTRICAL NOTES 8 5PE6IFIGATION5 Q E101 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING Q E102 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN - POWER 6 SYSTEMS Q E500 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES 8 RISERS E511 ELECTRICAL DETAILS Q PLUMBING 02-13-14 POOI PLUMBING NOTES 4 SPECIFICATIONS P002 PLUMBING SCHEDULES P005 PLUMBING DETAILS P004 PLUMBING DETAILS P005 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM Q PIOI PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - WASTE $ VENT Q P102 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - WATER Q P103 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - MEDIGAL GAS Q • 6TH EDITION FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE (BASED ON NFPA I UNIFORM FIRE CODE 2015 EDITION 4 NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2015 EDITION) • 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE • 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY (6TH EDITION) VIGINITY PLAN KEY PLAN _o 3 S 1 T,r�� a 3� 16 N p .:. .... ...... a ,w TRH , NORTH TRUE NORTH £. ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HPR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 N �L 0 N L C: ' C � o ICUU � � N J -L_ O 0 0 - LL j2 Z CU s U) � N O O O _ W LL Q_ C/) N -f--, � E r LO M C: O L 0 > 0 O _0O M Co Ion N 4-1CU .L ICU (1) C a O- = FZ ti N 02/13/191 For Construction mk I date issue Cover Sheet A0011111 HFR 18.945 SECTION 011000 - SM44AIZY 1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: A New Tenant Finish for Heartland Dental, Inc. 1. Propd Location; -044 6all Boulevard, Zephyrhills, Florida 33541 B. Tenot: Heartland Dental - 1200 Network Contra Drive Effingham, IL b2401 G. Architect: Nil Foley Rossi 4 Associates, LLG,- 3bbO Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200; Duluth, 6eorgla 300% D. The Mork consists of: A tarot finish of approximately 4)25 S.F. For a now dental office mithin the existing "I building. E. Mark Under Separate Contracts: 1. Dental Equipment. To be supplied and Installed 4 Dental Supplier; Patterson Dental, Inc. 6eneral Contractor to coordinale with supplier ad Owner. F. Omer-Furnishod Products; The folloming products Hill be furnished by Owner aid shall be Installed by Contractor as part of the Mork; 1. Owwr Provided Light Fixtures, Khare Occurs. 1.2 MORK FE5TRIGTIONS A. Contrcictor� Use of Premises: During Construction, Contractor Hill have full use of site, build" area, or spaw, Indcated. Gontrador� use of premises I. limited only by Omw's right to perforyn or employ other Contractors on portion of Project. B. Norsooking Building: Smoking Is not perynIttad mithin the building or within 25 feet of antranGes, operable Hinclows, or outdoor -air Intakes. MG11ON 012500 - W96TMMON PROGEM)RES 5 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A, Substitutions Include changes In products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents ad proposed by the Contractor B. Substitution Requests; Submit three (3) Copies of each request for comiderdlon. Identify product or fabrication or Installation method to be replaced. Include Specificatlon Section number ad title ad DraYdrig numbers titles. 1. Identify product to be replaced ard show Compliance mith requirements for substitution. Include a detailed Comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Mork specified , a list of Chagos weded to other parts of the Mork required to accommodate proposed substilutions, and any proposed changes In the Contract Sum or the Contract Time should the substitution be aCcepted. G. Architezi; mill reviem proposed substitutions and notify Contractor of their acceptance or rejection. If necessary, Architect V4111 request additional InforTration or documentation for evaluation. 1. Architect will notify Gontractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution Hithin five (5) business days of receipt of request, or five (5) business days of receipt of adcUtional information or documentation, whichever is later. 0. Do riot submit uncipproved substitutions on Shop Drawings or other submittals. SECTION 012600 - CONTRACIF MODIFICATION PROCEIA)RES 1.1 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A Architect will Issue supplemental Instructions authorizing minor Changes in the Mork, not Involving adjustments to the Contract Surn or the Contract Tire, on AIA Document 6-710, ' Architect's 5ff lemental Instructim." B. Omner-Initiated Proposal Request: Architect Hill issue a detalled description of proposed changes in the Hork. 1. Proposal Request are not Instruction ober to stop Hork in progress or to execute the proposed Change. 2. ftin time specified in Proposal Request or five (5) business days, Hien not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating Cost adjustments to the Contract So or the Contract Time. G. Gontractor-InItlated Proposals: If latent or Changed conditions require mocifications, to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a Claim by submitting a request for a Charge to Architect, D. On Owners approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will Issurt a Change Order for signatures of OKner and Contractor on AIA Document 6101, for all changes to ffie Contract Sum or the Contract Time. E. Architec.1; may 155m a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document 6-114. GonstrVdIon Ghange Directive Instructs Contractor to proceed mith a change in the Mork, for subsequent Inclusion in a change order. 1. Construction Ctionge Dk)oGtIve Contains a complete description of change in the Noric It also designates method to be followed to claterynine change on the Contract Sum or the Contract lime. F. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time aid material basis of Hork reqjked by the Owstructlon Gharge Directive. After Completion of change, submit on itemized account aid suppilng data necessary to substantlais Cost aid time adjustments to the. Contract. SECTION 013" - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMISM 1.1 PROJE-GT MANA6EMENT AND COORDINATION A. 5ubcontract List: Sclonill; a written surnmary Identifying Individuals of firm proposed for each portion of the Nork. B. Keg Personnel Names: Mthin fifteen (15) business days of starting Construction Operations, 5ubrnit a list of key personnel assignments, Including superintendent and other personnel In attendance at Project site. List emll addresses ad telephone numbers. G. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the 5peclilcations, to ensure efficient and orderly Installations for each part of the Mork. D. ReqUeStS for Information (RFIS); On discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor sholl prepare ad submit and RFI. Use forms acceptable to Architect and Owner . E. Provide a weekly or biweekly report by electrwic communication (ii-mall) to the Owner's Representative and Architect on progress against project schedule. 6,aneral Contrador is to schedule a rough-kroview notitying Owner and Architect of said review 2 weeks prior to schedule meeting date. Require attendance of each subcontractor or other ently concerned Hith Current progress or Involved In planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. 12 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGUIREMENiS A. ArchliedS Digital Data F1185; Electronic cliqlal data files of the Contract Dravilngs Hill be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Arefiltact will furnIsh Gontractor one set of digital data dramIng files (plais onIg,) of the Contract Orem" for use in preparing Shop Draw". a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or Completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Pro"". B. Goordiriate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, dallvorl� other 5ubrnittals, ad related activities that require sequential activity. 1. No extension of the Contract The Hill be authorized beGause of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Mark to permit.processIng IrCludIng resubmIttals. -chitect Hill return two Copies. 2 Submit three Copies of each action submittal. Ar 3. Submit two copies of each informational submittal. Architect Hill not return copies. 4. Architect Hill diricard submittals rowived from sources other than Contractor. G. Electronic Submittals: Identify and Worporato Information in each electronic submittal File as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single Indexed file Incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section ad transmittal form mb links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Now file Hith unique Identifier, Including project Identifier, Specification Section number, and revision identifier. 3. Provide war. for Insertion to permaredIg record Gontractorb review ad approval mark" and action taken by Ardited. D. If Paper Submittals we used: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for Identification. Provide a space approximately b by 8 Inches on label or beside title block to record Gontractor� revleiq end approval markings ad action taken by Architect. Inc lude the following information on the label: 1. Project now. 2. Date. 3. Name and address of Contractor. 4. Name and address of subcontractor or supplier. 5. Number end title of appropriate SpecIficatlon Section. E. Identify options requiring selection by Architect F. Identify deviations from the Contract Docunients, on submittals. 6. GontractoHsr Construction Schedule Submittal Prowdlre; 1. Submit required submittals in the folloming format: a. PVF electronic file. 13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AL C-awal Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare ard submit submittals required by Individual 5pedicatlon 5eGtlore. 1. Stkmlt electronic submittals via emall as PDF electronic files. a. Architect Hill return annotated file. Arriotate aid retain ow (1) copy of file as an electronic Pr�ject record document file. IA ACTION SUBMITTALS A. If Paper Goplas are used: Submit four (4) paper Copies of each 5ubrnittal unless other indicated. Architect will return tmo (2) copies. B. Product Dato; Mark each Copy to show applIcAnble products ad options. Include the following: 1. Mainufacturar's witten recommendations, product specifications, ad Installation Instructions. 2. Hiring diagram shoming factorTlistalled Hiring. 3. Printed � ormance Curves aid operational rage diagrams. 4. recognized testing agency. 5. Compliance with 5pacIfled standards and requirements. G. Shop DraHings: Prepare Project-specIfic Information, drawing accurately to scale. Do not bass Shop Dram" on reproductions of the Gontrad Documents or standard printed data. Submit on shoots at least 8-1/2 by 11 Inches but no larger than 24 N 36 Inches. InCluclo the folloHN! 1. Dimensions and Identification of products 2. Fabrication ad Installation dramings and roughing -In aid setting diagrams. 3. Wing diagrans showing field -installed miring. 4. Notation of coordination requirements 5. Notation of dimensions establislies by field measurement. 0. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, aid texture ad for a Comparison of thesee Characteristics between sulmittal aid actual component as delivered ad Installed InGlucle name of manufacturer and product name on label. SECTION 014200 - REF`EREW.B 1.1 6ENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Publication Dotes: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Gontract Documents unless othemise, Indicated. B. Abbreviations aid Azroryns; Yftre abbreviations aid acronyms cre used In Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mew the recognized name of the entitles In the following list. Nomes are %Pjftt to Change ad cire believed to be acclyate and Current as of the date of the Contract Documents. ANI Architectural NoodHork Institute ANPA Marlow Hood Protection Association (Forrw1g: AmerlGan Mood Presarvers'Asscclatlon,) AH5 Amerlcw Holding Society BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers A6wGiation CIMA Cellulose Iroulatlon Manufacturers Association G156A Call" 4 Interior System GonstruCtIon Association M Carpet and Rug Institute. Mv) GSI Gast Stone Institute G51 Construction Specification Institute Mw) DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association EJHA Exparislon Joint Manufacturers Association, In(. FM Approvals FM Approvals LLG 7A 6ypsurn Association 6ANA 61ass Associal:lon of North America HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers A6soclation HPVA Hardwood Plywood 4 Veneer Association IGBO, International Conference of Building OFFIcIals 155FA International Solid 5urface, Fabricators AssoCiation KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Marufac turm Association LC6EA Light 6age Steal Erginam Association MCA Metal Construction Association MFMA Maple Flooring Association, Inc. MFHA Metal From" Manufacturers A6soclation, Inc. M41A Material HandIN Industry of America MIA Marble Institute of America HIP] Martar Pointers Institute NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association N560A National Building 6ranite Quarries Association, Inc.. NGMA National Concrete Masonry Assoclatlon NEGA National Electrical Contractors Aswdation NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturars'Assoclation NEMA National ElectrIcal Manufacturers Association NGA National 61ass Association NOMMA National Ornamental 4 Miscellaneous Metals Association W556A National Stone, Sand 4 6raval Assoclatlon NTMA National Terrazzo 4 Mosaic, Association, Inc.. (The) RFGI Res4lied Floor Covering Institute 5DI Steel Door Institute Sil Steel Joist Institute, 94AW Sheat Metal ad Adr Gordltlonlng Contractors' National Association SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foom Alliance (5PIr9`FD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; 5prag Polgrethare Foan vlvlslor� TGNA Tile Council of North America, InG. TIA/EIA Telecommunications Indus" Assoclotlarklectronic Industries Alliance TM5 The " Society UL Underwriters Laboratories InG. U%BG U.5. 6reen Building Comil NGMA Hinclow Covering Manufacturers Association NOMA Hrdow t Door Manufacturers A6scclatlon (Formerly : NY#*VA - National Mood Hndom aid Poor Aaroclation) K HoodKork Institilte (Forrierly ; HIG - Hoodwork Instibuto of California) HIG Hoocimork Institute of Gallfornia Novi H) NMWA Hood Moulding 4 Millwork Producers Association G. Code Agencies: Here abbreviations and GiGrwyms ore used in 5pecification or other Contruct Documents, they shall mocin the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Naws are sub t to Charge aid we believed to be accurate aid current as of 96c, the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO, International Association of Plumbing and MachanIcal Officials IGG International Gode Council IGG-E5 IGG Evaluation SeNce, Iric. NFPA National Fire Protection Association SEGTION 015" - TEMPORARY FAGILITES, NO CONTROLS 1.1 SECTION REWIREMENTS A. Use Ghargest Installation and removal of aid use Charges for temporary facilities shall be Included in the Gab -act Sum unless otherwise indicated. B. Electric Service: Gomplq with NECA, NEIA aid UL standards and recItilatlons for teriporcry electric service. Install service to comply wbi NFPA 10. G. Accessible Temporary Egress; Comply mith applicable provl5lons In IGG AIII.I. 1.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Provide field offices, storage and fabrication &he&, and other support Facilities or, necesscry for Construction operations. Store combustIble materials alpart from bulldN. 13 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguisher: Portable, UL-rated; mith Class aid extinguishing agent as required 4 locations ad Glasses of fire e)posures. B. HVAC Equipmeritt Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent WAG system, provide vented, selF-codaked, liquid-propane-gor, or fuel -oil heaters with individual spaw thermostatic Control 1. Use of gasollne-burnIng space healers, open -flame heaters, or salamander -type, heating units Is prohibited. 2- Heating Wfbz Listed and labeled for type of fuel being Consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, ad marked for Intended use. 3. Permanent WAG Units: If Omer authorizes use of parmarned WAG system for temporary use during Construction, provide filter Hith MERV of 8 at each return -air grille in system and remove at and of wistruction. 1.4 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLA11ON A. Ceneralt Install temporary service or Connect to existing Service. 1. Arrange with utility Company, OKner, and existing users for time mhen service can be Interrupted, IF necessary, to make Connections for temporary services. B. SwItary Facilities: Provide temporary tollets, wash fasliltles, aid drMig-water Fixtures. Comply with regulations and health coder, for type, number, location, operation, aid maintenance of fixtures aid facilities. G. Heating ad Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cwllng required for curing or drying of completed Installations or for protecting Installed constrvdion From adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on Completed Installations or elements being Installed. D. Provide temporary light" with local switching that provider, adequate Illurninatlon for Construction operdlons, observations, Insoactiors, and traffic Conditions. 15 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, ad Conduct construdlon as required to Comply with environmental regulations aid that minimize possible air, waterway, ad subsoil contanhation or pollution or other undesirable effects. B. Pest Control; Engage post -control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction aid harboring of rodents, roaches, ad other pests aid to perform extermination and control procedures d regular Intervals so Project Hill be free of pests aid their residues ot Substantial Completion. Perform Control operdions lawfull� using environmentally safe materials. G. Provide temporary enclosures for protection of Construction, In progress aid completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide tenporcry Heathertight enclosure for building exterior. P. Hen required, provide floor-to-ceilling dustprooF pcirt1lons to IhIt dust and dirt mligration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and other tenants from fumes and nolse. lb OPERATIONS, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision; Enforce strict d"llne In use of temporary Facilities. To minimize waste aid almee, lknit avallabIlIN of temporary Facilities to essential ad Intended uses. B. Remove each temporary facility Man need For its service has ended, Hhen it has been placed by authorized use of a permanent facilityl, or no later than Substantial Completion. C. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, ad Clean penioned facilities used during Construction period. SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REGUIREMINS, 1.1 SECTION REGLAREMENTS A. The term 'product' Includes the terms lmaterlal,' "equ"t,' %ystom," " terms of similar Intent. B. Gomparable Product Request; Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or faixication or In5tallation method to be replaced. 1. 5hoH Compliance Hb requirements for comparable product requests. 2 . Architects Hill review the proposed product aid notify Gontractor of its acceptance or rejection. G. Gompatibility of Optionsi If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more procucts, select product Compatible HM products previously selected. 0. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that Hill prevent dornage, deterioration aid loss, kicluding theft. Comply mith manufacturer's written Instrudlons. 1. Schedule delivery to minknize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of Construction spaces. 2. Deliver prvelucts to Project site in manufacturer's original sealed Container or packagirg, complete with Ickels aid Instructions For handling, stork unpacking, protecting, and Installing. 3. Inspect produlla on delivery to ensure Compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 4. Store materials In a manner $d will not endarger Project structure. 5. Store products $d are sul:ject to conage by the elements, under cover in a heathertot enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent conclensation. E. Harrantlee 5pecifled In other Sections shall be In addition to, and run Concurred with, pother Haratles required by the Godract Documents. ManuFactureHs discialmers ad limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obllgdlom under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. Provide products that cc" with the Contract Documents, are unclannaged, aid, unless otherwise indicated, are reH d the time of Installation. 1. Provide prodix,ts, complete with accessories, trh, finish, and other devices and components needed for a complete Installation aid the Intended use aid affect. 2. Nov prodixts ore accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect P4111 make selection. 3. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient chcracteristic of products. B. Hhere the folloviing headings are used to list products or manufacturers, the Contractor's options. for product selection are as follows: 1. Products: a. Hhere requirements include "one of the follopirg' provide one of the products listed Did Complies with requirements. b. Nhere requirements do not Include 'one of the following," provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements or a comparable product. 2. Manufacturm: a. Y#we requirements 'one of the folloviing,' provide a prodvt that Compiles with requirements by ore of this listed niGnifacturers. b. Here requirements do not include 'one of the folloHIV provide a product that compiles with requirements 4 one of the listed manufacturers or another marufacturer. G. Hhore, Specifications require Imatch Architect's samplo,' provide a product that complier mb requirements aid matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision Hill be final on Hhother a proposed product matches. 0. Here Specifications Include the phrase 'or, selected 4 Architect from manufactrer's full range" or similar phrase, select a Cdict that complies with requirements. Architect Hill select color, 9105S, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line t, inclucles both standard crid promilum items. 13 C40WARABLE PRODUCTS A. Architect mill Consider Gontractor's request for Comparable product Hherl the follomIng cordit;Ions are satisfied: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does riot require revisions to the Contract Documents, that It Is consistent with the Gor&act Documents ad will produce the Indicated results, ad that It 15 Compatible mith offer portions of the Mork. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product vilth those named in the Specifications 3. List of similar installations for completed projects, If requested. 4. Samples, if requested. SECTION 01711000 - EXECUTION my CLOSEOUT REWREHIffm 1.1 EXECUTION REMIREMENTS A. Cutting and Patching: 1. Structyal Elements: Hen Gutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations aid detalls of Cutting aid await directions from Architect before proweding. Shore, brow, ad su ort structural elements during Cutting ad patching. 2. operational Elements: Do riot cut ad patch operation elemenTand related Components in a monrier that resulted in reducing their capacity to perform as Intended or that results In Increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. V6wl Elements: Do not cut ad patch construction in a mariner that results in visual evidence of Cutting and patching. Do not cut aid patch exposed Construction in a manner that would, in ArchltecOs opinion, red" the bulldirg's aesthetic qualities. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions; Obtain ad maintain on-ste manufacturer's wrften recommordations, and Instructions for Installation of products aid equipment. 1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Gontractor's List of Inoomplete, Items; Initial siubmittal at Substantial Completion. B. Certified List of Incomplete Item: Final Submittal at Final Completion. G. Operation ad Maintenance Vda: Submit one (1) copy of manual 0. PDF Electronic Filet Assemble manual into a composite electronically Indexed file. Submit on digital media. E. Record Praw"I Submit one (0 set of annotated record prints. F. Record Digital Data Files: Submit data file and one (1) set of plots. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROGEDUFE5 A. Prepare a list of iterns to be Completed and corrected O%nGh list), the value of 11:ems on the list, and reasons mhg the Mark is riot complete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Before requesting Substantial Completion inspection, complete the following: 1. Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Omer unrestricted use of the Mork and access to services aid utilities. Include Occupancy permits, operating Certificates, and similar releases. 2. 5Lbfnit closeoui; submittals specified in other sections, kzk)dN project record documents, operations aid maintenance manuals, property surveys, skrillor final record InforTnotlon, warranties, Korkmanship bonds, maintenance servire agreements, final Certifications, ad shIlar documents. 3. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in othar sections, InGludIng tools, We parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. 4. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 5. Submit Changeover information related to OKwr's occaparr4 use, operation, and maiderave. G. Procedures Prior to Substantial Gompletion; Before requesting 5ubstcritlal Gompletlon Inspection, Complete the, following: 1. Advise Over of parding Insurance Changeover requirements. 2 ' Make final changeover of permanent locks ard deliver keys to Owner. 3. Complete startup, aid testing of systems, ad equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenarice on equipment used prior to Substantial Gompletion. 5. Advise Owner of changeover in had and other Allitles. 6. Particpate with Omer in conducting "Non and Halk-through Kith local emergency responders. 1. Remove temporcr� facilities and controls. b. Compete final Clawing requirements, Including touchup painting. q. Touch up ad otherwise repair ad restore marred exposed flnishes to alkninate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for Inspection for substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will proceed mith Inspection or advise Gontractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect Hill prepare the Gertificato of Substantial Gompletion after inspection or will advise Contractor of gem that must be completed or corrected before certificate mill be Issued. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting Inspection for determining final Gompletlom complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment. 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion Irspection list of Items to be Completed or Corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated 4 Architect. Certified Copy of the list shall state that each Rem has been completed or otherwise resolved. 5. Certificate of Insurcrice: Submit evidence of final, continuing Insurance coverage compl" Kith Insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest -control final Inspectlon report. B. Submit a written request for final Inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed Kith Inspection or notify 6ontraCtor of vnfulfllled requirements. Architect Hill prepare final Certificate for Payment after Inspection or Hill advise Contractor of items that must be Completed or Corroded before Certificate Y4111 be 155ved. 1. ReInspection: Reclitiest relrepection Kim the Nork identified in previous Inspection as "late Is. Completed or Corrected. 1.5 MATERIALS A. In-plaw Materials: Use materials for patching identical to In-plaw materials. For exposed surfaces, m materials that visually match in-plaw adjacent surfaws to the fullest extert possible. B. Cleaning Agents; Use Clawing materials ad agents recommended 4 manuFacturer or fabricator of the surface to be clewed. Do not use Clearing agents that are potentially hazardous to health or prop" or ffid might danage finished surfaces. Ih OPERATION AND MAINTENA14GE DOCUMENTATION A. Directory: Prepare a single, Comprehensive, directory of emergency, operation, ard maintenance clata ad materials, listing item ad their location to facilitate ready access to desired Information. B. organization: Unless otherwise Indicatecl, organize manual Into separate sections for each system aid subsystems, aid separate sections for each piece of equipment not pat of a system. G. Organize data Into three-ring binders mO Identification on front and sphe of each brider, aid ewe" for folded draw". InGlude the following: 1. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance documentation 2. Maintenance ad service schedule 3. Maintenance service Contracts. Include row ard telephone number of service agents 4. Emergency Instructions. 5. Spare pats list ad local sources of maintenance materials. 6. Hiring c1logran. 1. Coples of Harrantles. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 1.1 RECORD DRANN66 A. Record Prints; Maintain a set of prints of the Cch*oct DraHlngs aid Shop Draw", "orating nom aid revised drawings as modifications we issued. Mark to shoH actual Installation vWes from that show originally. Accurately record information in an ac,captable drawing technique. 1. Identify aid date each record Praming; Include the designation TROEGT RECORD PRANINW in a prominent location. 1.8 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Existing Condition: The existence aid location of underground aid other utilities aid Construction Indicated as exlstN ore not guaranteed. Before "Inning slteHork, Investigate and verify the existence aid location of unclorgrouncl utilities, mechanical aid electrical system, ad other Construction affecting the Nork. B. Before proceeding with each Component of the Hork, examine sulortrates, area, and Conditions, Hlth Installer or Applicator present Hhere IndlGated, for Compliance with requirements for Installation tolerances ad other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify compatibility with ad suitability of substrates 2. Examine rotolnig-In for mechanical aid electrical system. 3. Examine malls, floors, and roofs for suitable cordtions. G. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory Conditions have been Corrected. D. Take field measurements as reaulred to fit the Mork pvpe?l I Hhers portions of the Mork ore indicated to fit to other Construction, verify dimensions of Construction by field measurements before brication. E. Verify space requirements and dimensions of Items shown diagr-aminabcally on Dramirgs. IA INSTALLATION A. Locate the Mork ad Component of the Mork axwaWI5 in correct allgriment aid elevation, as Indicated. 1. Make vertical Kork plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Conceal pipes, ducts, and Hiring in finished areas unless otherwise Inclicated. 3. Maintain minimum hoodroorn Clearance of 46 Inches in occupied spaces ad 610 wties in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufactrar's written Instrvdions aid recommendations. G. Conduct Construction operations so no part of the Mork Is subjected to damaging operations or loading In excess of that wqmted during normal Conditions of occqxm4. D. Templates: Obtain ad dlstr6to-to the parties involved templates for Kork specified to be Factory prepared aid field Installed. E. Attachmed: Provide blocking aid attachment plates, and anchors ad fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place. Mhere size ad type of attachments are not Indicated, verify size aid type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting He": Hhere mounting heights we riot Indicated, mount Components d heights directed by Architect. F. Jolkits: Make joints of uniform mldh. Mhere joint locations In exposed work we riot Indicated, arrange Joints for the best visual effecL Fit exposed Connections together to form hairline joints. (7. Use products, Glowers, ad installation materials that cre not considered hazardous. 1.10 CUTTIN6 AND PATGHIN6 A. Provide temporary support of Kork to be cut. B. Protection: Protect In -place corritrudlon during Cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse Heather cordtions. for portions of Project did mot be exposed dying cuttirig ad patching operations. G. Hhere existing services/sptems we required to be rwnoved, relocated, or abandonecl, by such services/59stems before Cutting to minimize or proved Interruption to ocapled areas. D. Cutting: Cut In -plow Construction using neftcls least likely to conage elemeds retained or adjoining construction. 1. Cut holes ad slots neatly to minimum size required, and Hft minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openinqs Hhen not In use. E. P" wItfi durable searre, that are as Invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply HIth Installation requirements specified In other Sections. 1. Restore exposed finishes of patcled areas and extend finish restoration Into adjoining Construction in a mannor that Hill minimize evidence of patching aid refinishing. 2. Hhere walls or partitions that removed extend one finished area Into another, patch and repair floor aid Hall surfaces in the now space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texLya, and appearance. 3. �*ere patching occurs in a pointed surface, prepare substrate and apply prInwr ad Intermediate point coats appropriate, for substrate over the patch, and app final paint cod over entire unbroken %rfaw Containing the p". Provide additional Goats until pckh blends HIth adjacent Zows. 1.11 CLEANIN5 A. Clean Project site aid Kork creas dally� Including Common areas. Disposo of materials lawfully. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. hhere dust would impair proper execution of the Hork, Broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. 3. Remove debr1r, from Conceded spaces Wore enclosing the space. B. 'Ompleto ",a f r I r . "am Pro stairs, spills, A Fora at gn 2 pciv 3 . 4. Clean transparent mallerials, Including mirrors. Remove excess glazing compounds. 5. Glow exposed finishes to a clust-Free cordItion, Free of stains, film, wid foreign substances. Sweep concrete Floors broom Clem. b. Vacuum carpeted surfaces aid Hax resilient flooring. 1. Npe surfaces of maGhwical and electrical equipmarit. Remove exw-% lubrication aid foreign substances. Glow plumbing fixtures. Clean light Fixtures, lamps, globes, old reflectors. 8. Replace disposable air filters and Clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, aid grills. 1.12 OPERA11ON AND MAINTENAWE MANUAL PREPARATION A. operation aid Maintenance Marivals; Assemble a complete set of operation aid maintenance data Indicating operation ad maintenarice of each system, st"tem, and piece of equipment riot part of a system. B. Manvfxhrer!5 Data: Mhere manuals Contain mcnAacturers'stardard printed data, include only shoots pertinent to "t or componarit Installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component Incorporated into the Mork. If data Include more than one Item in a tabular format, identify each Item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify clata applicable to the Mark ad delete references to Information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are unavailable "here the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equiomisd or system. C. Drawings: Prepare dramings supplementing manufacturers'printed data to illustrate the relationship of componerit parts of equilorrent and system and to Illustrate control sequence ad flow diagram. 1.13 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAININ6 A. Engage qualified Instructors to Instruct Ower's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain system, subsystem, ad equipment not pat of a system. Include a detailed review of the folloHIng: 1. Include Instruction for basis of system design ad operational requirements, review of documentation, emergency prowdres, operations, adjustments, troubleshooting maintenance, ad r"Irs. SECTION 042000 - UNIT KASONIRY ID 6ENERAL AL This section Includes Concrete masonry unit aid brick masonry unit. 1.1 GIUALITY A59ARANGE A. 51nigle-source Responsibility For Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture ad Color, or a uniform bland w0in the ranges accepted for thew Characteristics, from one wurce ad by a single manufacturer for each different product required. B. 5ingle-source Responsibility for Mortar Materials; obtain mortar Ingredients of a uniform quaII4 Including color for exposed masor% from one manufacturer for each cerneditlous Component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORA61E, AND HANDLIN6 A. Store units am materials on elevated platforms, under Cover, and in a cry location to prevent deterioration or damage. If units "M In, , do not Install until %ey are in an aV-dried conciltion. 13 PROJECT GOWITION5 A, Protection of Masorry; Dying erection, Cover tops of halls, projections, and sills mith waterproof Meet" at end of each dcg�5 work. Cover partially Completed masonry mhen construction 15 riot In progress. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof bads for d least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry Hall or C1011111M. C. Gold-hiiather Requirements; Adere to AGI 530 aid AGI 530.1. D. Hot-Heaffier Requirvnionts: Protect unit mosonry work 4m temperature ad humidity Conditions prod" excessive evaporation of water From mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and Hind bracks ad use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with tomperutures of 100 clegrees F. aid above. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. " Wits: ah:ject to Compliance with requirements. See Masonry Schedule in Contract Documents for manuFactrer aid Va. B. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and A4ytiorsi 1. Dur-0--ml, Inc 2. HisclaTian BukWLn �Prodxts. Inc. 3. Rekioi�,hg Of America 2.2 COWGRETE MASONIRY UNITS A. 66naral: 1. Provide shaper, Indicated ad as follows for each form of Concrete masorry unit required. 2. Provide 5peclal s1hopes for lintels, corners, Janbs, sash, control joints, headers, bording, and other special conclitlors. 3. Provide bullnose, units for outside Corners, unless otherwise Indicated. 4. Provide sqpere-edged units For outside corners, except Khere indicated as bullnose. B. GonGrete, " Units: A57M C 40 and as follows: 1. Wit Compressive Strength: Provide units Hith minimum average not-crea compressive strength Indicated below: MOO PSI. Might Gla,51fication: Lightweight. C. Integral hater Repelled-. Provide units produced with liquid polymeric, Integral admixture that does not red" flexural bond strength. Units mode with Integral water repellent, when tested as a Hall assembly made Hith mortar containing Integral water-repellent manuFacturw's mortar additive according to A5TM E 514, HM test period extended to 24 hours, show no visible mater or leaks on the back of the test specimen. D. ProcluGt: 5utject to Compliance vilth requirements, provide units made with "Prolock' 4 MR 6raw 4 Go. 23 13RICK AL 6ewral: 1. Provide Mopes indicated ad as follows for each form of brick required. 2. Provide units mbout cores or frogs ad mb exposed surfaces finished for ends of sills ancl Gaps aid for slaillar applications that would other"Ise expose unfinished brick surfaces. 3. Provide special shapes for applications requiring brick of size, form, Color, ad texture on exposed surfaces that cannot be produced by sawing. B. Face Brick. ASTM C 216 ad as follows; 1. 6rade aid Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units mith grade and minimum average net--crea Compressive strength Indicated be low: 6rade.. SH. 3000 1 Type: Q. Appllcdlorb Use mhere brick 6 exposed, unless otherwise Indicated. 2.4 REINFORCIN6 STEEL A. Steel ReInForcing Bars: Material and grade as folloms: Billet steel Complying Kith ASTM A 615 (AtSTI-i A bl" 6rade 60 (6rcde 400) 2.5 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. 6eneralt Provide joint reinforcement formed from the folloHN: 1. 6olvanized corloort-steel Hire, coating class as follows: A6TM A 641, Class 1, for Interior Halls; ad A5TM A 153, Class 5�-2, for exterior Description: Molded -mire units prefabricated with deformed Continuous side rods aid plain cross rods Into stralght lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabrlc�ated Carrier aid tee units, and complyllng with requirements indicated below: a. For slngle-t-4gthe mcsonry� provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: Truss design with continuous diagonal Gross rods 9" not more than 16 inches oL. b. For multi-mgthe masorrg, provide type as Follows: Truss design with continuous diagonal Gross rods spaced riot more then 16 Inches oc. C. Number of Side Rods, for Kit[ -+#he Concrete ": One side rod for eaCh face sholl of hollow mosorq units more than 4 Inches in Hkb, plus I side rod for each mythe of masorry 4 inches or less in width. P. Provide Integral drIps on Grow rods d Cavity malls. 2.6 TIES AND ANG+M, Ce4ERAL A. 6ewral: Provide ties ad anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply Kith requirements for metal ord size of this Article, unless otherwise Indicated. B. Hire; 6olvanized Carbon-5teel Hire: ASTM A b2, Hb A51M A 153, Glass B-2 coding. Mire Diameter: 0.1615 Inch. 2.71 ADJUBTABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTIN6 TO STI;WTURAL FRAME A. 6eneral: 1. Provide 2-pleoe assemblies as described below, allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between hall ad forne parallel to plow OF Hall but resisting tension and Compression forces perpendicular to it. 2. For anchorage to steel framing, provide manufacturer's standard anchors HIth Crimped 1/4 Inch-dianeter wire anchor section for melding to steel ad triongular-shaped Hire tie section sized to extend mithin I Inch of masonry faw ad as follows: a. Hire Diameter: 0.1615 Inch. 2h ADJUSTABLE MASONRY -VENEER ANGHOR5 A. 6,enaral: Provide 2-plOw assemblies alloming vertical or horizontal differential movement between Hall and Hall framing parallel to plane of mail but resisting tension aid compression forces perpendicular to It, for attadwerit over sheathing to metal studs, aid mith the following structural performance Characteristics: 1. Structural Performance Ghoraclarlstics: Capable of withst" a 100-IbF (445-W load in alther tension or conpr-ession mbout deforming over, or developing play in excess of, 0.05 Inch (13 rrn). 2. 50remi-Attachedl, Masorg-Venrier Anchors: units wresting of a Hire tie section and a metal anctior section complying KU the following requirements; a. HIre Tie Shape: Triangular. b. HIre Tie Length: As required to extend 11/2 Inches (38 mm,) into masorn migthe of veneer face. 3. Anchor 5ectlorb Rib -stiffened, sheat-matal plate mb screw We& top crid bottom, 0.01471 inch (IA =0 thick by 2 3/4 inch 00 wO wide by 3 Inches M mmi) high, fabricated into tee shape with 2 pro Jecting tabs, 3/4 Inch (Iq mrrJ Hide by I Inch (25 nW lorq. Hith slotted holes for Connection of vertical legs of triangular Hire tle specially formed to fit awkior section. 4. Slip -in, McsorryI-Veneer Ainchorsi Units consisting of a Hire tie section ad a mire anchor section des" to be 91" W metal studs as Meathing is Installed Anchor section locks in place by fitting to Inside of metal stud ad has on eye to receive mire tip, section. Nre tie section has a vertical leg that 51PS into the eye of the anchor section aid allows vertlical adjustment. Both sections are made from 3/16 inch (4h miTJ galvanized Hire. 5. Steel PrIll Scrams for Steel Studs: A5TM C 4154 except manufactured mith hox Hasher head ad neoprene masher, No. 10 (4b ffW diameter by length required to penetrate steel stud flange by not less than 3 exposed threads, aid mith the following corrosion protective Coding: a. Organic polymer coating mith salt-sp-ay resistance to red rust of more than 500 hours per ASTM B III 6. Available Products: 5utject to Compliance mith requirements, products that may be Incorporated in the Mark Include, but ore not limited to, the follovilig: a. Screw-Atkadned, "-Veneer Anchors. 1. IPur-0-Mal. Inc. D/A 213 11. Heckman BuIldbg Products, Inc.; Pos-I-Tla b. OrganIc-Polymer-Cocited, Steel Dill Scrams; f Elw Industries. Inc.; Dril-flex 11. ITK-Bulldex TrQKX 2.4 EMBEDDED FLA51­11145 MATERIALS A. 5heet-Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal Complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section T-lashing and Shoat Metal'. B. VNI 5heat Flashing: Flexible shoot flashing especialIq formulated from virgin polyvinyl Chloride with plasticizers aid other modliflem to remain flexible aid waterproof in Concealed masonry applications, black in Color, and of thickness indlCated belom: 1. Thickness: 20 mils, (05 nW 2. Application: Use mhere flashing is fully concealled in masonry. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY AGGESSORIES X Gornpressible, FIller: ProwIded Filler strips Complying Hith ASTM 0 1056, Type 2, Class N 6racle 1; Compressible up to 35 percent, of Hk1th and thickness Indicated, formulated from the following material: 1. flooprene 2 . Urethane 3. Polyvinyl Chloride B. Preformed Cbdnol-Jold 6askets: Material as Indicated below, dessigned to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability In masonrli Nall; size and conficyation as Indicated. 6. Rubbei Gompourd; ASTM 1) 2000, Designation M2AA-805. V. Polyvinyl Chloride: ASTM 0 2281,6erieral Purpose 6rcide, Type PVC-6540(b. E. Bord-Breaker Strips: "It-saLurated, organic, roolIng felt Complying Hith A5TM V F. Bond -Breaker Strips: Asphalt -saturated, organic roofing felt Complying mith A5TM V 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 6. Neep West Provide the folloming: 1. Round Plastic Tubing; Madlurn-derr.4 polyethylene, 31b Inch outside diameter 4 4 Inches long 2. " Material: Material as Indicated below, In length required to produce 2-Inch exposure an exterior ad 18 Inches In Cavity between mylthesi a. Cotton sash cord b. Fibrous glow rope 5.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AL Examine Conditions, mIth Installer present, for compliance Kith requirements for Installotlon tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do riot proceed mb Installation until unsdisfactory Conditions have been Corrected B. For the record, prepare wMen report, endorsed 4 Installer, listing corditlons, detrimental to performance of unit masorry. G. Examine rough-lin aid built-in constnxtion to varq actual locations of piping Come( Alons, prior to Installation. 3.2 REPAIRIN6, POINTIN6, AND CLEANIN6 AL Remove ad replace masonry units that ore loose, chippecl, broken, staked, or otherwise damaged or IF units do riot match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining unb; Install In fresh mortar or Tout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Politinq! During the tooling of joints, enlarge volds and holes, except seep holes, and completely Ell I mb mortar. Point-vp joints, Including corms, openings, ad adjacent construction, to application of sealants. G. In -Progress GI"N- Glow unit masorq as mork progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar Fins, and smears prior to tooling Joints. D. Final Clewing: After mortar is thorouOly set ad cure4 clean exposed masorry or, folloms: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand mith mooden paddles ad wrimetallic. scrape hoes or Chisels. 2. Met mall surfaces with motor prior to application of Glowers; remove Glowers pr ML� rinsing thoroughly Hith Clear Hater. 3. Clean brick by bucket ad brush haricl-cleanvig method described in BIA Tedinical N=o 20 Revised, using the following masonry Glower; a. Job -mixed detergent solution. b. Proprietary acidic Gleaner, applied in compliance mith directors of acidic clearier manufacturer. 4. Clean concrete masonry by Clearing method indicated in NGMA TE 8-2 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. E. Protection: Provide final protection ad maintain conditions M ensure unit masonry is mithout damage aid deterioration at tine of 9ibstantlal Gomplatlon. SECTION 054000 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMINQ7 ID 6ENERAL 1.1 GUAL11Y ASSURANCE A Installer Quallficatiors: Enclage an experienced Installer who has completed cold-foryied metal frarnirg similar In material, design, ard extent to that indicated for this Project aid mith a record of successful in-service performance. B. Holding 5tandardsi Comply with appliccible provisions of AY45 PH 'Structural Holding Godo-5teel' and AN5 D13, 'Structural Mldkg 6oda-5hret Steel.' 1.2 DELIVERY, STORA61E, AND Hk4DLIN6 A� Protect rold-forned metal framing from Corrosion, deforniation, aid other darnage dLrhg delivery, storage, and handling, 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. 6alvanized-5teal Swat; A57M A 446, zky, coated according to A5TM A 525 as follows; 1. 65 60 typlool Coding except as noted below. 2. 6 CIO Coating for studs used or, brick bxkV. 3. 6rade: 6rade A, 33POO psi mInImin yield strangth, 20 percent elongation. 2.2 KALL FRAMIN6 A Steel 5tuds; Manufacturers standard G-sheped steel studs of web depft aid gage indicated, mb lipped flanges, and complying with the following; 1. Flarge Ndth: 1-51b Inichas minimurn. 2. Mob.. Punched. B. Steel Track- MaMacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, unpurded, of web depths indicated, with straot flanges, ad uxTNN Kith the following: 1. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: MatchIng steel studs. 2. Flange Kcb: Marriufacbrers standard deep flarge Khere indicated, standard It large elsewhere. 23 FRAMIW5 AGG� E5 A. Fabricate steel-franing accessories of the sane material ad finish used for framing members, Kith a minknual yield strength of 33,000 PSI. 2.4 AWHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A Steel 5haper, and Clips: A6TM A 3b, zinc Coated 4 the hot -dip lorowss according to A5TM A 123. B. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corroslon-resistant materials, mith Capability to 5ustaln, Hithout failure, a load equal to 5 times the design load, or, determined by testing per A5TM E 4W Conducted 4 a qualified independent testing agerg. G. Powder-Artuated Anchors; Fastener stistem of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corroslon-resistart materials, mith capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times the design locid, cs determined 4 testing par A5TM E IIcI0 Conducted by a qualified independent testing acIency. 0. Madoilcal Fasteners; GarosWt-resistart Coded, self -drilling, salf-threacling steel drIII scratis. E. Head Type: LoN-proFfle head beneath sheathing, manufacturerS standard elsewhere. F. Holding Electrodes: Comply HIM AH5 standards. 23 M15GELLANEOU5 MATERIALS A 6atvwIzIng Repair Point; 56PG-Palnt 20 or DOD-P-2M, mb dq film coritaining a minkrurn of 614 percent zinc dust 4 Haight. 2h FABRICATION A Fabricate cold-formad metal framing ad accessories plumb, square, true to line, crid Hith Corrections socireig fostered, according to moMacturers recommeridations and the requirements of this Section. B. Feibricate, Framing assemblies in jig templates. C. Cut Framing members 4 samlig or 5hearkq- do not torch ciA. V. Fasten cold -formed metal Framing members 4 Yielding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Hire tying of framing members is not permitted. E. Gomply Kith AN5 reqjlrements and procedures for Yielding cp�pearanw ad quality of Holds, and methods used In Correcting Yielding work. F. Locate mechanical fasteners ad Install according to wId-Frarnad motal framing manufactror's kistriuctions with screw paretrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 6. Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to monufacturer's recarmenclations. H. Reinforce, stiffen, and br" Frwilnq assemblies to withstand handling, claINa% and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or distortion. 1. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies to a maxima allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, ad true to Ike of 1/8 [rich in 10 feet 0AbO) and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space Individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Gurnulative arroi, shall not exceed minimurn Fastening requirements of swathing or other finishing materials. 2. 5qucrenestb FabrICato each cold -formed metal fraining assembly to a maximum out -of -square, tolerance of Ilb Inch. 30 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural Framing for Compliance with requirements, Including listallatlon tolerances and other Conditions affecting perFormance, of cold-forned metal framirg, Do not proceed with Installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been correctecl. 3.2 PREPARATION AL 6rout bearing surfaces uniform and level to ansure, full contact of bearing Flanges or track webs on supporting concrete or masonry Construction. 33 IN5TALLATION, 6ENERAL A. Cold -formed metal framing may be Mop or field fabi-cated for Installation, or It may be field assembled. 5. Install cold -formed metal framing aid accessories plumb, square, true to line, ad with Connectors securely fastened, according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. G. Cut framing members by sowing or showing. do not torch Cut. D. Fasten cold -formed metal Framing members by Holding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricutor. Hire Ning of franhg members Is not permitted. E. Gomply with AY,15 reqiftments aid procedures for welding appearance ad quality of Yields, aid methods used in correcting welding work. F. Locate mechanical fasteners and Install aGcordlng to cold-fraried metal framing mawfactyer's Instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 6. Install framing members in one-piece longths, unless splice Connections ore indicated for track or tension members. H. Provide tonporary bracing aid leave in place until framing is permanently stabilized 1. Do riot bridge building expansion ard Control joints Hith cold-forned metal framing. Independently fraw both sides of joints. J. Erection Tolerances: Install wId-formod metal froming to a maximum allomd.,)Ie tolerance variation from plumb� level, ad true to line of 1/5 Inch in 10 feet (1:0160) and as follows: 35 NONLOAD-BEARIN6 CURTAIN HALL INSTALLATION A Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tr� accurately and securely anchor to supporting sirvoture as indicated. B. Squoral seat studs against wabs of top aid bottom tracks except where deflection tracks ore clatalled. G. Fasten M flarges of sh& to top aid bottom track, unless othermlse indicated. D. Isolate steel fraiming frm building stricture at locations indicated to prevent trarisfor of vertical loads Yqhile providing lateral support. E. Install deflection track Were Indicated ad anchor to building structure. F. Correct studs mith vertical slide Clips mhore, IndlGated to Continuous angles or supplementary Framing anctiored to building structure. 6. Space studs as Indicated. H. Set studs pkffb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required For norplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. 1. Install horizontal brlc�lng In Curtain mall studs, spaced in roms riot more than 445 Inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. J. Install additional roH of horizontal bridging in Curtain Hall stud beneath deflection track vim artairimall studs cre not fastened to an adclitlonal top track. r- Bridging: Gold -rolled steel dam], clilo angle fostered to mabs of punched studs. L. Install miscellaneous framing and Connections, including stud kickers, wob stiffeners, Clip angles, Continuous angles, anchm, fasteners, aid stud gIrts, to provide a complete aid stable artain vial] framing system. 3.b REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. 6alvanizing Repairs: Prepare ad repair damaged galvanized cod" on fabricated aid Installed cold -formed metal framing with galvanizing repair point according to ASTM A 180 aid the manufacturer's Instructions. SECTION ObI00 - MISCELLANEOUS ROU6H CARPENTRY ID 6ENERAL 1.1 SECTION REWIREMENT5 A. 5ubmittalsi IGG-ES evaluation reports for treated Hood. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 NOOD PRODUCTS, 6ENERAL A, Lumber ovide dressed lumber, 545, marked Hith grade 5twr of "tion agency. 2.2 TREATED XZIAL5 A. FIre-Retardat-Treated Materials: Products Hith a f lame -spread Index of 25 or 1655 Khan tested according to A5TM E LK ad mith no evidence of significant progressive combustion mien the test Is extended an additional 20 minutes, and mIth the flaw front riot extending more than 10-b"beyond the centerline of tie burners d any time during ft test. 1. Use Interior Type A unless otherwise stated. 2. For enclosed roof Framing, framing in attic spaces or above Call", and where high-tomparature fire-retarclant treatment Is Indicated, provide material Kith design ad)rtmed factors of not less than Ob5 for mo&Ius of elasticity ad 0.15 for extreme fiber in bending for Pecject's climatological zone. 3. Kil" lumber after Lreatmed to a maximurn moisture content of lei percent. 4. IdedIfy with appropriate classification " of a testing aid "ting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 23 LUMBER A Miscellaneous Dimension Lumber-. Gonstriuction or No. 2 grace Hith 15 percent maximum moisture content of any species. Provide for nallers, blocking, and similar members. B. Utility 5holvIng: Mixed southern pine, No. 1; SPA or 5pruce-plie-fir, Select Merchantable or No. I Common; NsLMA, NL6A, NGLIB, or k*VA, mithin 5 percent minimum moisture content. 2.4 PILYHOOD BACKIN6 PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: FkjKood, Exterior, AG, fire-ratardant treated, not less than 3/4 Inch nominal thickness. 2.5 FASTENERS A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Hhore, rough Carpentry Is, exposed to Heather, in ground contact, or In area of high relative hunildity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating Complying Kith A5TM A 153/A 153M. 1. Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO BER-_),12. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 I%TALLATIGN A. Set miscellaneous rough Carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, ciA and flitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other Construction. 5. Securely attach miscellaneous rough carpentry to substrates, complying KU the following: 1. CABO MM-212 for power -driven fasteners. P i , n �_A co, IFXOI,�%:, ; "A A Me M 1' 2 W 1 A, Submittals: Shop Dromings, 5wiples showing the full range of colors avallollole for eacti type of finish aid AN Gluality Certification Progran certificates. B. Fabricator Gluallfications: Certified! participart In AH% Qually Certification Program. G. Installer Gluallficoflons: Fabricator of products. P. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or Install woodwork until building is enclosed, met work is completed, and WAG system is operating. 1.2 ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS A, Guallty Stanclard: AHI, AHMAC, aid MI's 'Architectural Hoodwk Standards! B. Plastic -Laminate Gdolnets: Premium grace. 1. Type of Construction; Fromeless. 2. Cabinet and Door aid Dramer Front Interface; Style: Flush overlay. 3. Lanhate Cladding: Horizontal surfaces other tops, 6rads H66; postformed surfaces, 6rade, 1­16P, vertical surfaces, 6rode, 1­165�, edges, 6rada 1*55., semlexporied surfaces, thermoset de-cordive panels. 4. DroHer Sides ad Backs: Thermoset decorative pawls. 5. Drawer Bottoms; Thermoset decorative pawls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hood. Maximum Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent B. Meditimi-Poralty Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, 6rade 150, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. C. Partl(Wboard: AN51 A208.1, 6rodo M-2, made HIth blincler Containing no yea formaldehyde. P. Vioneer-Faced Powl Prodicts hirdwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1, made mb adhesive Containing no real formaldehyde. E. High-Preseure Decorative, Larnincte: M94A LP3. Manufactirers; a. HII Division of HIlsonart Engineered Surfaces b. Formica (&n2QmUm A Fletcher Building Company c. Nevanor Powlern Industries International, Inc.. d. Or Owner -approved Equal. 2.2 CABINET HARDHARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A, Frameless Concealed Hinges (European T�ps); BHMA A156A, 501602, M degrees of opening. 5. Kra Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 Inches long, 5/lb Inch in diameter. G. Gat(hos: Magnatic catches, BHMA Aft.q, 503141. 0. Adjistabie Shelf Standards aid 5upportsi 5HMA Al5b.01, E104102, with shelf brackets, B04112 or as rioted per draHIngs. Shelf rests in -59helf Rests" Paragraph below are installed in holes drilled in cabinet sides ad partitions. E. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156A, 504013, metal, tHo-pin type Kith shelf hold-down Gil F. Dramer 511dest 51­11,% A156A, 1305041. 6rodes in No slider, %tparcigraphs beloN correspond to the Following initial loacl test requirements; 6race 2: 20 ibf, Crade It 50 Ibf; 6rade [HP-100: 100 IbF; 6rado IRD-200: 200 [bit. 1. BOX Dramer Slides-. 6rode 1. 2. File Draw 511des: &� IHO-100. 5. Pencil Drawer Slides: 6rade 1. 4. Keyboard Slides: 6rade IW-100. 5. Trash Bin Slides; 6rado IHP­IOO 6. Dramer and Door Locks- BHMA A156.11, EM041 H. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Gomply with BHMA A156.1b for BHMA code. number Irdicated. 1. Finish; Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 00. J. Furring Blocking %Irrs, and Hanging W": Fire-retardant-tracited blocking In enclosed Halls aid SoFtHood or hardHood lumber, kiln dried to 15% moisture content. 5.0 EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components onl as newssary for shipment aid installation. Hhere necessary for fitting at sits, provide aniple alloKance for scr" trimmirig, ad tINIng. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Before Installation, Condition Cabinets to .=ercp-. prevailing hurn" cordItIons in hstallation Gram. B. Install cabinets to Comply Hith ref quality standard for grade, specified. C. Install cabinats level, plumb, trw, ad straot. Shim as nequired Hith coriwaled shins. Instal I level and plumb (Incudlng tops) to a tolerance of Ilb Inch in C16 Inclies. 0. 5cribe aid Cut Cabinets to fit adjoining Hai,, refinish Cut surfaces, ad repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Amhor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Fasten with Countersunk conwaled fasteners aid blind nallirg. Use fine finishing nails or finishing scraws for exposed nalling, Countersunk aid filled flush. F. Cabinets: Install so doors ad draHers we accurately al". Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings aid to provide unencumbered operation. Fastan Hall Cabinets through back, box top and bottom, at ends aid not more ffiarl 16 Inches O.G. with No. 10 waiter -head 5creols size for I -Inch penetration Into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips or No. 10 Hafer -head sheet metal wevis through metal backing or metal framing behind mall finish. SEGTION 06420D - MOOD PANELIN& ID 6e45LAL 1.1 SEGT10N REQUIREMENT5 A. Wmittals: Shop Draw" ad Samples showing the Full rage of Colors available for each type of finish aid AH Gluallty Gertification Program Certificates. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of 5 years experience in finish corpeitq. G. r3wironmental Limitations: Do riot deliver or Install paneling until building is enclosed, met work is cornplated, and WAG system is operating. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MOOD PANIELIN6 A. GlualIN Standard: ANI, AHMAG, and HI'5 'Architectural HoodHork 5tarclards! B. Flush Mood Pawling Mood-Vaneer Hall 5urfacing): Premium grace. 1. Mood 5peflft- Mite birch, plain shood. 2. Matching of Adjacent Veneer Leaves: Pleasincl mdch. 3. Veneer Matching mithin Pawl Face: Genter-balorce match. 4. Pawl matching: Select ad arrarge panels for similarity of grain pattern ad color between adjacent pawls. 2�2 MATERIALS A. Mood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 perwit. B. Verieff-FaGed Pawl Products (1­14)dwood Plymood): HPVA HP-1, made vilth adhesive Containing no urea Formaldehyde C. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Sir": Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to 15 percent moisture Content. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 SHOP FIN15HIN5 OF MOOD PANELIM A, Finishes. Same grades as Items to be finished. B. Shop finish transparent -finished wood paneling d fabrication MT. 1. )V two coats or sealer or primer to concealed surFaces of woodworlL 2. 19 a wash coat 5ealer to pawling made from closed -grain wood before staining ad finishing. 3. After stain", if any, apply paste Hood filler to open -grain Hoods and Hipe off excess. Tht filler to match stained Hood. G. Transparent Finish: 1. Finish; System - b, water -based Gross IH" acrylic. 2. Show: SdIn or Semigloss. Verify finish with Owner. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Before Installation, condition paneling to average prevailing humidity conditions In Installation areas B. Install paneling to cor" HIth referenced quality standards for grade specified. G. Install paneling level, pluft, true and straight to a tolerance of Ilb Inch in c1b Inches. 0. Scribe aid Gut stile ad rail wood paneling to fit adjoining Hori� refinish GjA surfaces, wd repair conaged finish at Cuts. E. Anchor paneling to supports with conceal 1-harger clIps aid by blind nailing on back-up strips, spilned-correction strips, and similar associated trh ad framing. Use Fine fln=N nails or finishing screms for exposed nolling, coudersurk and filled flush with Hoodwork. SECTION 064600 - MOOD TRIM 1.1 SECTION REGIAREMENT5 A. Section Includes standing and running trkn, Jornbs, and frames. B. 5ubmIttals: Shop Drawings ad Samples 4" the full range of Colors, textures, ad patterm available for each type of finish. G. Insta ler Qualli'lcations: Minimum of 5 years experience. 0. Environmental Limitations for Interior Mood Trim: Do not deliver or Install Interior Hood trim until building Is enclosed, met work is completed, aid WAG system I. operating. 2.1 NOOD TRIM A. Glucility Standardi AN], AHMA6, aid N's 'Architectural Hoodwork Standards.- B. Interior Trim for Transparent Finish: Premium grade, clear,.poplar or white birch as noted on plans, plain sliced/plain sawn. 1. Fre Rated Interior Frames aid Jambs Were required): Products fabricated from fire -retardant particle board or fire -retardant, mocilm-dens,14 fiberboard with veneered exposed surfaces ad listed ar-d labeled by a testing aid "Ung agency acceptable to authorities having Juriscliction, for 20 minutes fire rating, based on test" according to NFPA 252. G. Interior Trim for Opaque Finish: #1 Gu5torn grace, made from any clored-grain hardwood. 22 INTERIOR 5TANDIW7 AND RUNNIW2 TRIM AL Interior Hardwood Lumber Trkn: Premium grade, Clear, kiln -dried, poplar or mhU birch. B. Hood Hold": MMMPA HIM 4 made to patterm In INMMPA W 12 from klin-dried stock. 1. Hardwood Holdings for Transparent Finishi Premium grade, clear, klln-drled, poplar or KhIta birch. 2. Profiles: Sizes per dromings. G. Mood Moisture Content for Interior Moodwork: 5 to 10 percent. D. Blocking aid Shins: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln-dred. E. Interior Trim for Opaque Finish: #1 Custom grade, made From ciny closed-graln hardwood. 23 SHOP PRIMIN6 AL Shop prime wood trial for opaque finish Kith one coal; of specified Hood primer. 2A SHOP FIN15HIN6 OF INTERIOR MOOD TRIM A. Finishes: Same Tode as Items to be finished. B. Shop finish transparent-finIshed interior Hood trim at fabrication shop 1. Apply we Goat of sealer of primer to concealled surfaces of mood trinn. Apply two Coats to &"aln surfaces. 2. A%119 a wash cout sealer to wood trim made from closed -grain wood before staining ad finishing. 3. staining, IF any, apply posts wood filler to open grain moods, ad Ape off excess. Tint fillor to match staked Hood. G. Trareparent Finish: 1. Finish: System - 8, mater-based cross I" acrylic. 2. Shear: Satin or semigloss - Verify with Owner. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Before Installation, condition Hood trial to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation area. B. Install wood trim to comply with reFerenGed quality standard for grade specified G. Install Hood trim level, plumb, true, aid straight. Shim as required with Conceded shim. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 Inch in 46 Inches. 0. Scribe ad cut wood trial to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at Cuts. E. Anchor wood trim to anchors or blocking built In or directly attached to 5ubstraLes. Fasten HAh countersunk conwaled fasteners aid blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed nailing, counterslurik ad Filled flush mith woodwork. F. Interior 5tardlig and Running Trim: Install mIth mInknual number of joints possible using Full-length pieces Orom maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 16 Inches long, except mhore shorter single -length plows are necessary. 5carf running joints ancil stagger In adjacent ad related members. SECTION 0116200 - SHEET METAL FLASHINS NO TRIM ID C_IENEI;�Al_ 1.1 914MARY AL This Section Includes sheet metal Flashlrig ad trim In the following Categories; 1. Exposed trim 2. 6ravol stops 3. Fascloo 4- Cop" 5. Metal Flashing 1.2 GIUALITY ASSURANCE A, Installer 6lualffications: Engage an experienced Installer who has Completed "at metal Flashing and Vh work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and jib a record of suCcosriFul In-service, performance. 13 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate Nork of this Section with Interfacing and adjoining Nork for proper sequencing of each Installation. Ensure best possible Koatilher resistance, durability of Moric� and protection of materials and finishes. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A6 6alvanized Steel 5hoet: A5TM A 526, 6 40, Commercial qualltyl, or A51M A 521, 6 40, lock -forming quality, hot -dip galvanized steel sheet with 0.20 percent copper, mill phosphatized 4ere indicated for paintirS. not less than OD346 " thick, unless otherwise Indicated. B. Coll-Goated 6alvanized Steel Sheet; Zinc -coated, commercial-quallty steel Meet Conforming to A5TM A 15-6, 6 CIO coating designation, coil coated with high-parformance fluoropolymor coating or, specified in "Coll -Coated 6alvanized Steel Sheet Finish' Article; not less than 0.033b " thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 FABRICATION, 6EI4ERAL A. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate shoat metal f lashing aid trim to comply mith recommendations of 5MALNAS 'Architectural sheet Metal Manual' that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, aid other Characteristics of the Item Indicated. B. Comply NIth details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result In waterproof and Heaffiff-resistant performance once Installed. Verlfq shcipes ad dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating shoet metal. G. Form exposed shoot metal Mork that 6 Hbout excessive oil Coming, buickling and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, Hith exposed edges folded back to form hems. P. Sealed Joints; Form nonexponslon, bul; movable, Joints In metal to accommodate elastorw1c, sealant to comply r4b 5RACNA staridards. E. Separate metal from noncompotible metal or Corrosive substrates by coding Concealed surfaces d locations of Contact mith asphalt mastic or offer permanent separation as rwcommencled 4 manufacturer. F. Conceal fasteners aid exlxinslon provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are riot allowed on faces of Meet metal exposed Ul) U (D UO NO ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 IF 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com @ Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HTR is unlawfuL All mpies are to be returned to l*R upon project completion, I sealed: 02-13-2019 1 hoe, LL C/) CL (D N _0 C_ co _t co a) 1: C - 2 C 0 E 0 E -6-1 C co V 0 T_ IV L0 0 U) CL 4) N 0 C) ItT -FU 04 (0 - i le _J 0- 0 CU Z -C V_ (:) a. CU (::) C: CN 4 -_ V__ W L: 0 LL 02/13/191 "' I I Construction I mk I date I issue I Specifications A002 HFR 18.945 _T -------- 7___ to public view. 6. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from sane material as sheet metal component being anchored or from conpatble, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. H. Size: As recommended by SMAGNA manual or sheet metal maufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being seamed. 23 SHEET METAL FABRIGATiON5 A. Fabricate sheet metal items In thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than that Isted below for each application and metal. B. 6utters with 61r�th up to 15 Inches; Fabricate from the following material: I. Aluminum: 0.0520 Inch thick 2. 6alvanized Steel: OD211 Inch thick 3. Coil-Goded 6alvanized Steel: OD217 Inch thk k G. 6utters with 61rth I6 to 20 Inches: Fabricate from the following material: I. Alunhun; 0.040 Inch thick 2. 6alvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch thick 3. Goll-Goated 6alvanized Steel: 0.07fb Inch thick D. Downspouts: Fabricate from the following material: I. Alu inum: 0.024 Inch thick 2.6alvanlzed Steel: OD211 Ich thick 3. Goll-Goated Galvanized Steel: OD2I1 Inch thick E. Conductor Heads: Fabricate from the following material: I. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick 2. 6alvanized Steel; OD216 Inch thick 3. Goll-Goofed 6alvanized Steel: 0.0216 inch thick F. Sappers: Fabricate from the following material: I. Aluminum: 0.0320 Inch thick 2. 6alvanized Steel: OD216 Inch thick 3. Coll-Goded 6olvanlzed Steel: OD216 Inch thick 6. Exposed Trin, Gravel Stops, and Fasciae: Fabricate from the following material: I. Alu inu ; 0.050 Inch thick 2. Galvanized Steel: OD216 Inch thick 3. Goll-Goated 6alvanized Steel: OD2i6 Inch thick H. Cap"; Fabricate from the following material: I. Aluminum: 0.050 Inch thick 2. 6alvanized Steel: OD3% Inch thick 3. Goal-Goated 6alvanized Steel: OD396 Inch thick 2.4 GOIL-COATED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FIN15H A. High -Performance Organic Goofing Finish: Apply the following system by toll -coating process on galvanized steel sheet as recommended by coating manufacturers ad applicator. B. Coll -Goofed Steel Sheet Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be Incorporated In the Work Include, but are not United to, the following: I. Atlas Alunimum Corporation: 2. MM 5 aocdlon: 3. Peterson Aluminum Goroora ion: 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwi5e Indicated, Install 5heet metal Flashing ad trim to comply with performance requirements, monufacturarS Installation Istructions, cad SMAGNAS 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.' Anchor units of Hork securely In place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possble, and set units true to the and level as Indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Expansion Provision: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work Space movement joints at maximum of l0 feet with no joints allowed within 24 Inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions In Work cannon be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof ad wateproof, fom expanslon Joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I Inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within Joints). 3.2 GLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Glean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of fishes. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work d rig construction Is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering d the tine of Substantial Completion. SECTION 018413 - PE ETRATION FIRE5TOPPIN6 I.I SECTION REQUIREMENT5 A. Submittals: Product Data and Installer certlfkcrtes signed by Installer certlfyhg that products have been installed In compliance with requirements 2.1 PENETRATION FIRE5TOPPIN6 A. Manufacturers; One of the following: I. 6race Construction Products: 2. HIM, Inc" 3. Joins Manville: 4. Rector Seal Gorporatlon: 5. 5oecified Technoloaia5. Inc.; 6. 3M Fire Protection Products: 1. kAmKQ. Inc, Trermco Fire Protection Systems Group; 8. I�poratbn B. Provide penetration fhestopphg materials that ore compatble with one another, substrates, and penetrating Items, If any. G. Penetration In FMe-Resstace-Rated Walls and Horizontal Assembly: Provide penetration flrestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1419, based on testing of a positive pressure differential of ODI-inch cog. I. F-Rating at Fire-Resstrnce-Rated Walls: Not less than that of construction penetrated. 2. F-Rating at Horizontal Assemblies: At least I hour, but not less than that of construction penetrated. 3. T-RdN at Horizontal Assembly: At least I hour, but not less than the fine -resistance rating of construction penetrated except for penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. Penetration In Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration fi^estoppig with ratings determined per UL 1419. I. L-Rating: Not exceedig 5D drn/sct Ft. of penetration opening at 0.30-inch cog at both ambient and elevated temperatures E. Exposed Penetration Fires W�9: Provide products with Flaame-spread and snake -developed Indexed of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per TTd E 84. F. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration fire5topping system that are needed to Install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration Flrestopphg to comply with manufacturer's written installation Instruction and published drawings for products and applications Inelkated. B. Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to Surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inchhes (150 nW of firestopping edge so labels will be vsble to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Include the followig Information on labels: I. The words 'Hornig - Penetration Flrestoppig - Do Not Dsturb. Notify B iding Management of Any Damage." 2. Darliyation of applicable testing and Ispecting agency. 3. Manufacturer's name. 4. Installer's name. 32 PENETRATION FIRE5TOPPING SCHEDU_E A. Bass for schedule; 3M Fire Protection Products L Flrestopping with No Penetrati g Items: F5-I: 3-M Hredam 150 + Acrylic Latex Sealant with 3-M Fire Barter Packing Material PM4 with Sealant with gaps larger than I Inch. 2. Firestopping for Metallic, Nonmetallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubig; F5-2: 3-M Flre Barrier IG 15HB+ Sealant. 3. Firestopping for Plastic Piping Penetrations: F5-3: 3-M Fire Barter Ultra Plastic Pipe - I J Hour rated For pipig larger than I Inch diameter. 4. Flrestopping for 6rouphg of Penetrants: F5-4: 3-M Flre Barter Pans through Devices - Size as required or 5TI Firestop - EZ Path # EZPP133GAK with kit. 5. Refer to M/P/E Draw" for additional penetration fi•estoppigs. 5EGTiON 01C1010 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.0 6EN3RAL 1.1 5UMMARY A. This Section Includes Joint sealants for the following locations: I. Control and expansion joints In cast -In -place concrete 2. Control and expansion joints in unit mosary 3. Joints between different materials listed above. 4. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows 5. Other Joints as Indicated. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomerlc Joint sealants that have been produced and Installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of Joint substrates. 13 ITTALS A. Product data from manufacturers for each Joint sealant product required. B. 5amples For initial selection purposes In form of manufacturer's Standard bead samples, cossting of strips of actual products 5howng full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. IA QUALITY A55URANC.E A. Installer Quallfoations: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant applications sinilor In material, design, ad extent to that Indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of Successful In-service performance. B. Sinhgqle So rce Responsbility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each dlfFerenl; product required. 15 PEIVERY, STORA6E, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site In original unopened containers or budles with labels idkatilg maufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curig time, and mixing Instructions for multi -component materials. B. Store and hurdle materials h compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contcmhalts, or other causes. 1.6 PROJEGT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with itallation of joint sealants under the following co ditions: I. Wren ambient and substrate tempa,dure condition are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant maufacturer 2. Wren Joint substrates are wet 2D PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL5, C-DERAL A. Compatibility; Provide joint sealants, Joint fillers, cod other related materials that are compatible with ore another and wIth joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: I. Provide selection made by Architect from maaufacturer+, full range of standard colors For products of tape indicated 22 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Provide mmamufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, mildew -resistant, pahtable latex sealant of formulation Indicated that Is recommended for exposed applicatio s on Interior ad protected exterior locations and that accommodates idicated percentage chags In Joint width existing at tine of Installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. B. Acylic-Emulsion Sealant: Provide product compl4l� l with A5TM G 834 that accommodates Joint movement of not more than 5 percent h both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. G. 511kon Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with A5TM G 854 and, except For weight loss measured per A5TM G 142, with A5TM G 920 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25 percent Is both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. D. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint sealants that may be Incorporated in the Hork Include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: I. Pecoscoro: AG-20; II. Sonneborn Bulldina Products Dlv., GhenlRex, Inc.: 5onoloc; III. Tremco. Inc.: Tremco Acrylic Latex 834. b. 511kone-Emulsion Sealant: I. Dow Corning Cho: Trade Mate Pahtable blazing Sealant. 23 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Provide sealant backings of material ad type that are nonstaining; are compatible with Joint substrates, sealants, primers and te�Joint fillers; and are approved for applications Indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory rag. B. Plastic Foam .bit Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining nonwwaxhg, r�xtruding strips of flexble plastic foam of material Indicated below and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optirrm sealant performance: I. Open -cell polyurethnae foam 3D EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Gleaning of Joints: Glean out joints I miedlately before Installing joint sealants to comply with recommendation of Joint sealant mardacturer and the following requirements: I. Remove all foreign material from Joint substrates that could Interferer with adhesion of joint sealant, Including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested ad approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old Joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, Surface dirt, and Frost. 2. Glean concrete, masonry, unglazed Surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mmechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing opts um bond with Joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations N vacuxnhg or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laltance and form release agents from concrete. 4. Glean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous 5urfaces with chemical cleaners or other meal that do rot stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of Interfering with adhesion of Joint sealants. 32 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Corrply with joint sealant man Facturer's printed Installation Instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of A5TM G 1193 for use of Joint sealants a5 applicable to materials, application, and conditions Indicated. G. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result h sealants directly contccthg ad Fully wetting Joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each Joint configuration, ad providing uniform, cross -sectional shapes ad depths relative to Joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement c pability. Install sealants of the sane tine sealant backings are Installed. P. Tooling of nor" Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to tine Skiving or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform bear of configuration Indicated, to eliminate air pockets, ad to ensure contact ad adhesion of sealant with sides of Joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjaent to Joint. Do rat use toolig agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are rat approved by sealant manufacturer. E. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A In A5TM G 1193, uless otherwise Indicated. 3.4 GLEANIN6 A. Glean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by mman ufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. SECTION 019200 - JOINT SEALANTS I.I SECTION RE-QUIREM ENTS A. Product Data and color Samples. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with Installation of joint sealants when amblent ad substrate temperature conditions ore outside limits permitted by Joint sealant maufacturer or are below 40 deg. F. 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS A. Low -Emitting Materials: Sealants shall comply with the Followig limits for VOG content: I. Architectural Sealant: 250 g/L. 2. Other Sealants: 420 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 4. Sealant Primes for Porous Substrates: 715 g/L. 5. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L. 6. Other Sealant Primers: 150 g/L. B. Low -Emitting Materials: I. Exterior reatIve sealants shall have a VOG content of not more than 50 g/L or 4 percent by weight, whichever s greater. 2. Other exterior caulks and sealants shall have a VOG content of not more than 30 g/L or 2 percent by weight, whichever s greater. 3. Interior sealants shall comply with the testing ad product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "5tanda�d Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using 5mmmall-SGaie Environmental Ghambers'. G. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatble with one another made with joint substrates uder service and application conditions. D. Sealant For General Exterior Use Where Another Type s Not Specified; I. 5ingle-corrponent, non -sag urethane sealant, ASTM G 920, Type 5; 6rade. N5; Glass 25; and for Use NT. a. : One of the followings: 1. BASF Bulldha�y�: Sonolastk Ultra; II. Bostk Inc. Chem -calk 915 or 416; 111. Pecos Corporation; Dyndrol I -XL; N. Termcoo I posted: Dporaio or Vulkem IIb. E. Sealant for Use In Interior Joints i Ceramic Tile cod Other Hard Surfaces In Kitchens and Toilet Rooms and crowd Plmbing Fixhmes: I. 5lrgle-component, mildew -resistant silicone sealant, A5TM G 420, Ttpe 5; 6rade N5; Glass 25; and for Use NT; formulated with fungicide. a. Products: One of the Following5: i. BASF Bullding 5ustems: Ormiplus; II. D��por91 i10 18b Mildew Resistant; III. 6E Advanced Materials - 511k ores: Sanitary 5G51100; Iv. Mk>iy National Assocotes, Inc.; Bondaflex 5il 100 HF; v. Pecos Corporation: 8% v1. Tremco Incorporated: Tremsll 200 Sanitary. F. Sealant for Interior Use at Perimeters of Doors and Window Frames: 1. Acrylic latex or sllkonIzed acrylic latex, A5TM G 834, Type OP, Grade NF. a. Products: One of the followings: I. BASF Bulldimg Systems; 5onolac; Il. Bostic Inc.; Ghem-Galk 600, Ili. day National Associates. Inc.; Bondaflex 600 or Bondaflex 511-A 100; N. Pecora Gorporatlon: AG-20+; v. 5chnee-Morehead. Inc.; SM WOO; vl. Tremco Incorporated: TremFlex 834. 6. Acoustical Sealant: I. Non -sag, paintable, non -staining latex sealant complying with ASTM G 832 that effectively reduces aiborne sound transmis5bn as demonstrated by testig according to A5TM E 40. a. fit: One of the following: 1. Pecos Corporaton: AG-20 FTR or AIS-4I9; 11. U56�t on: 5Hffi- ROGK Acoustical Sealant. 22 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide Sealant backings of material that ore nor -staining ore compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and ore approved for applications Indicated by sealant maufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Back"; A5TM G 1330, of size ad density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing opthmun sealant performance. G. Bond-Ereaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, Inflexble joint -filler materials or Join surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. D. Primer: Material recommended by Joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to Joht substrates indicated, a5 determined From pre -construction Jolht-sealant-shuestrate tests and field tests. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Damply with ASTM G Uq3. B. Install sealant backings to support Seal ants doing application and to produce crosssectbnal shapes ad depths of installed sealants that allow optimum sealant movement capability, G. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where backings are not used between sealants ad backs of Joints. D. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound -rated assemblies and elsewhere a5 Indicated, seal perimeters, control Joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions. Comply with A5TM G 919. SECTION 081100 - STEEL DOOR5 AND FiRAMES ID GENERAL 1.1- SUMMARY A. This section includes steel doors and frames. 12 5UBMITTAL5 A. Shop Drawings 5howng fabrication and Installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door de5gn types, codltors at openings, detalls of construction, location and Installation requirements of door and frame hadware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 13 QUALITY A55IRANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with AN51/5DI 100 "Recorrmrended Specifications For 5tadard Steel Doors and Frames' and as specified. 1.4 DELIVERY, 5TORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors ad Frames cardboard -wrapped or Grated to provide protection during transit and Job storage. B. Inspect doors and franes on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished Items match new work ad are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged Items as directed. 2D PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFAGTURBt5 A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compilce with requirements, mamuFacturers offering products that may be Incorporated in the Work include, but ore not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Doors and Frames: a. Amweld Buildha Products. Inc.; b. Geco Door Products: c. R.eoublk Builders Products: d. 5teelcraFt. 22 MATERIALS A. Fbt-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercol-quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with A5TM A 569. B. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: Carbon steel complying with A5TM A 366, commercial quallby or A5TM A 620. G. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 18 gage thick steel sheet. 23 DOORS A. Steel Doors: Provide 1-3/4-inch thick doors of materials and AN51MI 100 grades and model 5pedfied below: I. Exterior Doors: Grade 11, heavy-duty, Model 2, seamless design, minirum OD516-inch thick galvanized steel sheet faces. 2.4 FRAhE5 A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights borowed lights, and other openings, accordig to AN51WI 100. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0418-inch thick cold -rolled steel sheet. B. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and conthuousky welded corners. G. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of sigle-door Frames and 2 silencers on heads of double -door frames. 2b FA13RIGATION A Exposed Fasteners; Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. B. Thermal -Rated (Insulating) Assemblies! At exterior locations aid elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal-frsuldIng door aid frame assemblies. G. Hardware Preparation; Prepare doors and Frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with a ppllable requirements of SDI 101 and AN51 A115 5erles specifications for door and franc preparation for hardware. D. Reinforce doors aid frames to receive surf"-capplled hardwae. Drilling and tapping for surface -applied hardwae may be done at Project site. E. Locate hardware as Indicated on Shop Prom" or, If not Indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Instltutek (PHI) 'Recormiended Locations for Architectural Hardware For Standard Steel Doors ad Frames.' 2.1 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication: 2.8 STEEL SHEET FIN194B A. Factory priming For Field -Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that complies with AN51 A224.1 acceptance criteria, is compatible with finish paint systems Indicated, and has capability to provide a sound foundation for field -applied topcoats. Apply prier I mediately after surface preparation aid pretreatment. 3.1 EXECUTION 32 INSTALLATION A Install steel doors, Frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and cs specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of 501 105, unless otherwise Ymdkated. Set frames accurately In position, plumbed, aligned, aid braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporay braces aid spreaders, leave g surfaces smooth aid undamaged. G. In masony construction, I stall at least 3 wall anchors per Jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb aid at corresponding hekjnts on strike Jamb. Acceptable anchors Include mason y wire anchors and masonry T-shaped adore. D. Door Installdlo n; Fit hollow -metal doors accurately h Frames, within clearances specified in AN51/SDI 100. SEG110H 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES ID 6ENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAME5 A Manufacturers: One of the following: I. Amweld B lldh� Products. LLG: 2. Geco Door Products: an A w Abloy Group Ganpamy; 3. Gur��na: an Assa Abloy Group Gompag; 4. FI_�g Poor Products Ltd:an Assn Abloy 6roup Company; 5. �oratlon t"The): b. Pioneer Industries. Inc: 1. 5teelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company; 8. or Owner -approved equal. B. Fire -Rated Doors and Frames: Labeled by a testing and I spectig agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL IOG. I. Where indicated, provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg. F (250 deg. G). G. Doors: Complying with SDI A250,8 for level ad model ad SDI A250.4 for physical -endurance level indicated,13/4 inches (44 mm) thick unless otherwise Indicated. I. Interior Doors: Level I and Physical Performance Level G (Standard Dutyl, Model I (Full Flush). 2. Exterior Doors (when required): Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty) Model 2 (Seamless), metallic -coated steel sheet faces. a. Thermal -Rated (Insulated) Doors: Where Indicated, provide doors with thermal -resistance value (R-Value) of riot less than 2.1 deg. F x h x sq. W Btu (0370 K x sgm/W) when tested according to ASTM G 1363. 3. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to AN51/5DI A250b with reinforcement plates From same material as door face sheets. D. Frames: AN51 A250.8; conceal fastens gs unless otherwise indicated. I. Steel Sheet for Interior Fra es; OD42-inch- (ID -man-) minimum thickness. 2. Steel Sheet for Exterior Frames: 0.053-inch- (I3-mm-) minimum thickness, metallic coated. 3. Interior Frame Construction: Knocked down or Face welded, per door schedule. 4. Exterior Frame Construction: Face welded. 5. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to AN5V5DI A25Ob with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 6. Frame Anchors: Not less than OD42 inch (ID ram) thick E. Door 51lencers: Three on strike Jambs of sigle-door Frames and two on heads of double -door frames. F. 6rout Guards: Provide where mortar might obstruct hardware operations. 6. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to SDI A250.6 and BHMA AI56.115. H. Reinforce doors and frames to receive Srrface-applied hardware. I. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-cpplled coat of lead- and chromate -Free primer complying with SDI A250.I0 acceptance criteria. 22 MATERIALS A Gold -Rolled Steel Sheet: A5TM A 1006/A IOO8M, Suitable for exposed applicatio s. B. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A IOII/A IOIIM, free of scale pitting, or Surface defects. G. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A b53/ A 653M, 660 (Z180 or) A60 (ZH80). D. Frame Anchors: A 1-M A 8-WA 879M, 4Z (126) coatig designation; mill phosphatized. I. For anchors built Into exterior wall, 5heet steel complying with A5TM A 1008/A 1006M or A5TM A 1011/A IOIIM, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Glass B. E Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. 3D EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A Install hollow metal Frames to comply with 501 A250.II. I. Fire -Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. B. Install doors to provide clearances between doors and frames as indicated In SDI A250.11. G. Prune -Goat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat ad apply touchup of comparable air -drying rust-hhbittve primer. Use galvanizing repair paint for metallic coated surfaces. SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS ID 6ENERAL I.I SECTION REQUIREMENT5 A Submittals: Samples for fatory-finshed doors. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A Manufacturers: One of the following: I. ��luwood S Door Maufacturirg, Inc.; 2. E Ws Industry: 3. 6raha n an Assa Abby Group Company; 4. Mohawk Flush Doors. Inc: a MasonU Gompaxg; 5. Oshkosh Architectural Door Gam emu: 6. Vancouver Door Gompa�a ; 1. VT Industry. Inc 8. Or Owner -approved equal. 22 DOOR GON5TRUGTION, 6ENERAL A Quality Standards: WDMA I5.1-A B. Fire -Rated Wood Doan: Labeled by a testig and "acting agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction based an testig at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL IOG. I. Where Indicated, provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg. F. (250 deg. GJ. G. Low-Emlttig Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. D. WDMA IS.I-A Performance Grade: I. HHeavy Duty unless dherwse Indicated. 2. Extra Heavy Duty: Public toilets, janitor's closets, ad patient rooms. E Particleboard -Gore Doors; Provide blocking In particleboard cores or provide structural composite lumber cores Instead of particleboard cores For doors with exit devices or protection plates. F. Fine -Protection -Rated Doors: Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire -protection ratig indkated. Provide the following for mineral core doors: I. Composite blockig where required to eliminate t ro gvtoiting hardware. 2. Lanin ed-edge construction. 3. Forrred-steel edges and astragals for pairs of doors. 2.3 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A Doors for Transparent Fish; I. Interior Solid -Gore Doors: Premiu, gradellve-ply, particleboard or structural composite lumber cores. a. Faces: Grade A rotary -cut select white birch or plain sliced select white maple. b. Veneer Matching: Slip ad runnig or Pleasing match. c. Pair matching and set matchig. d. Continuous matching for doors with transoms. 2.4 LOUVERS AND L16HT FRAMES A Light Frames: Wood beads of same species as door faces. I. At fire -rated doors provide wood -veneered beads for use In doors of fire -protection ratig Indicated. 3D EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION AND FINI5HIN6 A Factory fit doors to sult Frame-openig sizes Indicated and to comply with clearances specified. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that Is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with PHI-HIX15-2. G. Gut ad trin open" to comply with referenced standards. 1. Trim light openings with moldings indicated. 2. Factory Istall glazing In doors Indicated to be Factory fished. 3. Factory Install louvers In prepared openings. D. Factory finish doors (optonaU indicated for tasparent finish with stain and mcnuFacture6 standard finish complying with HDMA TR-6, catalyzed polyurethane for grade specified for doors. I. Sheen Satin or Semigloss - verify with Owner Representative. 32 INSTALLATION A Install dogs to comply with manufacturer's written Instructions and HDMA IS.1-A, ad as indicated. I. install doors to comply with NFPA 80. B. Allgrh and fit doors h frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting ad machining. G. Clearances; As follows, unless otherwise indicated; 1. 1/8 I ch at heads, Jambs, and between pairs of doors. 2. 1/8 I ch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor Finish or covering. 3. 1/4 Inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. 4. Gomply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. D. Repair, refinish, or replace factory -Fished doors damaged during Installation, as directed by Architect. i• �:� �,rn::"Y;gr :ul�:�.- �.r �i:9::l. �. .. hl L ._ I. Exterior storefront franing. 2. Storefront Framing for punched openings. 3. Exterioe manual -swing entroance doors aid door frame units. 12 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. I. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For alunin)m4ramed entrances aid storefronts. Include plan, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work I. Include detalls of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining moisture occurring within the assembly to the exterior. 2. Include full-size isometric details of each vertical -to -horizontal Intersection of aluminum -framed erntrances aid storefronts, showing the following: a. Joinery, including concealed welds; b. Anchorage; c. Expansion provisions; d. 6lazlrg; e. Flashing and drainage. 3. Shaw connection to aid continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barters. C. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under Supervi5on of supplier, detailing fabrication ad assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures ad diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors, frames, ad related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, ad finish of entrance door hardware. 13 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A Quallfkatlon Data: For Installer. B. Energy Performance Certificates; For aluminum -Framed entrances and storefronts, accessories, aid components, from manufacturer. G. Product Test Reports: For aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts, for tests performed by manufacturer aid witnessed by a qualified testing agency. D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.4 QUALITY A55URANCE A Installer 6luallfkations: An entity that employs Installers ad supervisors who ore trained and approved by manufacturer. 15 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed entrances ad storefronts that do not comply with requirements or that fall In materials or workrnanshlp within specified warranty period I. Failures include, but are rot limited to, throe followig: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration created by wind ad thermal ad structural movements. c. Water penetration throuajh fixed glazig and franing areas. d. Failure of operati g components. 2. Warranty Period: 10 yeas from date of Substantial Completion. a. Special Finish Warranty: Standard Fom In which manufactiurer agrees to repair finishes or replace alu inun that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied fishes within 5pedfled warrnty period. 3. Deterioration Includes, but is riot limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5°Hunter units when tested according to A5TM'D'2244. b. Chalkig in excess of a No'8 rating when tested according to ASTM'D°4214. c. Gracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. I. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of 51"Lantlal Ganpletlon. 2. 0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANIFAGTURER5 A A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available maufacturers offering products that may be Incorporated Into the Work Include, but are not limited to the followig: I. GMI Architectural: 2. EFC0 Gorparatbn. 3. Kawneer North America: an Alcoa company; 4. )� 5. Vlstawall Architectural Products: b. YKK AP America Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of aluniaurmframed entrance and storefront system, including framing and accessories, from single maufacturer. 22 PERFORMANCE REQUIR aINTS A General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of alurniaxn-framed entraces and storefronts representing those Indicated for this Project without Failure due to defective manufacture, fabriation, hstallotioh, or other defects In construction. I. Aluminum -Framed entrances and storefronts shall mWistand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly dstriauted and concentrated INe loads. 2. Failure also Includes the following: a. Thermal stresses trasferring to building structure. b. 6lass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, ad other components. e. Failure of operating units. B. Structural Loads: I. Design Wind Pressures: Determine design wird pressures applicable to Project according to ASGE/5EI 1, based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings: a. Basic Wind Speed: WA; b. Importance Factor: ID; c. Exposure Gategory: D. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. G. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows: I. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass In a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceedig IA15 of the glass edge lengthh for each indMdual glazi g lite or an anoint that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing Iltes to 3/4 inch, whichever is less. 2. Deflection Parallel to 6lazhg Plane: Limited to U360 of clear span or 1/8 Inch, whichever s smaller. D. Structural: Test according to A5TM E 330 as follows; I. When tested d positive and rhegative wind -load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding Specified limits. 2. When tested d 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, assemblies, Including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main from" members exceeding 02 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, tut not less than 10 secods. E. Air Infiltration: Test according to A5TM E 283 for Infiltration as follows: I. Fixed Framing and 61ass Men: a. Maxirmum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-olr pressure differential of 624 IbF/sq. ft. 2. Entrance Doors: a. Pair of Doors; Moxknum air leakage of ID cfmm/sq. ft. at a static -air -pressure differential of 151 Ibf/sq. ft. b. Single Doors: Maximum air leakage of 05 cFm/sq, ft. of a static -air -pressure differential of 151 IbF/sq. ft. F. Water Penetration ands^ Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows: I. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framig areas when tested according to a minimum static-airpressre differential of 20 pe cent of positive winch -load do" pressure, but not less than 15 Ibf/sq. ft. 2. Maximum Water Leakage: No uncontrolled water penetrating assembly or water appearing on assembly' normally exposed Interior Sufaces from sources other than condensation. Hater leakage does riot Include water controlled by flashing ad gAter5, or water that Is drained to exterior. 6. Seismic Performance; Aluminum -framed entrances ad storefronts shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to AWE15EI 1. I. Seismic Drift Causing 61ass Fallout: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy tape when tested according to AAMA°50lb at design dlsplacemenVad 15 tines the de5lgn displacement. H. Energy Performace: Certify ad label energy perform cKr a according to HIFRG cs follows: I. Ther mal Transmittance N-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.30 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg. F as determined accordig to NFRG 100. 2. Solar Heat bah Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.40 as determined according to NFRG 200. 3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and Framing areas shall have an N IRG-certified condensation resistarce rating of no ys than 35 Ls determined according to Ni3G 500. I. Noise Reduction: Test according to A5TM E 90, with ratings determined by A5TM E 1332, as follows: I. Outdoor -I door Tro smisson Glass: Minimum 30. J. Wndborne-Deus Impact Resistance: Pass ms5lle-impact and cycik�messure tests when tested accordig to ASTM E IbM and testig information h ASTM E 19g6 for Hid Zone 4. I. Large -Missile Test: Enhanced Protection E for glazed openings located within 30 feet of grade. K. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient ad surface temperature charges: I. Temperature Chhange: 120 deg F, amblent;180 deg F, material surfaces. 2. Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance mherl tested according to AAMA 5015. a. High Exterior Ambient -Air Temperature; That which produces an exterior metal -surface temperature of 180 deg F. b. Low Exterior Ambient -Air Temperatre: O deg F. c. Interior Amblent-Air Temperature; 75 deg F. 23 FRAMIN6 A Framig Members: Maufatu er's extruded- or formed�iluminurn franhg members of thickness required ad reinforced as required to support iposed loads. 1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. 6lazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. 6lazing Plane: Front. 4. Finish; Color anodic finish. 5. Fabrication Method: Field -fabricated stick system. B. Baker Plates: Manufacturers standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, If not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. G. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard highh-strength aluminum with non -staining, non -Ferrous shims for allying 50M Components. D. Materials: I. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recormaended by maufacturer for type of use and finish Indicated. a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, ad Tubes: ASTM B 22I. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 42" 424M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. 2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc -rich, corroson-resistant primer complying with 55PG-P5°6ulde°No'12DO; applied Immediately after 5uface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods accordig to recommendatio s In 55PG-SP'GOM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable 55PG standard. a. Structural Shapes, Plates and Bars: A5TM A 36/A 36M. b. Gold -Rolled Sheet and Strip; ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip: A5TM A 1011/A IOIIM. 2.4 ENTRANCE DOOR 5Y5TEM5 A Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's sta dard glazed entrance doors for manual -swing operation. I. Door Construction: 2-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch thick, extruded -aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcig brackets Flat are deeply penetrated ad fillet welded or that Incorporate concealed tie rocs. 2. Door Design: Hide stile; 5-Inch nominal width. 3. blazing Stops and baskets: Beveled or square, snap -on, extruded-alumium stops and preformed gaskets. 25 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A 6enerol: Provide entrance door hardware ad entrance door hardware sets Indicated in door ad frame schedule for each entrance door to comply with requirements h this Section. I. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, Item, size, finish or color Indicated, ad products complying with BHMA stadard referenced. 2. 5equence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 3. Opening -Force Requirements: a. Egress Dons: Not more than 15 IbF to release the latch, not more than 30 Ibf to set the door in motion°aid not more than 15 IbF to open the door to Its minimm required width. b. Accestble Interior Doors: Not more than 5 IbF to fully open door. B. Designations; Requirements for design grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are Indicated In 'Entrance Door Hardware Sets' Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware desgrhatlons as follows: I. Named Ma docturers' Products: MauFacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware ttpe required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Mardacturers' names are abbreviated in 'Entrance Poor Hardware Sets' Article. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function. G. Pivot Hinges: BHMA AI56A 6rade I. I. Offset -Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermedkrte offset pivots of each door leaf. D. Butt Hinges: BHMA°AI56.1, Grade'I, radius corner. I. Nam renavable Pins: Provide set screw h hinge barel that, when tightened Into a groove In hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while entrance door Is closed. 2. Exterior Higes: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel ph. 3. Qualities; a. For doors up to 81 Inches high, provide three hinges per leaf. b. For doors more than 81 and up to 120 hdmes high, provide four hinges per leaf. E. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA AI565, Grade I. F. Automatic and Self -Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA AI563, Grade I. 6. Panic Exit Devices: BHMA AI563, 6rade I, listed and labeled by a testing ad Inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having Jurisdiction, for pack protection, based on testing according to UL 305. H. Cylinders: EIHMA A1565, Grade I. I. Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and Include notation to be furnished by Owner. I. Strikes: Provide strike with black -plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for alu i um framing. J. Operati g Trim: BHMA AL56.6. K. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade I, with accessory required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weathher, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to comply with field conditkxs and requirements for opening force. L. Goncealed Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade I. M. Door Stops: BHMA A156.Ib, 6rade I, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location Indicated, with Integral rubber bumper. N. Weather Stripping: Maufacturer's stadad replaceable components. I. Compression Type: Made of A5TM P 2000, molded neoprene, or A5TM D 2261, molded PVG. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 1OV 102, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon -fabric or aluminum -strip backing. 0. Weather Sweeps; ManuFacturer's standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. P. Silencers: BHMA A156.1b, 6rade I. Q. Threshold,: BHMA A15621, raised thre5hold5 beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maxmum height of 1/4 Inch. 2b 6LAZIN6 A. 6lazhg: Comply with Section 088000 '6lazing'. 2.1 ACC.E55MES A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, non -staining, non -bleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. I. Use self-locking devices where fastener ore subject to loosening or tunig out from thermal aid structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 5. Anchors: Three-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of I Inch that accommodate fabrication and Installation tolerances In material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recomneded by manufacturer. G. Concealed Flashing: Ma achrer"5 5tardad corrosion-re515tcit, non -staining, non-bleedig flmhkg corrpdbie with adjacent materials. D. Bituminous Paint: Gold -applied asphalt-fr stio paint conplylng with 55PG-Paint 12 requirements except contahhg no asbestos, formulated for 30-NI thickness per coat. 2b FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld In concealed locations to greatest extent possible to mhimlze distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descalhg or grinding. G. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: I. Profit' that are chap, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Physical and themal Isolation of glazing from framing members. 3. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge cleaances. 4. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. 5. Fasteners, anchors, ad connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads Imposed by door operation ad for Installing entrance door hardware. I. At exterior doors, provide compressor weather stripping at fixed stops. E. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installig entrance door htordware. 1. At pail of exterior doors, provide sliding -type weather stripping retained In adjustable strip and mortised Into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. F. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory Install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Gut, d ill, and tap for factory -installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes. 6. After fabrication, clearly mark components to olentlfy their locations h Project according to Shop Drawings. 2A ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Fish: AAMA'bll, AA-MI2G22A42/A44, Glces'l, ODIB rnm or thicker. I. Color: Black 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for Installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Hark B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 32 INSTALLATION A. 6eneral: I. Comply with manufacturer's written Instructions. 2. Do not Install da aged components. 3. Fit Joints to produce hairline joints free of burs ad distortion. 4. Rigidly seame non -movement joints. 5. Irtall anchors with separators and solatos to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent Impeding movement of moving joints. b. Seal perimeter ad other joht5 watertight unless otherwise Indicated. B. Metal Protection: I. Where aluminum s in contact with dissimilar metals, protect agaist galvanic action by paints g contact 5ufaces with materials recormended by manufacturer for this pupose or by Installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum s In contact with co Crete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact Sufaces with bituminous paint. G. 5et continuoous sill members ad flashig In Full sealant bed as specified In Section 019200 'Joint Sealants' to produce weathertight Installation. D. Install components plumb ad true in alignment with established lines ad grades. E. Install glazing as specified In Section 088" '6lazing'. I. Fleld-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install Surface -mounted entrace door hardware according to entrace door hardware manufacturers' written Instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum -framed entraces ad Storefronts to amply with the following maximum tolerances: I. Plumb: I/8 itch In 10 feet; 1/4 Inch In 40 feet. 2. Level: V8 I ch h 20 feet;1/4 Inch in 40 feet. 3. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut h IIne or ore separated by reveal or protruding element up to 4 Inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to I/Ib Inch. b. Where surfaces ore separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to I Inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 ham. c. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of I Inch wide or more, lilt ofset from true alignment to 1/4 I ch. 4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/6 Inch In 12 Feet; I/2 I ch over total length. 3.4 FIELD allALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency; Owner will egage a qualified testig agency to perform tests and ispectiors. B. Field Quality -Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of alumium-Framed entrances ad storefronts. I. Water -Spray Test: Before I stallation of Interior finishes has begun, three areas designated 4 Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 5012 and shall not evidence water penetration. G. Ai rnhurn-franed entrances and storefronts will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and ispections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 35 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Entrace Door Hardware: I. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginnhg at Substantial Gorpleton, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of entrance door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacemenht of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleanig, and ad ustig es required for proper entrance door hardware operation at rated speed and cepacit.y. Ilse pats ad supply that ore the sane cs those used In the manufacture and I stallation of original equipment. SECTION 088000 - G-WING 1.0 COAL I.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. 61ass for windows, doors, and storefront framing. 2. 6lazing sealants and accessories. 12 AGTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. 6kass Samples: For each type of the following products; 12 Inches 5quare. I. Insulated glazing units. G. 6lazing Accessory Sampy: For sealants and colored spacers, In 12-inch lengths. Install sealant Samples between two strips of material representative In color of the adjoining framing system. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL 5UBMITTALS A. tluallficatlon Data: For Installer and manufacturers of Insulating -glans units with sputter -coated, low-E coatings. B. Product Certificates: For glass. C. Product Test Reports: For coated glass, Insulating glass, and glazing sealants, For tests performed by a qualified testing agency. I. For glazing sealants, provide test reports based on testing current sealant formulations within previous 3b-month period. P. Sample Waranty: For special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY A55URANGE A. Manufacturer Quallflcat ions for Irsulathg-blass Units with 5putter-Coded, Low-E Goat": A qualified Insulating -glass maufacturer who s approved ad certified by coated -glass manufacturer. B. Installer QualiFlcatbrs: A qualified Installer wino employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National 61ass Assoddlon's Certified 61ass Installer Program. 15 DELIVERY, 5TORA6E, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials accordig to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazig materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. CIS W i--i U O V) ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com CD Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 �P.��OF . ,.... �O,Q raj. ��EY T, Q a •: * �. -Vt 1r !4R J0 08 I_rm W ^U W = N LL 0 C O 0 N C CO N i J E C N to � Z = V_ 0 C W O 2 � W O U_ O m 4 M iti IO2/13/19I Construction I 1 mk I date I issue 1 Specifications A003 HFR 18.945 : .,: inn: a. i::Ei L:L ai :t ��,.: :1.. '.: I I T I �T �- � B. Comply with nsulatnng-glass manufacturer's written Instructions for venting and sealing units to avoid hermetic seal ruptures cue to altitude change. I.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Lunitatkans: Do not proceed with glazing when ar�blent and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers aid when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. I. Do not Install glazing sealants when amblent and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant ma ufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 1.1 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Goated-Glass Products: Maufacturer agrees to replace coated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass 6 defined m defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintainig and cleaning coated glass contrary to mwfacturer's written Instructions. Defects Include peeling, cracking, and other Indications of deterioration In coating. I. Warranty Period; 10 years from date of 5ibstantlal Gompletion. B. Maufacturer's Special warranty for Laminated Glas: Manufacturer agrees to replace lanhated-glass units tat deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass s defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakaage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to maufacturer's written Instructions. Defects Include edge separation, delcminatlan materially obstructing vision through gl ss, ad blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced lanlnded-glass standard. I. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Gompletion. G. Maufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Maufacturer agrees to replace Insulating -glass uunits that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of Insulating glass Is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining aid cleaning Insulting glass cotrary to maufactrer's written Instructions. Evidence of failure Is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film of Interior surfaces of glass. I. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of 5ibstantlal Completion. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Maufacturers! Subject to compliance with requirements, available maufacturers offering products that may be icorpoated into the work Include, but are not lmlted to the following: I. AEG Glass GomM North America. Inc.: 2. Cardinal Glass Industries: 3. 6uardkn Industrles Coro.: Sun6uard; 4. Oldcastle Bulldhalmelgoe: 5. Pllkhakm North America: b. PP5 Industries. Inc.: PPG Flat Glass; 1. Vhacon.Inc.; B. Source Limitatio s for Glass: Obtain from single source from single maufacturer far each glass type. G. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from sigle source from single maufacturer for each product and instal lotion method. 22 PERFORMANCE REQLIIREMENf5 A. General• Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and Impact loads (where cipplic; ble) without failure, Including loss or glss breakage attributable to the following: defective mar&cdre, fabrication, or Installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertIg t and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects In construction. B. Structural Performance; Elazig shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions Indicated determined according to the IBG aid A5TM E 1300. I. Design wind Pressures: Determine design wind pressures applicable to Project according to A5GE/5EI 1, based on heights above made Indicated on Drawings. a. Basic wind Speed: WA. b. Importance Facto•: I.O. c. Exposure Category: D. 2. Maximum lateral Deflection: For glass supported an all four edges, limit center -of -glass deflection at design wind pressure to not mare than 1/50 tines the short -side length or I Inch, whichever Is less. 3. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses Induced by differential shading within indMdual glass likes. G. Hbdborme Debris Impact Resistance. Exterior glazing shall comply with enhanced protection testing requirements h ASTM E Iggb For wind Zone 4 when tested according to A5TM E 188b. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width aid length tan glazing indicated far use on Project and shall be, Installed in same mover cis glazing Indicated fa use on Project. I. Loge-Misslle Test: Enhanced Protection E for glazed openings located within 30 feet of grade. D. Ther al and Optical Performance Propertles: Provide glass with performance properties 5pealed, as indicated In maufacturer's published test data, based on procedures Indicated below: I. For isulathg-glass units, properties are based on units of thickness Indicated far overall unit and for each lite. 2. ll-Factors: Genta-d-glazI g values, according to NFRG 100 and based an LBO. wINDOw 52 computer program, expressed as 51:05q. ft. x h x deg F. 3. Sole Neat -bah Goefficient and Visble Transmittance: Genter-of-gkuing values, accords g to i FRG 200 end based on LBL's WINDOW 52 computer program. 23 GLASS PRODUCTS GENERAL A. Glazing Publicatios: Comply with published recomendations, of gl ss product manufacturers aid or izations below unless more stringent requirements are Indicated. See these publications for glazing terns not otherwise defined In this Section or h referenced standards. I. GANA Publications: "L arnhated Glazing Reference Manual" and 'Glazing Manual'. 2. 16MA Publication for Insulating Glans: 516MA°TM-3000, "North Amerlcan Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential (use'. B. Insulating -Gies Gertlfication Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropri to certification Icbel of I6CG. G. Thickness: where glass thickness is Indicated, It Is a minimum. Provide glas that complies with performance requirements and is not less tan the thickness Indicated. 2.4 61 A5S PRODUGT5 A. Fully Te►�pered Float Glass: A5TM'G'1048, Klnd'FT (fully tempered), Gondltlon'A (uncoated uness otherwise Indicated, Type'I, Clas'I (clew), tilouty-w. L Fctrlcaton Process: By horizontal (roller -heath) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unles otherwise Indicated. 25 LAMINATED GLASS A. whciborne Debris Impact-Resstat L.amiated Glass: Comply with requirements specified above For l misted glass except karninate glass with one of the following to comply with hterlayer manufacturer's written istructbns: I. Polyvinyl butgral Interlager: 2. Polyviyl butyral hterlagers reinforced with polyethylene terephtalate. film; 3. lonomeric polymer hterlager, 4. Gast-h-plaace aid cured-trasparent-resin hterloyer; 5. Gast-h-place and cured -transparent -resin hterkager reinforced with polyethylene terephtalate film. 2b INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating-61 sei Units: Factory -assembled units consisting of sealed Iltes of glass separated by a dehydrated Interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 21g0. I. 5ealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard and secondary sealats. 2. Perimeter Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and aosbwtIon. 3. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or sllka gel, or a blend of both. 2.1 GLAZING SEALANTS A. Glazing Sealant: Neutral -wring silicone gluing sealant complying with ASTM G c120, Type 5, Grade N5, Glass 50, Use NT. I. Maufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products tat maay be Incoporated Into the work Include, but are not limited to the Following: a. BASF�wratlon: Construction 5�: b. Dow Gowning orporatkn: c. 6E Construction Sealants: MometIve Performance Materials Inc.: d. tM National Associate.. Inc : a subsidi ry of Slka Gorporatlon; e. Pecora Corporation; F. Poly(merlc 5y�: g. Slice Gaxp ro atbn: h. Trento Incorporated. 2.9 6LAZIN6 TAPES A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids elastomerlc tape; non -staining and non -migrating In contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended In writing by tape and glass maNfachrers for application indicated; and complying with A5TM G 1281 and AAMA 800 for products Indicated below: I. AAMA W63 tope, for glazing applications h which tape s subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Glosed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA'800 for tie following types: I. AAMA 810.1, Type I, for glazing applications In which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazig applications h which tape s used In combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.q MISG54ANE0U5 GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, aid shaapue complying with referenced glazing standard, with requirements of manufacturers of gloss and oter glazing materials for application Indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted h Installation. B. Glamors, Pruners, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. G. Setting Blocks: Elostomeric material with a Shore, Type'A drometer hardness of 85, plus or mucus 5. D. 5pacers: Elastomaric blocks or contiuous extrusions of hardiness required by glass maufacturer to maintain glas liter, h place for I stallation Indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to Knit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylidrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM G 1330, Type 0 (open -cell materloV, of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise procure optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.10 FABRIGATION OF 6LAZIN6 UNIT5 A. Fabricate glazing units h sizes required to ftt open" Indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and suface conditions, and bite conplyi g with written Instructions of product maufacturer aid referenced glazig publications, to comply with system peformance requirements. I. Allow for thermal movements from annbient and surface temperature changes acting m glass framing members and glazing components. a. Temperature linage: 120 deg F, c bled; 00 deg F, material surfaces. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Exa i e framing, glazig channels, aid stops, with Installer present, for compl nce with tie following: I. Maufactuing aid Installation tolerances, including those for size, squa^enes, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence aid functioning of weep systems. 3. Mhhum required face and edge clearaxces. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass -framing members. B. Proceed with Installation only after usatsfactory conditions have been corrected. 32 PREPARATION A. Glean glazing channels and other framing members receiving gloss tnnediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily Identifialble. Do not use materials that leave vsble corks In the completed work. 33 GLAZING, GENERAL A. limply with corioined written instructions of maufacturers of glass, Sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are Indicated, Including those In referenced glazing publications. B. Protect glass edges from damage Bring handling aid I stallation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or oter Imperfections that, when Installed, could weaken glass, hpalr performance, or Impair appearance. G. Apply pruners to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks h thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass Iltes. F. Provide spacers for glass Ilt" where length plus width Is larger than 50 inches. I. Locate spacers directly opposite each other an both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearaces, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated abillty to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers m glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape G. Provide edge blocking where Indicated or needed to prevent glass liter, from moving sideways In glazing channel, as recommended In wrlthg by glass manufacturer aid according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set glass Iltas In each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, aid similar characteristics. I. Set glass liter, with proper orientation so that coat" face exterior or Interior as specified. J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of chapel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket carat calk out when Installation Is subjected to movement. K Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and Install gaskets In a manner recommended by gasket maufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints ad butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket ma ufacturer. 3.4 GLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior masonry surfaces at frequent Intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, cantami ating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances hrredlately as recormiended in writing bg glass maufacturer. Remove aid replace glass that tarot be clewed without damage to coatings. B. Remove and replace glass that Is damaged dying construction period. G. Wash glass ou both exposed surfaces not more than four days before date scheduled for Inspectio s that establish date of Substatial Completion. Wash glss as recommended In writing by glass manufacturer. 35 Ii5U ATiN6 LAMINATED GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type 6L-I: Low-E-coated, clear Irsuulating laminated glass. 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1-3/I6 Inch. 2. Minimum Thickness of Outdoor Lute: 6 mm. 3. outdoor Lite: Fully tempered clear float glass. 4. Interspace Content: Air. 5. Indoor Lite: Cleo laminated glass with trio plies of fully tempered float glans. a. Minima Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 6 mm. b. Interlcyer Thickness: OD60 Inch. 6. Low-E Coating: Pgrolytic or sputtered on second or third surface. 1. Winter Nighttime Ufactor: 030 maxb m. 8. Summer Dayti a U-Factor: 030 maxi um. q. Visble Light Transmittance; 60 percent mini um. 10. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: OAO maximm. II. Safety glazing required. ECT10N 088300 - MIRRORS I.I SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. B. Glazing Publications: Comply with the following published reconwriddlons: I. 6ANA's 'Glazing Manual' unless more stringent requirements are Indicated. Refer to this publication for definitions of glans and glazing terms not otherwise defined h this Section or h referenced standards. 2. GANA Mirror Division's 'Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Gore: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors". 2.1 MIRRORS, 6ENERAL A. Manufacturers: one of the Following: I. Arch Aluminum E Glass Co.. Inc. 2. Mm=W Minor: a division of Vitro America, Inc. 3. Dmsi Minor Gamer. 4. 6crd r Glass. Inc. 5. Gilded Minors. Inc. 6. Independent Mira Industries. Inc. 1. Lenoir Minor Game. 8. Mean-Wurzell Glass # Minor. q. National Glass Industries. 10. 5ko= Minor Co.. Inc. II. Virginia Mirror Gompanuy. Inc. 12. Walker Glass Go- Ltd. 13. Or approved equal. B. Glas Minors, General: A5TM G 1503; manufactured using copper -free, low -lead minor coating process. G. Safety Glazing Products: For film -backed tempered mirrors, provide products complying with testing requirements h 16 GFR 1201 for Category 11 materials. 1.3 MATERIALS A. Tempered Clear Glass: Mirror Glazing Qualltg, for blemish requirements, and comply with A5TM G 1048 for Kind FT, Condition A, tempered float glass. B. Mirror Mastic: A adhesive setting compound, asbestos free, produced specifically for setting mirrors acid certified by both minor maufacturer and mastic madacturer as compatible with glass coating aid substrates on which minors will be Installed. G. Film Backing for Safety Mirrors: Film backing aid pressure -sensitive adhesive; both compatible with mirror backing paint as certified by mirror manufacturer. 1.4 FABRIGATION A. Minor Edge Treatment: Rounded polished I. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating. B. Film -Backed Safety Mrrors; Apply film backing with adhesive coating over mirror backing paint as recommended h writing by film-backig maufacturer. 15 INSTALLATION A. Provide a minimum air space of 1/8 Inch (3 mum) between back of mirrors aid mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. B. Wall -Mounted Mirrors: Install mirrors with mastic and miror hardware. Attach miror hardware 5ecrely to mouthg surfaces with mechanical fasteners Installed so heads do not Impose point loads on backs of mirrors. 1. Top aid Bottom Aluminum J-Gharels: Provide setting blocks V8 Inch (3 m) thick by 4 inches (100 m l long at quater points. 2. Minor GlIis: Puce a felt or plastic pad between mirror and each clip. Locate clips so they are srmtrlcallg placed aid evenly 3. Apply mastic to comply with mastic ma ufacturer`s written Instrructions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounts g surface. G. Remove noi�rmanent labels, and clean surfaces inmmmediately after installatin. SECTION 0425:50 - 6YPSM 130ARD ASSEMBLIES 1.1 (ANERAL. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section Includes the following: I. Non -load bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 2. 6ypsurm board assemblies attached to steel framing. 13 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials In original packages, contaners, or bundles bearing brand nave and identification of maufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials Inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, suface contani dlon, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack cgupsum panels flat to prevent sagging. G. Handle gypsun board to prevent damage to edges, ends, aid surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal tamer beads and trun. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and fishing gypsun board to comply with ASTM G 840 and with gupsun bond monuFachrer+s recommendations. B. Room Temperatures: For norradwelve attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F. For adesive attachnent and fishig of gpsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours prior to cppllcaton and continuously after util dry. Do not exceed e15 deg- �F when using temporary heat sources. G. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces, as required, for drying Joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot dry weather to prevent fishing materials from dryig too rcpldlg. 2.1 PRODUGT5 22 MANUFACTURERS A. Maufacturers: Subject to compliace with requirements, provide products 4 one of the followig: I. Steel framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Fromha: b. Consolidated 5yetems. Inc.; c. Dale Industries. Inc.; d. Dietrich Industries. Inc.; e. Marino Industries Goro.; f. Gold Bond Bulldlna Products Div.. National 6Wsum Co.; g. Lhlmost Inc. 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. Dom�tor Cypusum: b. 6eorgla-Paclflc Gorp.; c. Gold Bond Bulldlna Products Dv., National Gypsum Go.; d. tilted States Crum Go. 23 FRAMING COMPONENTS A. Provide components with the following characterstics: I. Minimum Thickness of Base Abcoded Metal: 0.0174 Inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth:lndleded. 3. Protective Coating; Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant coatig. 4. Steel Studs and Runners: A5TM G 645, with flange edges bent back qo deg and doubled over to form 3/I6 Inch minimum lip (return). 5. Component Sizes ad Spacings; As Indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM G 154 with a maximum deflection of LJ120 at 5 Ibf per sq. ft lateral loading condition. 6. Suspended Frmming: Provide components of sizes indi ated but not less than that required to amply with ASTM C 154 for conditions Indicated. 1. Wire for Hangers and Ties: A5TM A 641, Glass I zinc coating, soft temper. 8. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: A5TM G b45, hat-shoped, depth of 1/8 inch, and minimum thickness of base (uncooked metal cs follows: q. Fasteners for Metal Framig: Provide Fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gpsumm board manufacturers for applications Indicated. SbGTION Mg00 - GYPSUM BOARD I.I SECTION REQUIREMENT5 A. Submittals: Product Data. 12 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Asemblies: Provide materials and construction Identical to those tested h asseamblies per ASTM E IN by an Independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havi g jurisdiction B. STG-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction Identical to those tested In assembU� per A5TM E q0 and classified per A5TM E 413 by a qualified independent testing aid Inspecting agency. 2.1 PANEL PRODIIGT5 A. Provide h maximum lengths available to minimize and -to -end butt joints. B. Interior Gypsum Board: A5TM G 1346/ G 1346M, In thickness Indicated, with maufactu^er's standard edges. Type X - Regular type unless otherwise Indicated. I. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Amer�UM. b. GertalnTe�ed (a:9. c. Georgia-Pac&sum LLG. d. National 6m�>sun - Wa�w. e. TIple-Inland. f. Batton. G. 6lass-Mat, Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: A5TM G 1118/G 1118M, of thickness indicated (%' UNA). regular tope unless otherwise Indicated. I. Products: One of the following: a. GertalnTead CoroGoro.: 61csRoc Tile Backer. b. Georgla-Pacific 6tgEx.,um LLG.; DensShleld Tile Backer. c. U56 Gorfwrrat[on; Fberock. 22 ACGE55ME5 A. Trim Accessories: A5TM G 1041, formed from galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper -faced galvanized -steel sheet. 1. Provide cornerhead at outside comers unless otherwise Indicated. 2. Provide LG-+read 0-bead) at exposed panel edges. 3. Provide control joints where Indicated. B. Aluminum Accessories: Extruded -aluminum accessories Indicated with Glass II, clear anodic finish; AA-G12G22A31 or Gl ss 1I, color anodic finish; AA-612G22A32/A34 I. Maufacturers. One of the following: a. FFn Rodet C,M. b. 6ordon. Inc. c. Pitt" Industries. d. Or as approved by Architect. G. Joint -Treatment Materials; A5TM G 415/ C 415M 1. Joint Tape: Paper unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Joint compounds: Setting -type taping compound aid drying -type, ready -mixed, compounds for toppig. 3. Skin Goat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting -type, sardable topping compound. D. Lanhatig Adhesive: Adhesive or Joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum pawls to contiuouus, substrate. I. Adhesive shall have a VOG content of 50 g/L or less. 2. Adesive shall comply with Green 5ealk 65-36 and with the testing and product requirements of the Gallfanla Department of Health Services' 'standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emission from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental C.hamber^s'. E. Sound -Attenuation Blankets: A5TM G 665, Type I (unfaced). Provide thickness to match stud thickness. Anchor to avoid settlement. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board to comply with A5TM G MO. I. Isolate gypsum board assemblies from abuttng structural aid masonry work. Provide edge trim and acoustical sealant. 2. Single -layer Fastening Methods: Fasten gypsum panels to support With screws. 3. Multilayer Fastenig Methods: Fasten base layers and face layer separately to supports with screws. B. Install cernerntitious tacker units to comply with ANSI AJ08.11. G. Fire-Resistence-Rated Assemblies: Comply wIt requirements of listed assemblies D. Finishing Gypsum Board: ASTM G 840. I. At concealed areas, unless a higherr level of finish 6 required for fire -resistance -rated asemblies, provide Level I finish: Embed tape d Joits. 2. At substrates for tile, provide Level 2 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, aid trim flages. 3. Unless otherwise Indicated, provide Level 4 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill and finish coats of joint compouund to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. 4. Where indicated, provide Level 5 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, ad finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, aid trim flanges. Apply skim coat to entire surface. E. 61ass-Mat, Water-Resistat Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. SECTION 043000 - TILING I.I WLTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Obtain the of each type and color or finish from sere production run for each cantlgu�U5 area. G. Deliver and store packaged materials h origial containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements h AN51 AI31.1 for labeling ceramic the packages. 2.1 CERAMIC TiLE A. Ceramic the that compiles with Standard grade requirements h ANSI A131.I, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile." B. Tile Type (Porcelain, glass) per drawing for floor and wall tiles. I. Maufacturers: Per drawings. 2. Module Size: Varies per product selected. 3. Thickness. Varies per product selected. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with mandacturer's standard edges. 5. Finish: Vales per product. 6. Color and Pattern; As selected. 7. Grout Color: As selected. 8. Mounting: Varies per product selected and pre-mamted sheets of tiles factorry assembled and grouted h field. q. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes aid coursing of adjoining flat the where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from mma ufacturer's standard shapes: a. Base; Goved b. Wainscot Gap for Thh-Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose c. External Conners for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose d. Internal Corners: Fleld-butted square corners. For coved base and up use angle places designed to ft with stretcher shapes. 22 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A Low -Emitting Materials: Adhesives and fluld-applied waterproofing membranes shall have a VOC content of 65g/L or less. B. Low-Bnutthg Materials: Adhesives aid fluki-applied waterprooFlg membranes shall comply with Green Sods 65-3b and wit the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' ' Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emisions from Various Sorces Ushg Small-scale Enviro mental Chambers". G. Waterproofing Membranes for Thin -set Installations: AN51 A118.10, fabric -reinforced Iiquid-latex or elastomeric polymer product. D. Setting and Grouting Materals: Comply with material standards In ANSI's 'Specifica nos for the Installation of Ceramic Tile' that apply to Materials and methods Indicated. I. Thin -Set Mortar Type: Latex-portland cement. a. Manufacturers. one of the following: I. Bo5tlk• Inc• II. l.attcrete International lac. III. MAPEI Goraxration. iv. � a subsidi ry of HB. Fuller Company v. Or approved equal. 2. Niter -Gleanable Tile-5etthg Epoxy: a. Manufacturers: One of the following: 1. d Inc. II. Laticrete International. Inc. ill. MAPEI Corporation. tv. 5umltvllle Tiles. Inc. v. ]� a subsidiary of HB. Fuller Company A. Or approved equal. 3. 6rout Type: Water-Gleaable Epoxy: a. Maufacturers: One of the following: I. Ii. Laticrete International. Inc. III. MAPEI(poratbn. Iv. Summitville Tiles. Inc. v. fir. a subsidiary of HB. Fuller Company A. Or approved equal. 3.1 INSTALLATION A Comply wlth TGA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TGA Installation methods specified In the Installation schedules. Comply with of ANSI A108 Series 'Specifkatons for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced h TGA Installation met hods, specified in lle Installation schedule, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. I. For Installation Indicated below, follow procedures h ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Geranlc Tile" for provide q5 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors In wet areas. b. Tile flocs In laudries. c. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 Inches (200 by 200 m i) or larger. d. The floors composed of rib -backed tiles. B. Perform cutting aid drilling of the without marring vslble surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of the abutting trim, fish, or built-h Items for straight aligned joints. Fit the closely to electrical outlets, piping fixtres, aid other penetrations so plates, colt rs, or covers overlap tile. G. Lay tie in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, aid trim are the same size. D. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by appiging a reinforced mortar bed that compiles with ANSI A108.IA and s sloped 1/4 Inch per foot (160) toward drabs. E. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13. F. Do rat Install the over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured aid been tested to determine that It s watertight. 6. Apply sealer to cleared store the flooring according to sealer manufacturer's written instructions. R Interior Floor Tile Installation Method(s): I. Over Garrote Subf loon: TGA F115 (thin -set mortar, epoxy grout) 2. Over Waterproof Membraes m Concrete 5ubfloors: TGA FI22 (thin -set mortar) L Interior Wall Tile Installation Method(s): I. Over Metal Studs or Faring: TGA W245 with ttiln-set mortar (thin -set mortar on gl ss-nat, water-resistant backer board). SECTION 01200 - AGOMIGAL CEILIN65 ID GENERAL I.I SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. 12 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMIENTS A. Seismic Standard: Acoustical callings shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to A5GE/5EI 1. B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: When required, provide materials and construction Identical to those tested h assemblies per ASTM E Ilq by an Independent testing and Ispectig agency acceptable to authorities having Jursdiction. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 AGOUSTIGAL TILE -ACT-1 A. Manufacturer: I. Arrrst= World Inidustries. Inc. B. Classification: As follows, per ASTM E 1264: I. Product: #104 - Gortega. 2. Pattern: Medium text re. 3. Light Reflectance (LR) Coefficient: Not less than Ob2. 4. Nose Reduction Goefficient (IRC): Not less than 055. 5. Gelling Attenuation Glas (GAG): Not less than 55. 6. Surface -Burring Ghcracterlstics.. Glass A G. Color: White. D. Edge Detail: Angled Tegilar. E. Thickness: 5/6 I ch. F. Modular Size: 24 by 24 Inches. 22 CEILING SUSPEN51ON SYSTEM A. Gelling Suspension System: Direct hung; ASTM G 635, Intermadlate-duty structural clarelftcatbn I. Manufacturer: a. World Industries. Ira. 2. Product; "Prelude XL' - 15/lb exposed tee grid. 3. Face Finish: Write. B. Attachrnent Devices: Sized for 5 times the design load Indicated In A5TM C 635, Table I, Direct Bung, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements for local area where project is being costructed. G. Wine Hangars, Braces, and Ties: Zinc -coated carbon -steel wire; ASTM A b41/A 641M, Glass 1 zinc coating, soft temper. I. Size: Provide yield strength at least 3 tines the hanger design load (A5TM G 635, Table I, Direct ftnmg), but not less than 0.135 Inch 05 mum) diameter wire. D. Access; Identify upward access the with manufacturer's standard unobtrusive markers for each access unit. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A Acoustical Tile Adhesive: Type recommmended by acoustical the maufadarer, bearing IA lbel For Glass 0-25 flame spread. B. Pre -finish white wall angle - anchor to stud franing per manufacturer's recommendation. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical ceiling to comply with ASTM G 6361G 6%M and seismic design requirements Indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and GISGA's 'Gelling Systems Handbook'. B. Iretall acoustical paa wls with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspensions system runers and edge moldinngs. 5crbe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise ftt. G. Install acoustical tiles In coordiation with suspensions system and exposed moldings acid trim. Place splines or suspensions system flanges into kerFed edges so tile-to�ttle joints are closed bg double lap of material. I. Fit adjoining the to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut the for aerate fit at borders and around penetrations through tile. D. Arrange drectlmally patterned acoustical units as Indicated on Drawings. SECTION 046500 - RESILIENT FLOORING IA GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Extra Materials: I. Resilient Wall Base: Deliver to Owner at least 25 linear feet of each type of color of resilient wall base Installed. 2. Resilient Floor Tile: Deliver to Owner ore box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type and color of resilient floor the Installed. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 RE51LIENT BASE (RB-1, RB-2, AND RB-3) A. Maufacturer: I. B. Color and Pattern: Per Drawings. G. ASTM F 1861, Type TV (vinyl). D. Group (Manufacturing Method): I (solid, homogeneous). E. Style: Gove (base with toe): RB-I, RB-2. Straight (flat or toeless); RB3 F. Minimum Thickness: 0.080 Inch (2.0 mm) 6. Height: 4 inches (102 rrn�, 6 Inches (152 rm0 and 1 Inch per drawings. H. Lengths: Galls in rranufactuher's standard lengths. I. Outside Garners: Job famed. (No rounded corners) J. Inside Gorners: Job formed. (Square conerl mitered) K Finish: Satin. 22 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSSORY A Manufacturers: One of the following: I. Burke Mercer Flooring Products: Division of Burke Industries, Iris. 2. Flexco.lnc. 3. ,,. 4. RGA. Rubber Ca aa% (The). 5. Rrnn�poratlon. USA. b. VPI. LLG: Floor Products Division. B. Color: As selected by Owner from maufacturer's standard colors. G. Desariptlon: Carpet bar fa tackles hstallotlos, Reducer strip for resilient floor covering, Joiner for the and capet, atc. D. Material: Rubber or Vinyl E. Profile and Diensions. Sub it samples for selection. 2.3 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING (RF-1) A. Products: 1. Am ktc= Wald Industries. Inc.; EXGBAN 'Gtrorra5pin' B. Color: Muslin G. Size; 12' x 12' C305rnn x 305rnm) D. Composed of polyvinyl chloride resin binder, plasticizers, fillers, and pigments with colas dispersed throughout Its thickness. Vinyl composition the shall conform to the requirements of A5TM F 1066, Glass 2 - Through Pattern. E. Overall Thickness: .125 h. F. Inte lfayer Material: per mahufacturer. 6. Fire -Test Response: ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Gas I. H. ASTM E 662 (Smoke Generations) Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or less 2.4 RE51LIENT TILE FLOORING (RF-2) A Products: I. Mannk4on Gowercbl; Nature'. Paths Select B. Color aid Pattern: Chatham Oak - Java (12153). G. Sheet Size: Plank 5" x 48" (121mm x 121g3mrro. D. Luxury Vinyl Plank with micro -beveled edges. Glass 3, Tape B (A5TM F 1100) E. overall Thickness: .100 h. F. Interlager Material: per maufacturer. 6. Backing Glass: Glass A (Flbrous). H. Fire -Test Response: Grltical radiat flux classification of Glas I, not less than 0.45 w/sq. cm. per A5TM E 648. I. ASTM E 662 (Smoke 6eeratbr� Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or less. J. Wearing Surface: Quantum Guard HP urethane alumi a oxide topcoat cured by W process, 020 h. thick. 2.5 INSTALLATION AGGE55ORIE5 A. Trowela>ble Leveling and Patching Corrpounds: Latex -modified or blended huydraulic cement -based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adheslves: Water-resistant type recommended by maufmturer to suit Floor covering and substrate condition Indicated. I. Low -Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOG content of 50 g/L or less. G. Heat -Welding Bead; Solld-strand product of floor covering mawl'acturer. I. Golor; Match floor covering. 3.0 EXEGUTION 3.1 INSTALLATl7N A. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 110. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds and vapor retarder has been Installed. B. Unroll sheet floor coverings aid allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting. G. Maintain uniformity of resilient sheet flooring direction, and match edges For color shading at seams. D. Mlnknlze number of seams; place stans in Inconsplwous and low -traffic areas, at least 6 I ches (152 mn) away from parallel jolts in substrates. E. Adhesively Install resilient wall base and accessories. F. Install wall base In maximum lengths possible. Apply to walls, coluvs, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures In rooms or areas where base s required. 6. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwwse be exposed. SECTION MOW - GARPETIN6 ID GENERAL I.I 5EGTION REWIREMENT5 A. 5ubmlttas: Product Data and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TiLE (CP-1) A. 1: Per Drawings S. Fber Gontent: Solution Q Extreme Nyim G. Face Construction: IA2 D6 D. Gaugo:IA2 E. Pile Thickness: 0.108 Inches F. Tufted Yarn Weight: 18 oz/sq. yd. 6. Primary Backing: Woven Polypropylene H. 5econday Backing: EcoWorx Tile I. Size: Per Drawlnrgc, J. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/5q. cm. per ASTM E 648. K Emissions: Provide carpet that complies with testig and product requirements of GRI's "Green Label Plus" program. 22 INSTALLATION AGGE55ORIE5 A. Garpet Tile Adhesives: Pressure -sensitive type that cmplles with flammability requirements for Installed carpet tile and s recommended by carpet the manufacturer for conditions indicated for releasable Installation. I. L.ow-Emitting Materials: Aatestves shall have a VOG cmtent of 50 g/L or less. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with GRI 104. B. Carpet Tile Installation Method! As recommended by mcnnufacturer. I. Install borders parallel to wails, when required. SECTION 044000 - PAINTING AND COATING ID GENERAL I.I SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: I. Product Data. Include printout of MK5 'API Approved Products List' with product highlighted. 2. Samples. B. Mockups: Full -coat fish Sample of each type of coating, color, and substrate, applied where directed. G. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner I gal, f3.5 N.) of each color and type of finish coat paint used on Project, In contaiers, properly labeled and sealed. 2.0 PRODIIGT5 2.1 PAINT A. Maufacturers: 1. @gamin Moore a Go. 2. Sherwin Willa a Company (The). B. MPI Standards: Provide materials that comply with MP standards Indicated and listed In Its "API Approved Products List'. L Inteior Paintig Materials. a. Primer Sealer, Latex: MPI #50 b. Primer Sealer, Institutional Low OdcrNOG: MPI #14q c. Primer, Latex, for Interior Wood: MPI #3q. d. Primer, 6lavanized, Water Based: MPI #134. a. Latex, Interior, Semigloss, (60% Level 5): MPI #54. f. Latex, Institutio al Low OdorNOG, Semigloss (6loss Level 5): MPI #I41. g. Latex, High Performance Architectural, Semigloss (6loss Level 5): MPI #141. h. Alkyd, Interior, Semigloss (6loss Level % MPI #41. I. Alkyd, Quick Dry, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5); MPI #61. 2. Staining and Clear FInMhg Materials: a. Wood Filler Paste: MPI #ql b. Alkyd, 5anding Sealer, Clear: MPI #102 c. Stain, 5emltransparent, for Interior Wood: MPI #q0 d. Varnish, Interior, Polyurethane, OII-Modified, Satin (61055 Level 4): MPI #51 e. Varnish, Interior, Polyurethane, OII-Modified, Gloss (6Io5s Level 6); MPI #56 f. Varnish, Polyurethane, Molsture-Gured, Gloss (Gloss Level 0 MPI #31 g. Varnish, Aliphatic Polyurethane, Two -Component (Gloss Level 6 or 1): MPI #18 G. Material Compatibility: Provide materials that ice compatble with one another and with substrates. I. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended In writing by maufacturers of topcoat for use In paint system and one substrate Indicated. D. Use Interior paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOG content: I. Nonflot Paints, Cod": 150 g/L 2. Dry -Fog Goatina�: 400 g/L 3. Primers, Sealers, and Umdercoatem: 200 g/L 4. Anticorrosive and Antiust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 9& 5. Glear Wood Finishes, Vanishes: 350 g/L 6. Glow Wood Finishes, Lacquers: 550 g/L 1. Stabs: 250 g/L E. Colors: A selected. 3.0 FXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A Comply with recomneridatons in MPI's 'API Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, lighting fixtures, aid similar Items that are not to be painted. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall Items h each area after painting Is complete. G. Glean and prepare surface In an area before begs ring painting h that are. Sc hecule painting so cleaning operations will not damage newly painted surfaces. 32 APPLICATION A Gomply with recommendations in MPI's "API Architectural Painting 5pecll icatlan Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Paint exposed surfaces, new and exlstlrq unless otherwise Indicated. I. Paint surfaces behind movable equipxrent and furniture sane as similar exposed surfaces. 2. Paint surfaces behid perms ontig fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint the back side of access panels. 4. Golor-code mechanical piping h accessble calling spaces. 5. Do not paint prefhkhed Items, Items with an I tegral finish, operating pats, aid labels unless otherwise Indicated. G. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written Instruction. 1. Use brushes only for exterior painting and where the use of other applicators Is not practical. 2. Use rollers fa finish coat on interior walls and call". D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking rus, sags, ropiness, our other surface Imperfections, cut In sharp Ines aid color breaks. I. If undercoats or other conditio s show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured fill has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. E. Apply stains and transparent finishes to produce surface films without color Irregularity, cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, bush marks, roller tracking runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Gut in shop Ines aid color breaks. Use multiple cats to procure a smooth surface film of even luster. 33 INTERIOR PAINT APPLICATION 5GHIME A. Cocrete Masorry Units: I. Semigloss, Institutional Low-OdorNOG Latex: Two coats over latex block filler: MPI INT 42E. B. Steel: I. Semigloss, Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over quick -drying alkyd prier; MPI INT 5.IE. G. Galvanized Metal: I. Semigloss, Institutionial Low OdorNOG Latex: One coat over waterborne galvanized -metal primer: MPI INT 53K D. Wood: Including nan-stained architectural woodwork I. Semiglos, Institutional Lou Odo /VOG Latex: Two coats over latex prier for wood: MPI INT b.3V. E. C�ypslmm Board: 1. Satin or Semigloss (verify with Owner) Institutional Low OdorNOG Latex: Two Goats over low odorlVOG Tinted prier/sealer: MPI INT UM 33 INTERIOR STAIN AND CLEAR FIN15H APPLICATION SGFEDUL.E A, Wood substrates, ran -traffic surfaces, Inoluding wood trim, architectural woodwork, doors, windows, wood -based panel products. I. Semitransparent Stain: Two coats: MPI INT 6.16. 2. Semigloss of Glos Alkyd Varnish over Stain: Two coats over sanding sealer aid stain: MPI INT 61P. 3. Satin or Glos OII-Mbdffled Polyurethane Vanish over Stain; Three coats over stain: MPI INT 6.IJ. ffoON 10" - SI6NA6E IA GENERAL I.I SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drow", and Samples. 12 SIGNS, GENERAL A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions In the U.S. Architectural aE Trasportation Carriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and 1� AII1.1. 2D PRODUGTS 2.1 PANEL 516% A Manufacturers; One of the following: I. A51 Sdgp 5 taus rcs. Inc. 2. Best Sin 5u5tem5. Inc. 3. Or approved equal. B. Interior Panel Signs: Enamel -Filled, reverse -engraved clear acrylics or Reverse silk screened Ilea acrylic with opaque background with beveled edges and square or rounded corners. I. Finishes and Colors; As selected from maufadurer's full range. 2. Tactile Characters: Characters axed Grade 2 Braille rase 1/32 Inch (Od3 mr) above surface with contrasting colors. 3. Provide signs for all rooms mounted on the wall beside the room door. 22 MATERIALS A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Gategory A-1 (cell -cast sheet), Type WA (W absorbing). B. Plastic Laminate: High-pressure laminate engraving stock with face and core in contrasting colors. 3.0 F�GUTION 3.1 IN5TALLATION A Locate signs where indicated or directed by Architect. Install signs level, plumb, and at hoots indicated, with sign sufaces free from distortion and other defects In appearance. B. Wall -Mounted 5": I. Two -Face Tape: Mount signs to smooth, non -porous surfaces, other than vinyl 2. MechaMcal Fasteners; Use non -removable mechanical Fasteners placed through predrllled holes. SECTION 05500 - MAPES 5t� LJ1MdID ECK FLAT OUTR"M SUPPORTED AMN6 ID GENERAL I.I DE5GRIPTION OF WORK A Work In this section Includes furnshig and Installation of extruded aluminum overhead outrigger style ca oplas as ma ufactured by Mapes Canopies LLG. B. Related Items and Consi derations; I. Flashing of various desigs may be required. Generic flashing supplied by Mapes. Specialty flashing to be supplied by betaller. 2. Determine wall construction, make-up and thickness. 3. Ensure adequate wall condition to carry canopy loads where required. 4. Consider water draiage away from ca opy where necessary. 5. Any necessary removal or relocation of existing structures, obstructions or materials. 12 GI IALITY A59(1RANGE A. Products meetig these specifications established standard of qualitay required as maufactured by Mapes Industries, Inc. Lincoln, NE I-888-213-1132. 13 FIELD MEA5U2EMiETNT A Confirm dimesions prior to preparation of shop drawings twhen possible. B. If requested, supply manuFmturer's standard literature and specifications for canoples. G. Submit shop drawigs showing structural component locations/posltbns, material dhensors and details of construction and assembly. 1.4 PERFORMANCE RELVIRIMENT5 A. Ganopy must conform to local building codes. B. Profesioval Engineer -stamped calculations are required. 15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store all canopy components in protected areas. 2D PRODUCTS 2.1 MANJFACTURER A. lies Canopies LLG.1148 No th 5bth 5t., Lincoln, hE b8514, Phone: I-888-213-1132, Fax: 1-817-455-6512. 22 MATERIALS A Deckig shall consist of 3" extruded flat soffit .018 decking. B. Intermediate framing members shall be extruded alu ina, alloy b063-T6, h profile and thickness shown h current Mapes brochures. G. Out iggers and attachment hardware shall be powder coated. D. Fascia shall be standard 8' extruded 6 style. 23 FINISHES A. Finish tape shall be 2-Goat Kyncr Fish. 2A FABRICATION A. All Mapes canopies are shipped in preasembled sections for ease of Installation. B. All corrections shall Fee mechanically assembled uUllzhg 3/16 fasteners with a minimum shear stress of 350 b. Pre -welded or factory -welded connections are not acceptable. G. Decking shall be designed with interlocking roll -formed almirum members. D. Goncealed drainage. Water shall drain from covered surfaces Into Intermediate trough aid be directed to Front Scupper. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A Confirm tut surounding area is ready for the canopy installation. B. Installer shall confim dimensions and elevations to be as shown m drawings provided by Mapes Industries. G. Erection shall be performed by m approved Installer aid scheduled after all concrete, masonry and roofing h the area s completed. 32 INSTALLATION V) w t--d U rO V J J) W ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 a) �L 0 C O (6 .. CU O i J_ L O 0 CNCU LL io Z L � � O U N a � _ _ � W O U_ ^� W N ^: E r 0 M M N O 0 dla cc .- 0 a •L_ _� C LL m Co 4F 0 N t CU 0 L- � � d' a �- P N 02/13/19 Construction mk date issue Specifications A004 HFR 18.945 A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer s shop drawings. Pcrtlalcr attention should be given to protecting the finish during handling aid erection. 33 GLEANIN6 A. After installation, entire system shall be left In a clean condition. SECTION 123623 - PLASTIC COWERTOP5 ID 6ENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. 5uhanitta15: Shop Drawings, Samples showing the full range of colas, textures, ad pattern available for each type of finish aid AM Quality Certification Program certificates. B. Fabricator Gluallfications: Certified participant In AWI's auallty certification Program. G. Installer auallf"lons: Fabricator of products. D. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install countertops until building Is enclosed, wet work is completed, aid HVAG system Is operating. 2.0 PROVXT5 2.1 PLN5TIG-LAMINATE GOUNTERTOP5 A. Quality Standard: AWI, AWAG, and WI'5 "Architectural Woodwork Standards." B. Plastic -Laminate Gountertops: Premium or Custom grade. I. Laminate Grade: H65 for flat countertops, F16P for post -formed countertops 2. 6rain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. 3. Edge Treatment: Sane as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. 22 MATERIALS A. Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent. B. Medium -Density Fiberboard: AN51 A2082, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. G. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. D. Softwood Plywood: DOG P5 I. E. HgHlresure Decorative Laminate: NEMA L.D 3. I. Manufacturers: a. Wlisonart International: Div. of Premark International, Inc. b. or Approved equal. F. 6rortmets for Gable Passage through Countertops: 2 hah O.D., moldedoostic grommets and matchhg plastic caps with slot for were passage. I. Product: a. 2= Mockett d cornier .. Inc. - 06 or 56 series. 5.0 EXECUTION 3.1. FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, tanning, and fitting. 32 INSTALLATION A. Before Installation, condition countertops to average prevailing humidity condition In Installation areas. B. Install countertops to comply with referenced quality standard for grade specified. G. Install contertops level, plumb, true and straight. Shin as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of I/8 Inch in 96 Inches. D. Scribe ad cut countertops to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, ad repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash ad wall. SECTION 12:3W - 5TONE COMTERTOP5 ID GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REGIUIRENENT5 A. Submittals: Shop Drawings and Stone Samples at least 12 Inches (300 run) square. B. Verify dimensions of stone countertops by field cements and indicate on Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 STONE A. Granite: ASTM G 615 I. Description: Lhiform, fine-grained, stone. 2. Varletles and Sources: Product per drawings. 3. Finish: Polished. 22 5ETING MATERIALS A. Watery -Gleanable Epoxy Adhesive: AN51 AII83. I. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Bonsal. W.R. Gomoarnl. b. Bonstone Materials Corporation. c. G Gore• d. Custom Bulldha Products. e. Laticrete International. Inc. f. MAPEI Coro. B. Sealant: Mildew -resistant, neutral -curing, silicone sealant. G. Stone Sealer: Colorless, stain -resistant sealer that does not affect color or physical properties of stone surfaces, as recommended by stone producer For application kdlcated. I. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Bostlk FIndlq Inc. b. Gustam Eiulldha Products c. Hillyard. Inc. d. HMK Stone Care 5pkin. e. Miracle Sealants Gompg% f. Stone Gore International. Inc. 2.3 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION A. Comply with recommendations In MIA's "Dimensional Stone - Design Manual VI." 1. Thi imss: 1-1/4 inches (30 man). 2. Edge Detail: Straight, slightly eased at top, I-1/4 Inch (30 nwO bullnose, or 3/8 Inch (10 nW radius with 2-1/2 Inch apron, location vary per plan. B. Splashes: 3/4 Inch (20 nW nominal thickness backsplashes and and splashes. I. Height: 7 Inches, unless noted otherwise. 2. Top -Edge Detail: Straight, slightly eased at corner. G. Fabricate molded edges Nth machines having abrasive shaping wheels made to reverse contour of edge profile. Form corners of molded edges as indicated with outside corners slightly eased. D. Seams: Fabricate countertops without seams, preferred, but for joining in field, with seams 1/16 (15 mm) In width. E. Cutouts and Holes: 1. Umdercarnter Fixtures: Make cutouts for undercomter Fixtures In shop using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer, Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. a. Edge Detall: Vertical, slkjntly eased at top ad bottom surfaces and projecting 3/16 inch (5 rrm) into fixture opening. 2. Gounter-Mounted Fixtures: Prepare countertops in shop for field cutting openings for counter -wonted fixtures. Mark tops for cutouts ad drill holes at corners of cutout locatlore. Make caner hales of largest radius practical. 3. Fittings: Drill countertops In ship for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers, aid similar items. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops over plywood s(btops with a full spread of water -cleanable epoxy adhesive. B. Space seans with 1/16 inch 05 mm) gap for filling with grout sealant. Use temporary shins to ensure uniform spacing ad use clarps to eliminate lipping. G. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts while cutting. D. Install backsplash ad end splashes by adhering to wall with water -cleanable epoxy adhesive. Leave 1/16 Inch (15 mm) gap between countertop ad splash for filling with sealant. Use temporary shins to ensure uniform spacing. E. Grout seams to comply with AN51 A108.I0. Tool grout uniformly ad smoothly with plastic tool. F. Apply sealant to seams and to gap between countertops and splashes. 32 GLEANING A. Glean countertops as work progresses. Remove adhesive, grout, mortar, and sealant smear Immediately. B. Glean stone countertops not less than six days after completion of sealant Installation, using clean water ad soft rags. Do not use materials or methods that could damage stone. G. Apply stone sealer to comply with stone producer's ad sealer nnanufactu er's written Instructions. U) W U O U) N ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and an reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of FIFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to I*R upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 LL CL W N W C _CU tf ^U W Cn ^E \W 0 L E Q� L -0 r 4: O U � a L �O C N ff (U Z C :E CDCU Cp C N N _ - W L LL_ For 02/13/19 Construction mk I date I issue Specifications 'll HFR 18.945 U. L. System No. W-L-1054 October 14, 2015 F Rating-1 and 2 Hr. T Rating-0 Hr. L Rating @ Ambient - Less than 1 CFM/Sq. Ft. L Rating @ 4000 F - 4 CFM/Sq. Ft. SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly -The I or 2 fire -rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs -Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist ofaom. 2x4 in. lumber spaced 16 in. OC. with nom. 2 by 4 in. lumber end plates and cross braces. Steel studs to be min. 2-1/2 in. wide and spaced max. 24 in. OC. B. Gypsum Board*-5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum wallboard Type, number of layers, fastener Type and sheet orientation shall be as as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max. diam. of opening is 12-1/4 in. 2. Through Penetrants -One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be centered within the firestop system. An annalar space of min. 1/4 in. to max. I -lA in. is required within the firestop system. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides ofwall assembly. The following types and sizes ofirretallic pipes, conduit or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe-Nom, 10 in. diam. (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe B. Conduit-Nom. 4 in. diam. (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or steel conduit. C, Copper Tubing-Nom. 4 in. diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. D. Copper Pipe-Nom. 4 in. diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe- 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -Sealant -in I hour fire rated assemblies, min. 518 in. thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of the wall. In the 2 hour fire rated assemblies, min. 1-1/4 in. thickness offill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of the wall. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc.-FS601 or Fs -One Sealant (Note: L ratings apply only when FS-One Sealant is used). * Bearing the UL Classification Marking. 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners -- (Not Shown) -- Channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in. deep (min), 1-1/4 in. legs, formed from min No. 25 MSG galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. IA_ Framing Members* -- Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not Shown) -- As an alternate to Item I -- Channel shaped, min 3-5/8 in. deep, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Tlype SUPREME Framing System SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO -- Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System 113. FYaming Members* -- Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not Shown -- In lieu of Item 1 -- For use with Item 2B, proprietary channel shaped runners, I- 1 /4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO -- Viper20Tm Track CRACO, MFG INC -- SmartTrack2OTm MARINO[WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC -- Vjper20— Track I C. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not Shown) -- For use with Item 2C -- Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion -protected or ga1v steel, min depth to accommodate stud size, with min I in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. ID. Framing Members* -- Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not Shown -- In lieu of Items I through I C -- For use with Item 2D and 4G only, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.018 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. . CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS -- CD ProTRAK DMFCWBS LLC -- ProTRAK MBA METAL FRAMING -- ProTRAK RAM SALES LLC -- Ram ProTRAK STEEL STRUCTURAL PRODUCTS L L C -- Tri-S ProTRAK IE. Framing Members* — Floor and Ceiling Runners -- Not Shown -- In lieu ofItems I through ID -- For use with Item 2E and 41 only, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.01 8 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in, OC max. TELLING INDUSTRIES LLC -- TRUE-TRACKTm IF. Framing Members* -- Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not Shown -- In lieu ofItems 1 through IE -- For use with Item 2, channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 25 MSG steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. KIRH (HONG KONG) LTD -- Type KIRII I G. Framing Members* -- Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not Shown -- In lieu of Items I th rough 1 F -- For use with Item 2, channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS -- CROCSTUD Track III. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not Shown) -- Channel shaped, fabricated from min 0.02 in. ga1v steel, min width to accommodate stud size, with min I in. long legs, for use with studs specified below and fabricated from min 0.02 in. galv steel or thicker, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. MARINO[WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC -- Viper2O— Track VT100 11. Framing Members* — Floor and Ceiling Runners -- Not Shown -- In lieu ofltern I -- For use with Item 2H, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max, TELLING INDUSTRIES LLC -- Viper2Oym Track I J. Framing Members* — Floor and Ceiling Runners — Not Shown -- In lieu of Items I -- For use with Item 2 L, proprietary channel shaped runners, I- 1 A in. deep by min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.0 1 8 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. STEEL INVESTMENT GROUP LLC -- AlphaTRAK 2. Steel Studs — Channel shaped, 3-5/8 in. deep (min), formed from min No. 25 MSG gatv steel spaced 24 in. OC max. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. . 2A. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- As an alternate to Item 2 -- Channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. deep, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV -- Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO -- Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC -- Type SUPREME Framing System 2B. Framing Members* -- Steel Studs — Not Shown -- In lieu of Item 2 -- For use with Item I B, proprietary channel shaped steel studs, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel. Studs cut 3/4 in. less in length than assembly height. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO -- Viper20ym CRACO MEFG INC -- SmartStud2OTm MARINOIWARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC -- Viper2O- 2C. Steel Studs — (As an alternate to Item 2, For use with Item 4E) -- Channel shaped, fabricated from rami 20 MSG corrosion -protected or galv steel, 3-1/2 in. min depth, spaced a max of 16 in. OC. Studs friction -fit into floor and ceiling runners. Studs to be cut 5/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2D. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- As an alternate to Items 2 through 2C -- For use with Item 1D and 4G only, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.018 in. thick gaIv steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than assembly height. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS -- CD ProSTUD DMFCWBS LLC -- ProSTUD MBA METAL FRAMING -- ProSTUD RAM SALES LLC -- Ram ProSTUD STEEL STRUCTURAL PRODUCTS LLC -- Tri-S ProSTUD 2E. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- As an alternate to Items 2 through 2D -- For use with Item I E and 41 only, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.01 8 in. thick galv steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than assembly height. TELLING INDUSTRIES LLC -- TRUE-STUD'm 2F. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- As an alternate to Items 2 through 2E -- For use with Item IF, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 25 MSG steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than assembly height. KIRH (HONG KONG) LTD — Type KIRII 2G. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- Not Shown -- In lieu of Item 2 through 2F -- For use with Item I G. Proprietary channel shaped studs, minimum 3-5/8 in. wide, Studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than the assembly height. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS -- CROCSTUD 2H. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- Not Shown -- In lieu of Item 2 -- For use with Item 11, proprietary, channel shaped steel studs, 1-1/4 in. wide by min 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0,020 in. thick galv steel. Studs cut 3/4 in. less in length than assembly height. TELLING INDUSTRIES LLC -- Viper2OT- 21. Rraming Members* -- Steel Studs — In lieu ofItem 2 -- For use with Item 1, channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, 3-5/8 in. deep (min), spaced 24 in. OC max. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. EB METAL INC -- NITROSTUD 2J. Framing Mernbers* -- Steel Studs — In lieu of Item 2 -- For use with Item 1, channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, 3-5/8 in. deep (min), spaced 24 in. OC max. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. OLMAR SUPPLY INC -- PRIMESTUD 2K. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- As an alternate to Item 2 -- For use with Item IB (3-5/8 in. wide track.), channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-5/8 in, deep, spaced a max of`24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. MARINOIWARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC -- StudRite- 2L. Framing Members* — Steel Studs -- As an alternate to Items 2 -- For use with Item I J, channel shaped studs, min 3-5/8 in. wide fabricated from min 0.01 8 in. thick galv steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. STEEL INVESTMENT GROUP L L C — AlphaSTUD 3. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) -- Mineral wool or glass fiber baits partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 3A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 3) -- (I 00% Borate Formulation) -- Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 lb/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 lb/ft3 , in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER LLC -- INS735 & TNS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only 3B. Fiber, Sprayed* -- As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 3) and Item 3A -- Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC -- Cellulose Insulation 3C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 3) -- Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The mimmurn dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP -- Celbar-RL U. L. Design No. U4185 August 03, 2017 Nonbearing Wall Rating -1 Hr. U. L. Design No. L524 August 31, 2017 Unrestrained Assembly Rating -1 Hr. U) W F-4 _!� �-_4 U () V) U) �< NO ARCHITECTURE 3D. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 8. Nom. 3 in. thick, minimum 3A pcfminerai wool batts, purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". I ti— 0,�. 11P `�11_k 1;;,� �x, � �',-��,-,---. 'N I " i , , = I I I ENGINEERING friction fit between the studs and floor and ceiling runners. RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC -- Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall ,,�' , �$� $� Ilk .1 """'; �,�2�;��, �11 I I �­ J - I .1 See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names ofmanufacturers. 4M. Gypsum Board* -- (For use with Item 8) — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied vertically over Mineral and . � I I I "I ­ I 11 I I \ _11111­1,1111.14g .1� 11141J��, 1 -, I "' "" � 1 4 , � � I � - ; , 9m ­--7 . 7 � I I 1 1 - , Hill Road 3E. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 4P. Placed in stud cavities, any min. 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Fiber Board (Item 8) with vertical joints located anywhere over stud cavities. Secured to mineral and fiber boards with 1-1/2 in. Type G Screws spaced 8 in. OC along edges ofeach verticaljoint and 12 in. OC in �1_ � 11 I ,_ " ( ,-, ), ,( T, I 3680 Pleasant Resistance, intermediate field of the Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 8). Secured to outermost studs and floor and ceiling I?, V i, � , ,,�, - Suite 200 I I See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies. runners with 2 in. long Type S screws spaced 8 in. OC. Gypsum Board joints covered with paper tape and I I I Duluth, Georgia 30096 4. Gypsum Board* -- 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with I in. long, joint compound. Screw heads covered with joint compound. I I I 11.1.11-1.111 "I 11 .. I I I I I �. - 1-11 I I p 770.622.9858 Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges ofboard and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Type AG-C I I I I � - 11 � 1, , 4 . - 1:1 � I "I � . , ". 11 I'll I 1� 4 � 1— 21 �,, , If 770.622.9535 vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to Items 6 (resilient channels) or 6A, 6B CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC -- Type FRPC, Type C 11 I I � "t , I I I I . A or 6C (haying channels), gypsum board is screw attached to haying channels with I in. long, Type S steel screws CGC INC — Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR -, �, � I � , � # A, It � I'll . e ww w. h i I I f o I e yr o s s i. c o in spaced 12 in. OC. ,I I ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD — Type X, 519 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, LLC -- Type LGFC-C/A , ,,'I'll I 11 11 � " I C Copyright (as dated below). AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AG-C, AGX-I, M-Glass GEORGIA-PACEFIC GYPSUM LLC -- Types 5, DAPC, TG-C '_� I This drawing and all reproductions thereof me the property of HUI Foley Ross! & Associates, LLC.(HFR). BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO -- Type DBX-I NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- Types eXP-C, FSK-C, FSW-C fast Llayw­ It is intmded for the sole use of the project named CGC INC -- Types AR, C, IP-AR, IP-XI, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, USGX, WRC or WRX (Joint PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS LLC, DBA PABCO GYPSUM -- Type PG-C I I 1 � EJ7WJG'ir-d_00h1W hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFIZ is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to FIFIR tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX) PANEL REY S A -- Types PRC, PRC2 � ,�. I upon project completion. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC -- Types 1, EGRG, GlasRoc, Type X, Type X-1, Type C, 5/8" SAINT-GOBAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE -- Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, sealed: 02-13-2019 Easi-Lite Type X Gyproc FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FireStop ACTIVAir, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIVAir, Gyproc CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, LLC -- Types LGFC2A, LGFC6A, FireStop NUTECH ACTTV'Air, Gyproc DuraLine, Gyproc DuraLine MR, Gyproc DuraLine M2TECH, (Deleted) 3. Structural Steel Member -- Min WS x 15 wide flange steel beam. LGFC-C/A, LGFC-WD, LGLLX Gyproc Dur-aLine ACTIV'Air, Gyproc, DuraLine MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc, DuraLine M2TECH ACTIV'Air 1. Flooring System - The flooring system shall consist of one of the following: System No. 10 4. Steel Joists -- The joists are channel -shaped, min 7 in. deep with min 1-5/8 in. wide flanges and 1/2 in. long GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM LLC -- Types 5,6,9, C, DAP, DD, DA, DAPC, DGG, DS, GPFS6, LS, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type X, Water Rated - Type X, Sheathing - Type X, Soffit - Type X, THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL - Type C System No. 1 "Underlayment" Suliflooring -- Min I by 6 in. T & G lumber fastened diagonally to joists, or min 15/32 in. thick plywood or s tifferring flanges. The joists are fabricated from min No. 18 MSG galv steel. Min yield strength of steel is either 33,000 or 40,000 psi with corresponding max working stress of2O,OOO and 24,000 psi. Joists spaced max 24 in. OF Fto, ..... TG-C, GreenGlass Type X, Type X ComfortGuard Sound Deadening Gypsum Board, Type LWX, UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Types C, IP-X2, [PC -AR Finish Flooring - Min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade or "Single -Floor". Face grain ofplywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Long min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face OC. At joist splices bearing on supports, joists are overlapped a min of 3 in. When ceiling damper 01tent 8) is . . . **0**;*, Veneer Plaster Base -Type LWX, Water Rated -Type LWX, Sheathing Type-LMIX, Soffit -Type LV,TX, Type DGLW, Water Rated -Type DGLW, Sheathing Type- DGLW, Soffit -Type DGLW, Type LW2X, USG BORAL ZAWAWI DRYWALL LLC SFZ -- Type C edges shall be T & G. grain ofplywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered, used, min joist depth is 14 in. CO.* . .. : Veneer Plaster Base Type LW2Y, Water Rated Type LW2X, Sheathing Type Soffit System No. 2 Finish Flooring - Mineral and Fiber Board* - Min 1/2 in. thick, supplied in sizes ranging from 3 ft by 4 ft 5. Joist Stiffeners - (Not Shown) - Channel -shaped stiffeners, made from min No. 18 MSG galv steel. Stiffeners - - - LW2X, - Type LW2X, Type DGL2W, Water Rated - Type DGL2W, Sheathing - Type DGL2W USG MEXICO S A DE C V - Types C, IP-X2, IPC-AR to 8 ft by 12 ft. All joints to be staggered a min of 12 in. with adjacent sub -floor joints. are 6-13/16 in. long, 3-1/2 in. deep with 1-5/8 in. flanges and 1/2 in. stiffening flanges, The joist stiffeners are : . 4N. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* - (As an alternate to Item 4) -- Nominal 518 in. thick, 4 Suliflooring -- Min 15/32 in. thick plywood or min 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) wood HOMASOTE CO -- Type 440-32 Mineral and Fiber Board used at all bearing locations of the joists. 0 : : 0 NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- Types eNP-C, FSY, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSMR-C, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSW, ft wide panels, applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain ofplywood or strength axis ofpanel to be System No. 11 6. Joist Bridging - (Not Shown) - Installed immediately after joists are erected and before construction loads are . * :)L-- FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSL PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS LLC, DBA PABCO GYPSUM Types PG-C, PG-9, PG- I 1, PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS LLC, DBA PABCO GYPSUM - Type QuietRock 527 perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Vapor Barrier - (Optional) Nom 0,010 in. thick building Suliflooring -- Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of applied. The bridging consisting ofjoist section cut to length and placed between outer supports, adjacent to 8 ft OC max spacing. Bridging channels are screw -attached at each end to joist . 0 7608 . . 0 .. -- PGS-WRS 40. Gypsum Board* - As an alternate to Items 4, 4A, 4B, and 4C -- Two layers Nom. 5/16 in. thick - commercial rosin -sized paper. plywood or strength axis of7panel to be perpendicular to joists withjoints staggered. openings and at arid span with webs using angle clips. V-bracing of 1-1/2 in. by 20-gal galvanized steel is screw -attached to bottom joist flange . .,*Q . PANEL REY S A -- Types GREX, PRC, PRC2, PRY, RHX, MDY� ETX gypsurn panels applied vertically or horizontally. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered or backed by steel framing. Horizontal joints on the same side need not Finish Flooring -- Min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or "Single -Floor". Face ofplywood or strength axis ofpanel to be to joists with joints staggered. Long Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom 0.030 in, thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. between bridging channels. . . . , . ..... * be When horizontally, both layers board fastened firaming I grain perpendicular 6A. Horizontal Joist Bridging Used in lieu Item 6 in joist bay damper (Item 8), when ceili D SAINT-GOBAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE -- Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, staggered. applied of gypsum to each side of with in. long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in, OC and staggered 4 in. OC between layers. When applied vertically, edges shall be T & G. Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* -- Min 1-1/2 in. thickness offloor topping mixture having a romi -- of same as ceiling damper is employed. Joist section cut to length and secured to joists above bottain flanges with Type S 1 2 screws Gyproe FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FiTeStop ACTIVAit, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIVAir, Gyproe FireStop M2TECH ACTIVAir, Gyproc DuraLine, Gyproc DuraLine MR, Gyproe DuraLine M2TECH, both layers of gypsum board fastened to each side of framing with I in. long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. System No. 3 compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 100 plus or minus 5 pcf Foam concentrate mixed 40: 1 by volume with water and expanded at 100 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1.2 cu feet of and 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 in. No. 18 MSG galv steel angles. Gyproc DuraLine ACTIVAir, Gyproc DuraLine MR ACTIVAir, Gyproc DuraLine M2TECH OC along vertical edges and 12 in. OC in the field, staggered 4 in. OC between layers. Screws spaced a max Suliflooring - Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 300 lbs of sand with 5-1/2 gat ofwater. 7. Beam Cage -- The cage used to support the gypsum board beam protection is fabricated from No. 24 MSG ACTIV'Air 12 in. along the top and bottom edges ofthe wall. plywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists withjoints staggered. electrogalvanized steel angle with 7/8 by 1-3/8 in. legs and No. 25 MSG, electrogalvanized steel channel studs, SLAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD -- Type EX -I NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- Type FSW Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom 0.010 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. AERIX INDUSTRIES -- Floor Topping Mixture 2-1/2 in. wide with I in. legs. Angles are fastened to the steel joists using 1/2 in. pan head steel sheet metal screw a) 4P. Gypsum Board*- As an alternate to Item 4. For use with Item 3E, Batts and Blankets* -- 5/8 in. thick, Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* - Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a System No. 12 8. Ceiling Damper* - (Optional) - Max nom area shall be 198 sq in. Max rectangular size shall be 12 in. wide by > THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL - Type X, Type C 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4. minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi. Refer to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material Suliflooring -- Min 15/32 in, thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of 16-1/2 in. long. Max height of damper shall be 8-3/4 in. Aggregate damper openings shall not exceed 99 sq in. per L_ UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type AR, C, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-XI, INX2, IPC-AF, SCX, SET, UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Types ULIX for specific mix design. plywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. I 00 sq ft of ceiling area. Damper installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions provided 0 V-TRC, WRX, USGX (Joint tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX) 5. Joint Tape and Compound - Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Types IRK, HSLRK, CSD Vapor Barrier -- (optional) - Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. with the damper. A steel grille (Item 13) shall be installed in accordance with installation instructions. a) USG BORAL ZAWAWI DRYWALL L L C SFZ - Types C, SCX heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer ofcompound over all joints. As an alternate, nominal 3132 in. USG MEXICO S A DE C V -- Types LRK, HSLRK, CSD Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* -- Min 3/4 or 1 in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 RUSKIN COMPANY -- Model CFD7 L_ V-- USG MEXICO S A DE C V - Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-XI, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, USGX WRC thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer 9. Ceiling Damper Support - (Not Shown) - Provided with ceiling damper. Support secured to ceiling damper -1--i C: 0 or WRX (Joint tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX) Paper tape and joint compound may be ornitted when gypsum boards are supplied with square edges. Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. Refer to manufacturees to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. and steel joists in accordance with installation instructions provided with ceiling damper. _F0 (1) ,* 4A. Gypsum Board* - (As alternate to Item 4) -- Nom 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels with beveled, square or instructions regarding the minimum thickness of floor topping over each floor mat material. ALLIED CUSTOM GYPSUM - Accu-Crete, AccuRadiant, AccuLevel G40 and AceuLevel SD30. I 0. Gypsum Board* -- For Ceiling - Two layers of 1/2 in. thick gypsum board installed with long dimensions 0 01 tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud 6. Resilient Channel - (Optional -- Not Shown) -- 25 MSG galv steel resilient channels spaced vertically max 24 UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO --Types SAM, LEVELROCK6 Brand Sound Reduction Board, LEVELROCKS Brand Floor Underlayment SRM-25 Alternate Floor Mat Material* - (Optional) - Floor mat material nominal 2 - 9.5 min thick loose laid over perpendicular to joists. Base layer attached to steel joists using I in. long, Type S 12 bugle head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC along butt joints and 12 in. OC in field along the joists. Butt joints to occur beneath joists with .. CU (.0 C _0 cavity on opposite sides ofstuds. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal buttjointg on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered or backed by steel fi-aming. Panels attached to steel studs and floor runner with 1 in. in. OC, flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long type S- 12 pan head steel screws. May not be used with Item 4F or 4J. Alternate Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) - Nom. 3/8 in. diiek floor mat material loose laid over the the subfloor. Floor topping shall be a min of 3/4 in. or I im thickness of floor topping mixture for 19132 or screws located 1/2 in. for the butt joints. Outer layer attached to assembly using I- 1/2 in. long, Type G bugle head _�e d) L_ _J C) 0 — long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC when applied horizontally, or 8 in. OC along vertical and bottom edges and 12 in. OC in the field when panels are applied vertically. When used in widths other than 48 in., 6A. Steel Framing Members* -- (Not Shown) -- As an alternate to Item 6, furring channels and Steel subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be as specified under Floor Topping Mixture. 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively. ALLIED CUSTOM GYPSUM -- Type AccuQuiet P80, Type AccuQuiet C40, AccuQuict D13, Type steel screws spaced 8 in. OC along butt joints and with 1-5/8 in. long, Type S 12 bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC in the field along the joists. Butt joints of outer layer to occur between joists with screws located 3/4 In. L_ 0 -0 ff Framing Members as described below: GRASSWORX LLC -- Type SC50 from the butt joints, Edge joints to be staggered between layers. For Beam - Two layers of 1/2 in. thick gypsum 4� gypsum panels to be installed horizontally. System No. 4 AccuQuiet D-18, Type AccuQuiet D25 and Type AccuQuiet DX38. board fastened to beam cage. Inner layer secured using I in. long, Type S12 bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. C 0) CU CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC -- Type X, Type X-1, Type C, Type EGRG/ GlasRoc, Type SiIentFX a. Furring Channels - Formed ofNo. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. Subflooring Min 19/32 in. thick "C-D" "Sheathing". Face System No. 13 OC and outer layer fastened to cage using 1-5/8 in. long, Type S 1 2 bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. LL i2 Z I -- -C-- 0) CGC INC -- Types AR, C, INAR, IP-XI, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, USGX, WRC or WRX (Joint deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of -- wood structural panels, min grade or grain of plywood or strength axis ofpanel to he perpendicular to joists witlijoints staggered. Subtlooring -- 15/32 or 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min. grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain Joints are to be staggered between layers. (::) - C Cc tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX) adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand ofNo. 18 SWG galv steel ofplywood or strength axis ofpanels to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD - Type C C) . — U) a) CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, LLC -- Types LGFC2A, LGFC6A, wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self -tapping No. 6 framing screws, min 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) -- Nam 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO - Type AG-C N 4-- 3: UJ LGFC-C/A, LGFC-WD overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* - Min 1-1/2 in. thickness of floor topping mixtute having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 100 plus or mint, 5 pcf, Foam concentrate mixed 40:1 Finish Flooring -- Floor Topping Mixture* - Min 3/4 or I in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC -- Type FRPC, Type C V— . — GEORGIA-PACMC GYPSUM LLC -- Types DAP, DAPC, DGG, DS b. Framing Members* - Used to attach flarring channels (Item a) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced 48 in. by volume with water and expanded at I 00 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1 .4 cu feet of or 15/32 in, thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of2I00 psi. Refer CGC INC -- Type C, IP-X2 = SAINT-GOBAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE -- Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, OC., and secured to studs with 1-5/8 in. wafer or hex head Type S steel screw through the center preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 300 lbs of sand with 5-1/2 gal of water. to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, LLC -- Type LGFC-C/A . . L_ L_ Gyproc FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FireStop ACTIVAir, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIVAir, Gyproc grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC- I clip for use with 2-9/16 in. wide fiarring ELASTIZELL CORP OF AMERICA -- Type FF. System No. 14 >% 0 FireStop M2TECH ACTIVAir, Gyproc DuraLine, Gyproc DuraLine MR, Gyproc Dural-ine M2TECH, channels. RSIC-I (2.75) clip for use with 2-23/32 in. wide hitting channels. Subflooring -- Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM LLC -- Types 5, DAPC, TG-C LL I_— Gyproc DuraLine ACTIVAir, Gyproc DuraLine MR ACTIV`Air, Gyproc DuraLine M2TECH ACTIV'Air PAC INTERNATIONAL LLC -- Types RSIC-I, RSIC-I (2.75) System No. 5 plywood or strength axis ofpanels to be perpendicular to the joists with joints staggered, NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- Types eXP-C, FSK-C, FSW-C 0- THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL - Type X, Type C 6B. Framing Members* -- (Not Shown) -- (Optional on one or both sides) -- As an alternate to Item 6, Suliflooring -- Min 19/32 in, thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of plywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Commercial asphalt saturated felt, 0.030 in. thick, PARCO BUILDING PRODUCTS LLC, DBA PABCO GYPSUM -- Type PG-C U) UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Types AR, C, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-XI, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, furring channel and Steel Framing Members as described below: Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom. 0.010 in. thick commercial rosin -sized building paper. PANEL REY S A - Type PRC 0 4—a N C: SHX, WRC, WRX, USGX (Joint tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX) a. Furring Channels - Formed ofNo. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced max. Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional)-- Floor mat material norn 5/64 in. (2nim) thick adhered to subfloor with Finish Flooring* -- Min 314 in. thickness of any Floor Topping Mixture bearing the UL Classification THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL -- Type C USG BORAL ZAWAW1 DRYWALL LLC SFZ -- Types C, SCX 24 in, OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Gypsum board Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface ofthe mat prior to the placement of a min I in. of Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Floor- and Roof -Topping Mixtures (CCOX) category for names of UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO - Type C, IP-X2 I a) T_ USG MEXICO S A DE C V -- Type AR, C, INAR, IP-XI, IP-X2, IPC-AF, SCX, SHX, USGX, WRC attached to furring channels as described in Item 4. floor -topping mixture. Classified Companies. USG BORAL ZAWAWI DRYWALL LLC SFZ -- Type C 14 - E or WRX (Joint tape and compound, Item 5, optional for use with Type USGX) b. Steel Framing Members* -- Used to attach furring channels (Item 6Ba) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced max. 48 in. OC. GENEECLIPS secured to studs with No. 8 x 1-1/2 in. minimum self -drilling, ECORE INTERNATIONAL INC -- Type QTscu 4002 Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness USG MEXICO S A DE C V -- Type C, INX2 shall be a minimum of 3/4 in, W CU a) M 4B. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 4 or 4A) - Nom. 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as S-12 steel screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. HACKER INDUSTRIIES INC -- Type Hacker Sound -Mat. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N I 1. Steel Framing Merubers* - As an alternate to the direct attachment of the Gypsum Board* (Item I 0), Steel 4-a M described in Item 4A with screw length increased to 1-1/4 in. PLITEQ INC -- Type Genic Clip Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) - Floor mat material norn 1/4 in. (6mm) thick adhered to Framing Members* and Gypsum Board* (Item 12) may be installed beneath the bottom flange of the steel beam. > C M M CGC INC - Types AR, IP-AR 6C. Steel Framing Mernbers* Not Shown) Furring Steel Framing Members sulyfloor with Hacker Floor Primer. Primer to be applied to the surface ofthe mat prior to the placement of a Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the Floor be 1 in. W 0 L. .0 UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO ­ Types AR, IP-AR - (Optional, -- channels and as described below: min 1-1/4 in. (32mm) of floor -topping mixture. subfloor. topping thickness shall a mimmum of a. Main Runners -- Nom 12 ft long, with 15/16 in. or I- 1/2 in. wide face, spaced 4 ft OC, installed L_ Cc > '= USG MEXICO S A DE C V -- Types AR, 1P-AR ECORE INTERNATIONAL INC -- Type QTrbm 3006-3 KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet Qurl 60/040 N perpendicular to steel beam. Main runners hung a min of`2 in. below bottom chord of steel beam and secured 0 0- 4) 0 4C. Gypsum Board* - As an alternate to Items 4,4A, and 4B -- Nom. 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, with a. Furring Channels - Formed ofNo. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. HACKER INDUSTRIES INC -- Type Hacker Sound -Mat 11. Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Norn. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor, Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in. to steel joists with No. 12 SWG galv steel wire, spaced a max of 48 in. OC. b. Cross Tees or Channels -- Nom 4 ft long cross tees, with 15/16 in. or I- 1 /2 in. wide face, or norn 4 ft Ion — -o E = LL square edges, applied horizontally. Gypsum panels fastened to framing with 1 in. long bugle head steel screws spaced a max 8 in. OC, with last 2 screws 3/4 in. and 4 in. from each edge ofboard. Horizontal joints Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand ofNo. 18 AWG steel wire.Gypsum board attached to haying Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) - Floor mat material noin 1/8 in. (3mm) thick loose laid over KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Quil 65/075 N cross channels, with I- 1 /2 in. wide face, either spaced 16 in. OC, installed perpendicular to the main runners. 0 , - C: — galvanized the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 3/4 in. (19mm) Additional cross tees or channels used 8 in. from each side oftnitted gypsum board endjoints. The cross tees CO (a need not be backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal buftjoints on opposite sides of studs on interior walls need not be staggered or backed by steel framing. channels as described in Item 4. HACKER INDUSTRIES INC -- FIRM -FILL SCM 125 Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the of channels may be riveted or screw -attached to the wall angle or channel to facilitate the ceiling installation. CU 4-i — = b. Steel Framing Members* -- Used to attach haying channels (Item 6Ca) to studs. Clips spaced 48 in. subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. c. Wall Angles or Channels - Used to support steel framing member ends and for screw -attachment of the C — — = GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM LLC - Type DGG, GreenGlass Type X OC., and seemed to studs with 2 in. coarse drywall screw with 1 in. diarn washer through the center hole. Furring channels are firiction fitted into clips. Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) -- Floor mat material noin 1/4 in, (6mm) thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of I in. (25mm) KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N gypsum board. Painted or galvanized steel angles with I in. legs or channels with I in. legs and 1-9/16 in. Cc _t Co 0 L. 4D. Gypsum Board* - As an alternate to Items 4, 4A, 4B, and 4C - Nom. 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels applied vertically or horizontally. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS - RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237R HACKER INDUSTRIES INC -- Type FIRM -FILL SCM 250, Quiet Qurl 551025 Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled act core with a deep, attached to walls at perimeter of ceiling with fasteners 16 in. OC. >% co C = need not be staggered or backed by steel framing. Gypsum panels fastened to firaming with I in. long Type S 7. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* - (Optional, Not Shown) -- Nominal 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) -- Floor mat material norn 3/8 in. (10mm) thick loose laid over compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of I in. CGC INC -- Type DGL or RX. -V CD a) -4 CL steel screws 8 in. OC along vertical edges and 12 in. OC in the field when panels are applied vertically. When panels, for optional use as an additional layer on one or both sides of the assembly. Panels attached in accordance gypsum panels applied horizontally, fasten to fi-aming with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. Oc the sidifloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/4 in. (32mm) KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Quiet Qurl 551025 MT and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N MT USG INTERIORS LLC -- Type DGL or RX. IN, 3: �— along vertical edges and in the field. Screws spaced a max 12 in. along the top and bottom edges of the wall with manufacturer's recommendations. When the QR-500 or QR-5 10 panel is installed between the steel framing HACKER INDUSTRIES INC -- FIRM -FILL SCM 400, Quiet Qurl 60/040 12. Gypsum Board* -- Two layers of nom 1/2 in. thick by 48 in. wide gypsum board for use with Steel Framing rc-2 for both vertical and horizontal applications. and the UL Classified gypsum board, the required UL Classified gypsum board layer(s) is/are to be installed as System No. 15 Members*. Base layer installed with long dimension perpendicular to cross tees with side joints centered along indicated as to fastener type and spacing, except that the required fastener length shall be increased by a minimum Alternate Floor Mat Materials - (Optional) -- Floor mat material norn 3/4 in. (I 9mm) thick loose laid over Suliflooring -- Min 23/32 in. thick T&G wood structural panels, min grade "Underlayment" or main runners and end joints centered along cross tees. Base layer fastened to cross tees with 1-1 A in. long Type S NATIONAL GYPSUM CO - Types eXP-C, FSK, FSK-C, FSK-G, FSL, FSW-C, FSW-G, FSW, of 1/2 in. Not evaluated or intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a min of 1-1/2 in. (38min) "Single -Floor". Face grain ofplywood or strength axis of panels to be perpendicular to the trusses with end bugle -head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC along biatted end joints and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. End joints FSW-3, FSW-5, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSMR-C PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM -- Type QuietRock QR-500 and HACKER INDUSTRIES INC -- Type FIRM -FILL SCM 750, Quiet Quyl 65/075 joints staggered 4 ft. Panels secured to trusses with construction adhesive and No. 6d ringed shank nails of adjacent gypsum board sheets shall be staggered not less than 4 ft OC. Outer layer attached to the cross tees 4E. Gypsum Board* -- (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4D) -- Installed as described in Item 4. 5/8 in. thick 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically only and fastened to the studs and plates with 1 in. long, QR-510 Metal Lath (Optional) - For use with 3/8 in. (I 0 min) floor mat materials, 3/8 in. expanded steel diamond spaced 12 in. OC along each truss. Staples having equal or greater withdrawal and lateral resistance strength through inner layer using 1-7/8 in. long Type S bugle -head steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at butted endjoints and 1 in. OC in the field. Butted end joints to be centered along cross tees and be offset a min of 32 in. from end joints Type'S steel screws spaced, 8 in. OC. Not to be used with item 6. 8. Mineral and Fiber Board* -- (Optional, Not Shown) -- For optional use as an additional layer on one side of mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd placed over the floor mat material. Hacker Floor Primer to be applied prior to the may be substituted for the 6d nails. of inner layer. Rows of screws on hoth sides of butted end joints of each layer shall be located 3/8 to 1/2 in. from NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- SoundBreak,NP Type X Gyps am Board wall. Nom. 1/2 in. thick, 4 ft wide with long dimension parallel and centered over studs. Attached to studs and floor and ceiling runners with 1-5/8 in. long Type S steel screws, spaced 12 in. OC and 24 in. OC along all placement of the metal lath. When metal lath is used, floor topping thickness a nom. I- 1/4 in. over the floor Gypsum Board* -- One layer of nom 518 in. thick, 4 ft wide gypsum board, installed with long dimension end joints. Butted side joints of outer layer to be offset a min of 18 in. from butted side joints ofirmer layer. I 4F. Gypsum Board* - (Not Shown) -- (As an alternate to Item 4 when used as the base layer on one or both intermediate framing. The required UL Classified gypsum board layer (item 4M) is to be installed over the mat. Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* - Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a min perpendicular to joists. Gypsum board secured with I in. long No. 6 Type W bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC and located a min of 1-1/2 in. from side and endjoints. The joints of the gypsum board are to be CGC INC -- Type C, IP-X2. sides of wall. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2C) - Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum Mineral and Fiber Boards. Batts and Blankets, Item 3D, and Adhesive, Item I 1, are required. compressive strength of 1 1 00 psi. Mixture shall consist of 6.8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping mixture staggered a minimum of 12 inches from the joints ofthe sulyfloor. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type C, INX2. panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and HOMASOTE CO -- Homasote Type 440-32 to 1.9 cu ft of sand, GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM LLC - Type DS USG BORAL ZAWAWI DRYWALL LLC SFZ -- Type C staggered min I stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Gypsum board secured to studs with 1-1/4 in' long Type S- 12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. 9. Lead Batten Strips - (Not Shown, For Use With Item 4E) -- Lead batten strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0. 125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior HACKER INDUSTRIES INC -- Finn -Fill Gypsum Concrete, Finn -Fill 2010, Firm -Fill 3310, Floor Mat Materials* -- (As an alternate to the single layer gypsum board) - Floor mat material loose laid USG MEXICO S A DE C V -- Type C, INX2. RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP -- Type RB-LBG face ofthe stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top ofthe strip and one at the Firm -Fill 4010, Firm -Fill High Strength, Gyp -Span Radiant. over the subfloor. 13. Grille - Steel grille, installed in accordance with the installation instructions provided with the ceiling 4G. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4F) -- For use with Items 1D and 2D only, 5/8 in. bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-20 I f, System No. 6 MAXXON CORP -- Type Acousti-Mat 1, Acousti-Mat 11, Acousti-Mat 11 HP, Acousti-Mat 3, damper. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with I in. long, Type S steel screws spaced Grade "C". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum board (Item 4E) and optional Suliflooring -- Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of Acousti-Mat 3 HP, Enkasonic 91 10, Enkasonic 91 10 HP, Accrusti-Mat LP-R. 14. Discrete Products Installed in Air -handling Spaces* - Automatic Balancing Valve/Damper -- (Not Shown 8 in. OC. along edges ofboard and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggeredat remaining stud locations. Required behind vertical joints. plywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists witlijoints staggered. Gypsum Board* -- (For use when floor mat is used) Two layers of nom 5/8 in. thick� 4 ft wide gypsum - Optional) - For use with item 8, Ruskin Company's Model CFD7 damper (CABS). Ceiling damper to be on opposite sides of the assembly. 9A. Lead Batten Strips -- (Not Shown, for use with Item 4J) -- Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 1 0 ft long Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom 0,030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. board, installed with long dimension perpendicular to joists on top of the floor mat material. Gypsum board provided with plenurn box per damper manufacturer's instructions with side outlet only. Entire assembly to be CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, LLC -- Type LGFC6A, LGFC-C/A with a max thickness of 0. 1 40 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. I secured to each other with I in. long No. 6 Type G bugle head steel screws spared 12 in. OC and located a installed into any UL Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air duct in accordance with the instructions provided by the in, long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* -- Min I in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a Im min of I- 1 /2 in, from side and end joints. The joints of the gypsum board are to be staggered a minimum of automatic balancing valve/damper manufacturer. - NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- Types FSW with one min. I in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have compressive strength of 1000 psi and a cast density of 100 plus or mini, 5 pef. Foam concentrate mixed 40:1 12 inches in between layers and from the joints of the subiloor. METAL U`4DUSTRIES INC -- Model ABV-4, ABV-5, ABV-6 UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type SCX a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". Lead batten strips by volume with water and expanded at 100 psi through nozzle. Mixture shall consist of 1.4 cu. feet of requited behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 4J) and optional at remaining stud preformed foam concentrate to 94 lbs Type I Portland cement, 62.5 lbs of Pea Gravel, 312.5 lbs of sand with GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM LLC -- Type DS * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL USG BORAL ZAWAWI DRYWALL LLC SFZ -- Type SCX locations. 5-1/2 gal ofwater. System No. 16 or cUI, Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 411. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4G) -- Nominal 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide panels, LITE-CRETE INC - Type 1. Suliflooring -- Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of Last Updated on 2017-08-3 applied vertically and secured as described in Item 4. 1 0. Lead Discs or Tabs -- (Not Shown, For Use With Item 4E) -- Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten System No. 7 plywood or strength axis ofpmel to be perpendicular to joists wittijoints staggered. I PABCO BUILDING PRODUCTS LLC, DBA PABCO GYPSUM -- Type QuietRock ES strips (Item 8) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0. 125 in. thick lead discs compression Suliflooring -- Min 19/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) -- Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. 41. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4F) -- For use with Items IE and 2E only, 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with I in. long, Type S steel screws spaced fitted or adhered over steel screw heads of max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0, 125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 4E) underneath screw locations prior to the installation ofthe screws. Lead discs or tabs to plywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular to joists with joints staggered. Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* -- Min 3/4 or I in. thickness of floor topping mixture for 19/32 @ 2017 UL LLC 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggeredhave a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-20 I f, Grade "C". Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Norn 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. or 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels respectively, having a min compressive strength of 1000 psi. Refer on opposite sides of the assembly. I OA. Lead Discs - (Not Shown, for use with Item 4J) -- Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0. 1 40 in. thick lead discs Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* -- Min 3/4 in. thickness of floor topping mixture having a mmi to manufacturer's instructions accompanying the material for specific mix design. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type SCX compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the compressive strength of 1000 psi. Mixture shall consist of 5 to 8 gal of water to 80 lbs of floor topping DEPENDABLE LLC -- GSL M3.4, GSL K2.6, GSL-CSD, and GSL RB . USG BORAL ZAWAWI DRYWALL LLC SFZ -- Type SCX Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". mixture to 2.1 cu ft of sand. Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Nom. 1/4 in. thick loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness 02/13119 For 4J. Gypsum Board* - (Not Shown) -- (As an alternate to Item 4 when used as the base layer on one or both ULTRA QUIET FLOORS --Types UQF-A, UQF-Super Blend, UQF-Plus 2000. shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. Construction sides of wall. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2C) -- Nora 5/8 in. thick lead backed I 1. Adhesive - Not Shown -- (For use with Item 8) -- Construction grade adhesive applied in vertical, serpentine, 3/8 in. beads down length both System No. 8 KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 55/025 and Quiet Qurl 55/025 N mk date issue panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studgypsum s and nominal wide the of vertical edges of Mineral and Fiber Board (Item 8). Suliflooring - Min 15/32 in. thick wood structural panels, min grade "C-D" or "Sheathing". Face grain of Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/8 in. thick loose laid over the staggered min I stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Gypsum board secured to studs with 1-1 A in. long Type S- 12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in, OC in the field. To be used with Lead Batten 12. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* -- (Optional, Not Shown) -- For use with Items I to 11, Items 2 plywood or strength axis ofpanel to be perpendicular tojoists withjoints staggered. sulyfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of I in. UL Details Strips (see Item 9A) or Lead Discs (see Item I OA). to 2J, Item 3, Items 4 to 4L Item 5 and Item 6. For maximum fire rating of I hour. On one side of the wall, over Vapor Barrier -- (Optional) - Nom 0.030 in. thick commercial asphalt saturated felt. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 60/040 and Quiet QmI 60/040 N MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC -- Type X-Ray Shielded Gypsum the first layer of Gypsum Board (Item 4 to Item 41), install RefleXor membrane with the gold side facing Finish Flooring - Floor Topping Mixture* -- Min 3/4 thickness of floor topping mixture having a Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 3/4 in. thick loose laid over the 4K. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Item 4 and 4A, not for use with Items ID, IE, 2D and 2E) -- outwards. Membrane installed with T50 staples spaced 12 inches on center in both directions as per manufacturees minimum compressive strength of 1500 psi. Refer to manufacturet's instructions accompanying the material subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 in. Nom. 5/8 in- thick gyps am panels with beveled, square or tapered edges installed as described in Item 4 and instructions, seams in membrane to be overlapped by 2 inches. When RefleXor membrane is used an additional for specific mix design. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 65/075, Quiet Qurl 65/075 N 4A. layer of Gypsum Board that is identical to the one used in the first layer and as specified in Item 4 to Item 41 shall be installed over the membrane. The additional layer of Gypsum Board to be installed through the membrane to MAXXON CORP -- Type D-C, GC, GC2000, L-R, T-F, CT, SS Alternate Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/8 in. thick loose laid over the CGC INC -- Type ULX the stud as specified in Item 4 to Item 41 except the fastener length shall be increased by a minimum of 5/8 inch. RAPID FLOOR SYSTEMS -- Types RF, RFP, RFU`, RFR, Ortecrete subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4 in. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type ULX Install Batts and Blankets in the stud cavity as per Item 3. On the other side ofthe wall, prior to the installation of Floor Mat Materials* -- (Optional) - Floor mat material loose laid over the subfloor. KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO INC -- Type Quiet Qurl 52/013 and Quiet Qurl 52/013 N I USG MEXICO S A DE C V -- Type ULX the Gypsum Board, install Resilient Channels as per Item 6. Over the Resilient Channels install 3/4 inch thick SONOpan panel secured to the Resilient Channels with drywall screws and washers spaced at 16 in. OC on the MAXXON CORP -- Type Acousti-Mat L Acousti-Mat 11, Acousti-Mat II HP, Enkasomc 91 1 0, Alternate Floor Mat Materials* - (Optional) - Floor mat material Nom. 1/4 in. entangled net core with a 4L. Gypsum Board* -- (Not Shown) -- (As an alternate to Item 4 when used as the base layer on one or both perimeter of the panel and 8 in. OC in the field of the panel. Over the SONOpan panel install the same Gypsum Enkasonic 91 1 0 HP, Acousti-Mat 3, Acousti-Mat 3 HP, Acousti-Mat LP, Acousti-Mat LP-R, compressible fabric attached to the bottom loose laid over the subfloor. Floor topping thickness shall be a sides of wall. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2C). Noin 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum Board as specified in Item 4 to Item 41 with the fastener length increased by minimum 314 inch. Not evaluated or Acousti-Mat SD. nummum of 1 in. panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and intended as a substitute for the required layer(s) of UL Classified Gypsum Board. Floor Mat Reinforcement -- (Optional) - Refer to manufacturer's instructions regarding minimum thickness KEENE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO, INC -- Quiet Qurl 55/025 MT and Quiet Qurl 551025 N MT staggered min I stud cavity on opposite sides of studs, Wallboard secured to studs with I- 1/4 in. long Type S- 1 2 steel screws gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field, Lead of floor topping over each floor mat material, primers, and use of crack suppression reinforcement. 2. Flooring Fasteners - (Not Shown) - The subficoring (first layer) of each floor system and finish flooring of batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud � Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL MAXXON CORP -- Crack Suppression Mat (CSM) or Maxxon Reinforcement (MR) System No. I are to be fastened to the steeljoists with Type S 12 by 1-15/16 in. long self -drilling, pilot point, steel locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 9 ft long with a max thickness of 0. 14 in. placed on the faceor cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.Last Update on 20 1 7-08-03 Metal Lath - (For use with of as an alternate to Crack Suppression Mat (CSM) or Maxxon Reinforcement screws. Tbe screws are to be spaced 6 in. OC around the perimeter of the floor and at all end (butt) joints of the A006 of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two I in. long Type S- 1 2 pan head steel C 2017 UL LLC (MR)) -- 3/8 in. expanded galvanized steel diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs/sq yd loose laid over the floor mat panels. Spacing in the field to be 10 in. OC. For flooring System No. 2, the finish flooring is to be fastened to the screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max material. Floor topping thickness shall be min 1-1/2 in. subflooring with Type S 1 2 by 2 in. long steel screws spaced 6 in. OC around the perimeter of the floor and at all 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a end (butt) joints ofthe finish flooring panels. Spacing in the field to be 10 in. OC with rows of screws spaced 16 System No. 9 in. OC. HFR 18.945 ABBREVIATION5: cJ� A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MFR. MANUFACTURER w A.P. AGGE55 PANEL MA5. MA50NRY A.G.P. AGOU5TIGAL GEILIN6 PANEL M.O. MA50NRY OPENIN6 A.B. ANGHOR BOLT MAX. MAXIMUM ARCH. ARGHITEGTURAL M.E.P. MEGH./ELEGJPLUMB. Q' A.D. AREA DRAIN MEGH. MEGHANIGAL B.U. ROD BALK -UP ROD M.D.F. MEDIUM DEN5ITY FIBERBOARD B5MT. BA5EMENT MTL. METAL U BM. BEAM MIN. MINIMUM B.M. BENGH MARK M15G. M15GELLANEOU5 O BLK6. BLOGKIN6 MOD. MODIFIED BD. BOARD MOD. BIT. MODIFIED BITUMEN BOT. BOTTOM M.5.L. MEAN 5EA LEVEL 5LD6. BUILDING N.A. NOT APPLICABLE B.L. BUILDING LINE N/A NOT APPLICABLE B.U.R. BUILT-UP ROOF N.I.G. NOT IN GONTRAGT B.G. BUMPER GUARD N.T.5. NOT TO 5GALE G.I.P. GA5T IN PLACE O.G. ON CENTER GL6. GEILIN6 OPN6. OPENIN6 GEM. GEMENT OPP. OPP051TE GTR. GENTER o.H. OPP051TE HAND G.L. CENTER LINE OVER HEAD ARCHITECTURE GER. CERAMIG OD. OUT5I0E DIAMETER ENGINEERING G.T. GERAMIG TILE OVERFLOW DRAIN GOL. GOLUMN O.A. OVER ALL GONG. GONGRETE PTD. PAINTED 3680 Pleasant Hill Road G.M.U. CONCRETE MA50NRY UNIT PLAM. PLA5TIG LAMINATE Suite 200 GON5T. GON5TRUGTION PREFAB. PREFABRICATED Duluth, Georgia 30096 GONT. GONTINUOU5 P.T. PRE55URE TREATED p 770.622.9858 GONTR. GONTRAGTOR P.L. PROPERTY LINE f 770.622.9535 G.J. CONTROL JOINT PLUMB. PLUMBING www.hillfoleyrossi.com GOORD. GOORDINATE PLYWD. PLYWOOD G.6. CORNER 6UARD P.G. PREGA5T GONGRETE © Copyright (as dated below). DET. DETAIL PORTLAND GEMENT of it and all reproductions thereof are the roe of Hill FoleyRossi &Associates, LLC. HFR property DIA. DIAMETER REGP. REGEPTAGLE It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of DIM. DIMEN51ON R.G.P. REFLEGTED GEILIN6 PLAN HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR D.5. DOWN SPOUT REF. REFER OR REFERENGE upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 DW6. DRAWIN6 REINF. REINFORGIN6 ON. DOWN REQ'D. R. REQUIRED R15ER II/2" DOOR 3I12" 3I/2' 3'-0" '-0° 31/2' 3I/2° DOOR 3I/2" 3I/2" DOOR 3L.I/2" EA. EAGH E.W. EAGH WAY RAD. RADIUS L.3I/2° L. WIDTH 1 WIDTH WIDTH ELEG. ELECTRIC R.D. ROOF DRAIN - ,�� ........ •. E.H.G. ELEGTRIG WATER GOOLER RM. ROOM m m r - - - - - -� m �- - - m '�P• Co.* ' T+• EL. ELEVATION R.O. RW. ROUGH OPENING RED WOOD I I N I I N �. ELEV. ELEVATION EQ. EQUAL 5AB. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET EQMT. EQUIPMENT 5GHED. 5GHEDULE 1/4" TEMPERED i I ~ I I �1• R s EX15T. EXISTING 5EGT. 5EGTION `-� `�-� REEDED 6LA55 `-� I I 2" 2" 2 2a E.J. EXPAN51ON JOINT EXT. EXTERIOR 5HT. 51M. SHEET 51MILAR i ED AR FIN. FIN15H 5.0.6. 5LAB ON GRADE I I I F.F. FIN15H FLOOR 5PEG. 5PEGIFIGATION I I I FLA5H. FLA5HIN6 50. SQUARE I I I I FLR. FLOOR 5.5. 5TAINLE-% STEEL FINISH FLOOR I I I FD. FLOOR DRAIN FT. FOOT 5.P. 5TD. 5TAND PIPE 5TANDARD T O -O O O (DO F.R.P. FIRE RE515TANT PANELS 6ALV. GALVANIZED 5TL. 5TRUG. 5TEEL 5TRUGTURAL POPLAR FRAME W/ POPLAR FRAME W/ GA51% 5TEEL FRAME RATED 144R 5TEEL FRAME W/ POPLAR G.L. GRID LINE 5Y5. SYSTEM GA51% TRIM TRIM 4 W/ POPLAR TRIM TRIM INTERIOR 6A. 6AU6E THK. THIGK 6PD 1010 F6 I/4" TEMPERED 4-1 GEM. GENERAL T.46. TONGUE 4 6ROOVE NOTE: STAIN MILLWORK GA51% REEDED 6LA55 NOTE: AT LOGATION5 WHERE _ C �O 6L. 6LA55 T.G. TOP OF GURB 5T-1(5EE SHEET ASOI) METAL DOOR FRAME 15 N ,�; (•) CD GYP. BD. 6YP5UM BOARD T.O.P. TOP OF PARAPET E TRIMON I. PROVIDE POPLAR TRIM ON INTERIOR OF FRAME _0 N L HDBD. HARDBOARD T.0.5. TOP OF 5LAB _ , L Q HDW. HARDWARE T.0.5TL. TOP OF 5TEEL 2 F ra m e Types 0 O -v .,_, HDWD. HARDWOOD T.W. TOP OF WALL - z TJ HT. HEIGHT H.P. H16H POINT T.5. TRANSITION STRIP 007 SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" •E O O H.M. HOLLOW METAL T. SAD ., •- O HOR. HORIZONTAL N O. UNLEI NOTED OTHERN15E _ W HB. H05E BIB V.6R. "V"-6R0OVE A 1/211 b" 6a b° 6° b° 6' 6• 6° HR. HOUR VERT. VERTICAL 1'-2112" L ID. IN510E DIAMETER VEST. VESTIBULE - IN5UL. INSULATION V.W.G. VINYL WALL GOVERIN6 / / / LL INT. INTERIOR JOINT V.G.T. VINYL GOMP051TION TILE 6L1/4" I/4" TEMPERED / / I4 AT DOOR / Q JT. LAV. LAVATORY W.P. WATERPROOF (IN6) REEDER 6LA55 / / 6RILLE MODEL / W. WORK POINT � T-1005 BY TITUS. N W.W.M. WELDED WIRE ME5H GLEAR 5AFETY o I o o IS" FIRE RATED W LOG. LOCATION LLH. LONG LEG HORIZONTAL W.F. W/ W/O WIDE FLANGE WITH WITHOUT _ � 6LA55 PANEL (TEMPERED) IN GLEAR�6 5D \ _- \ \ \ __ \ _I DOOR GRILLE (LIg00 \ DO BPROTS NAL GUARD I M LLV. LON6 LE6 VERTIGAL WD. WOOD "' POPLAR FRAME AND GA51% TRIM - � > M L.P. LOW POINT W.W.F. WIELDED WIRE FABRIC FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR "' `�' O i. O'-O" A.F.F. It, O -0 G (Do O O O . 0 L 0- 4) G 00 WI NOT U5ED o NOT U5ED 50LID GORE BIRCH - 50LID GORE BIRCH 5OLID GORE BIRCH SOLID GORE BIRCH F.R. METAL DOOR W/ 6RILLE- E O V- jNTEMo>z WOOD W/ 1/4' TEMPERED WOOD W/ I/4" CLEAR REEDED 6LA55- TEMPERED 6LA55- W000- WOOD W/ 6RILLE- GRAHAM 6PD XX10 GRAHAM 6PD 5010 6RAHAM 6PD 2810 FLUSH 141R. RATED W/ MTL. LOUVER; PAINT M +-i m N SYMBOL LEGEND: GRAHAM 6PO 3010 F6 GRAHAM 6PD XX10 % FLUSH FLUSH W/ MTL. LOUVER TO MATCH 5T-I M SHEET REFERENCE AOOO r3 Window Elevations Door D T Types cu a CL � � n' N 007 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" - DRAWING NAME 10�7 DRAWING TITLE SCALE: ,,4•'=V-0• 3 DOORSGHEDULE HARDWARE SETS ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL - - - - - ( - A101 1 DOOR FRAME SET N0. I FOR EACH ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOOR: 5ET N0.4 - PASSAGE 5ET: 4 DETAIL REFERENCE DOOR ROOM NAME H'd`� RATING COMMENTS I GYLINDER 5LHLA6E 20-OOIxII4 (62b FIN15H) I PA55ME 5ET GORBIN GL3810 NZD 62b 517E THICKNESS MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL TYPE NO. T SET I DEADLOGK ADAM5-RITE 4510-3b-I W/ 4560 LEVER 3 HIN6E5 5TANLEY FI1q 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 N520) 15ET OFFSET HIN6E5 I GL05ER BY DOOR MANUFACTURER BY DOOR MANUFACTURER WALL 5TOP IVE5 SILENCER HA6ER W5401-GGV (U532D) 3o8D (GREY) OI FRONT ENTRANCE DBL 3 -O X 13J4" ALUM/GLAZING EX ALUM EX I ___ EXI5TIN6 STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME; RE -KEY 1 1'-0" TO MASTER I HEAD 4 SILL SWEEP BY DOOR MANUFACTURER 5EGTION REFERENCE A301 I THRE5HOLD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER SEE SCHEDULE I GL05ER GORBIN 063210 b84 02 REAR ENTRANGE 3'-0" X 7'-O" 1 5/4" ALUM/GLAZING EX ALUM EX I --- EXI5TIN6 STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME; RE -KEY TO MASTER 1 5ET PU5H/PULL BY DOOR MANUFAGTURER 15ET WEATHER5TRIPPINS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER 03 WAITING ROOM - RM. 101 3'-O" X 1'-D" 1 5/4" S.G. WOOD/GLAZING G WOOD 2 4 --- GL05ER 5ET NO. 5 - BATH PRIVAGY 5ET: I BATH PRIVAGY 5ET GOR51N GL3b20 NZD 62b 04 MEN'S RESTROOM - RM. 104 3'-0" X 1'-0" 1 3/4" 5.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 5 --- CLOSER ELEVATION MARKER I 5ET NO.2 - FOR EALH EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR: 3 HINGES 5TANLEY FBBIIq 4 I/2 x 4 I/2 (1,1520) OS WOMEN'S RESTROOM - RM. 105 3'-0" X 1'-O" 13/4" S.G. WOOD F WOOD I 5 --- CLOSER A503 I LOGKSET GORBIN GL3851 NZD 62b WALL 5TOP IVE5 W5401-GGV (U532D) 06 OFFICE - RM. III 3'-O" X 1'-O" 13/4" EXISTING EX EXISTING EX 3 --- RE -KEY TO MASTER 3 HINGE5 5TANLEY FBB Ilq 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 (626D) 51LENGER HA6ER 308D (GREY) 07 MECHANICAL (EX.) 3'-O" X 7'-O" 1 5/4" S.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 4 --- GL05ER 15ET WEATHER5TRIPPIN6 I HEAD 8 SILL 5WEEP N6,P 1bO5 NGP q1V I GL05ER GORBIN DG3210 68q A-01 08 N20 ROOM - RM. 115 2'-8" X 1'-O" 15/4" STEEL H STEEL 3 6 1 HR I HR F.R. DOOR 4 FRAME; SMOKE SEAL 5ET NO. b - RATED - OFFICE L0GK5ET: EQUIPMENT KEYNOTE I THRE5HOLD N6P 804V - 15ET PANIG HARDWARE OCI LAUNDRY/EOUIP - RM. 114 3'-O" X 1'-O" 1 3/4" S.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 4 --- CLOSER I DRIP GAP N6P IbA I GL05ER LGN 14b1-GU5H + TBWM5 (ALUM. FIN15H) I LOGK5ET GORBIN GL3851 NZD b26 3 HIN6E5 5TANLEY F5511q 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 (105260) 10 STAFF RESTROOM - RM. 116 3'-0" X 1'-0" 1 5/4" S.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 5 --- GL05ER FIN15H KEYNOTE E-I WALL STOP IVE5 W5401-GGV (U5320) 11 BREAK ROOM - RM. 115 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" 5.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 4 --- --- For SET NO. 3 - OFFIGE LOGK5ET: I LOGK5ET CORBIN GOO NZD 626 SILENCER HA6ER I CLOSER HA6ER 301D (GREY) DG3210 68q 02/13/19 Construction 12 JANITOR - RM. 11-7 3'-O" X 1'-0" 1 5/4" S.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 4 --- GI 05ER PARTITION TYPE P_2 13 IT - RM. 125 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" 5.G. WOOD 6 WOOD 1 7 --- WITH DOOR GRILLE mk date issue 3 HINGES WALL 5TOP 5TANLEY FIN 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 N526D) IVE5 W5401-GGV (U532D) 14 MECHANICAL - RM. 124 PAIR 2 -8„ X � -O 1 3/4" S.G. WOOD F WOOD 1 4 --- HARDWARE FOR PAIR OF DOORS 5ET - N0.1 ELEGTRONIG LOGK5ET:Genera I ELEGTRONIG LOGK5ET GORBIN GL33834 NZZ 626 DOOR REFERENCE 02 51LENCER HA6ER 30bD (GREY) LO6K5ET CYLINDER GORBIN 2000-033 b2b 15 TREATMENT SUITE I - RM. 126 3'-0" X 7'-O" 1 3/4" S.G. WOOD/GLAZING D WOOD 1 4 --- --- 3 HIN6E5 5TANLEY WALL 5TOP IVE5 Filq 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 (U526D) H5401-GGV (U532D) Notes a n d Ib TREATMENT SUITE I - RM. 126 „ 2 -8 X 1-O „ 13/4 S.G. WOOD/GLAZING D WOOD I 4 --- --- 11 TREATMENT SUITE 2 - RM. 127 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" S.G. WOOD/GLAZING D WOOD 1 4 --- --- WINDOW REFERENGE 51LENGER HALER 50812 (GREY) Door & Wall 16 TREATMENT SUITE 2 - RM. 127 2'-8" X 7'-O" 1 5/4" S.G. WOOD/GLAZING D WOOD 1 4 --- DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES: Iq SUPPLIES - RM. 125 PAIR �2'-6" X 1-0 1 5/4" S.G. Wo0D F WOOD 1 4 --- HARDWARE FOR PAIR OF DOORS GEILIN6 TYPE 4 HE16HT A 0'-0" I. PROVIDE ADA AND E6RE55 DOOR HARDWARE A5 REQUIRED BY GODE. ALL DOOR HARDWARE FLOOR PLAN FOR SUPPLIER GONTAGT INFORMATION. Schedule TO COMPLY WITH 20I-1 FBG I008.1A AND 200q AN51 IIl.I. 2. DOOR SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE FINAL HARDWARE AND KEYING 5GHEDULE TO OWNER FOR 6. DOOR 5TOP5 TO BE HA6ER #234W OR #242F 1. FLU5H BOLT5 TO BE HA6ER @282D ITING AITING ROOM - RM. 101 WA 3'-0" 7 X '-0" 1 3/4" S.G. WOOD/GLAZING G WOOD 2 4 --- CLOSER BEARING HE16HT ELEVATION LINE X'-X" AFF APPROVAL. 3. ALL HARDWARE FIN15HE5 TO BE 626 SATIN CHROMIUM PLATED (U526D) UNLE55 NOTED 8. 5GHLA6E NO 5ERIE5, RHODE5 DOOR LEVERS q. KEYING: ON ALL LOGK5ET5 AND LATGH5ET5 OTHERWISE b - EX. - EXISTING DOOR5 ON TENANT 5PAGE TO BE KEYED ON MA5TER 5Y5TEM. A007 4. WHERE A FIRE -RATED WALL 15 REQUIRED, THE DOOR 4 FRAME SHALL BE FIRE -RATED EQUAL SAME KEY BOTH DOORS. REVISION NUMBER D TO THAT OF THE WALL. 5EE FLOOR PLAN FOR LABELED WALL5. 2 - INT. DOORS GAN BE 5EPARATE KEYS 5. INTERIOR WOOD TRIM, DOORS, AND HARDWARE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. GONTRAGTOR TO 3 - MASTER KEY5 - ALL DOOR5 PLAGE ORDER AND DATE OF DELIVERY WITH EFFIN6HAM BUILDER5 5UPPLY. 5EE A801 FINISH H FR 18.945 LIFE SAFETY NOTES I. TRAVEL 015TANCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 150 FT. IN BIJ51NE55 OGGUPANCIE5 WI OUT AN TRAVEL D15TANGE5 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER 5Y5TEM; (2011 FBG 10172) 2. COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 75 FT.; (2011 FBG 10062.1) FROM POINT A TO EXIT #1 5c`1'-5" FROM POINT A TO EXIT #2 42'-3" 3. BUILDING 15 NOT PROTECTED THROUGHOUT WITH AN APPROVED NFPA 13 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 4. REFER TO THE DIMENSION PLAN ON 5HEET AIOI FOR WALL PARTITION TYPES AND FROM POINT B TO EXIT #1 (94'-7" FROM POINT B TO EXIT #2 45-7" DETAILS WHICH GRO55 REFERENCE U.L. WALL GON5TRUGTION DETAIL5 ON 5HEET AOOb 5. FIRE EXTIN6UI5HER LOGATION5 ARE SHOWN ON THI5 PLAN FOR GENERAL LOGATIONS ONLY; PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. FROM POINT G TO EXIT #I 37'-Ci" FROM POINT G TO EXIT #2 b3'-5" ALL GOMMON PATHS OF TRAVEL ARE LE55 THAN 75' --- -� 2—B 008 "24' - FOUNTAIN PLAN '2-5' - FOUNTAIN ELEVATION Drinking Fountain Details L- I I 1� _ I —jj— II II I �I I I I I I---_-�JL_J � � I I II II I I�, I�� n n n L— J I � LI I _� 1 I I I I I u I 1 1 I I I U I 1 I I u I ® ® I --� L Ill L' I I 1 I I I l I \< II I O O =AIL--J I I II I II III III II I II I I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 1 Life Safetv Plan SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-O" w H l--t U O U0 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 �EOF FC• �Y T 608 U .� • ro a� L 0 -J a:O ICU04 - O i 0 0- E LL C caZs N (U cli N O O O — _ W .0 L: O U- N C ICU co co♦-J CO 0 0- d O = — Co _ O m 4-0 .vi RLee CU a) Q t CL 2 F- ti N 02/13/19 For Construction mk date issue Life Safety Plan and Details SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" - - i i i - - -- - :. : ---r 1, 1 1.. ," ;.., ,..�'' Tij ""; ", � ".­: j, ., a .":. :.. e.,:,,„-:-, " i. - ----- � I -. T1 HFR 18.945 NOTE: EXI5TIN6 GMU WALL 15 TO BE SHORED PRIOR TO GMU REMOVAL TO INSTALL NEW BEAM/COLUMN 5YSTEM. 6.G. 15 TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND GOORDINATING ALL WALL 5HORING REQUIRED. M, ON NEW H554x4 COLUMN UP T16HT TO EXI5TIN6 GMU WALL. INSTALL 50 ANGLES 1 AND COLUMN ARE IN PLACE. CONT. 5x3 ANGLE ON BEAM BOLTED THRU WALL B.O. NEW WALL OPENING = > T.O. NEW BEAM @ +10'-0" NFW MArnwy nPPNINr, - t,Fr- PI AN NEW H554x4x1/4" COLUMN W1/2" x 6" x 6" GAP PLATE AND 1/2" x 6" x 10" BASE PLATE W13/16" dia. HOLES FOR (4) 112" dia. HILTI KWIK-BOLT III EXPANSION ANGHORS. EMBED 4 5/4" INTO TOP OF EXISTING FOOTIN6. PROVIDE OVERSIZED, HARDENED WA5HER5. T.O. EXIST. FT6. 6.G. TO F.V. EXISTING CONCRETE FOOTING, G.G. TO F.V. WALL FRAMING ELEVATION GENTERLINE BEAM = - GENTERLINE EXISTING GMU WALL EXISTING 8" GMU WALL TO BE REMOVED UP TO LEVEL 5HOWN HERE. W8x21 STEEL BEAM w/(2) - GONT. 5 x 3 x 1/4" STEEL ANGLES, L.L.V. PROVIDE 13/16" dia. HOLES, SPACED AT 2-6" O.G., FOR BOLTS AS REOV. nw F-------------------------- II II II II II II II II II II II II -------------------------------------------------------t-r--1� Il II II II F---I 1 L_ L--J 1 3/4" dia A301 THREADED THRU��---' `---I�------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - RODS, SPACED @ 1'49" O.G. PROVIDE NUT � WASHER ON BOTH ENDS. DRILL 13/I6" dia. MAX. HOLE THRU EXI5TIN6 GMU WALL. II II T16HTEN NUTS SNUG TIGHT. DO NOT OVER TOURQUE. � II II = 8.0. NEW WALL OPENINGOL I T.O. NEW BEAM @ +10'-0" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TYP. ANGLE 1 II 1 II `�--+�----------------- II 1 II 1 3/16 3912 TO BEAM II ------------------- ----------------+-�--�' II II EXI5TIN6 DRIVE -THROUGH CANOPY, II GOLUMNS, GURB5 i LANES TO BE I REMOVED; REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4 SITE PLAN FOR II II MORE INFORMATION II II WALL SUPPORT SECTION A -A ,---;-;------------------------------------------------------ Existing CMU Wall Removal & Resu DEMOLITION 5PEGIFIGRTION5 DEMOLITION DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS I. REMOVE, DETACH ITEMS FROM EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM OFF -SITE, UNLESS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED OR REMOVED AND REINSTALLED. 2. VERIFY NOTIFICATION RE6U ATION5 BEFORE EGINNIN L B 6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. COMPLY WITH HAULING AND DISPOSAL REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURI5DIGTION. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTE5 I. 6.G. TO VISIT SITE AND VERIFY THAT THERE ARE NO DISGREPANGIE5 BETWEEN EXISTIN6 CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND TENANT OF DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY FOR COORDINATION. 2. DEMOLITION 15 NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO WHAT 15 51 ON DRAWIN65. THE INTENT 15 TO INDICATE THE GENERAL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN AGGORDANGE WITH THE GONTRAGT DRAWIN65. 3. OBTAIN DEMOLITION PERMITS PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. 4. FURNI5H ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL5/EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO GOMPLETE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ALL ITEMS A5 INDICATED. 5. IF ANY QUESTIONS AR15E A5 TO THE REMOVAL OF A MATERIAL, CLARIFY THE POINT IN QUESTION WITH THE ARGHITEGT AND TENANT BEFORE PROGEEDIN6. 6. MEANS OF E6RE55 MUST REMAIN AGGE5518LE AT ALL TIMES DURING DEMOLITION. 7. REMOVE EXI5TIN6 FINISHES IN AREAS OF MODIFICATION, UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE. PATGH AND REPAIR EXI5TIN6 WALL5 IN PREPARATION FOR NEW WALL FINISHES. 8. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING SLAB WHERE REQUIRED WITH POLYMER MODIFIED GROUT MANUFACTURED BY MASTER BUILDERS EMAGO OR EQUAL FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RE5PON51BLE FOR PATCHING AND/OR REPAIRIN6 ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIM OR HI5 5UBGONTRAGTOR5 TO EXI5TIN6 GON5TRUGTION IN 5PAGE5 EXI5TIN6 TO REMAIN. REFINISH TO MATGH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH OR A5 NOTED HEREIN. DEMOLITION EXECUTION NOTES I. DEMOL15H AND REMOVE EXI5TIN6 GON5TRUGTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY NEW GON5TRUGTION AND A5 INDICATED. USE ONLY METHODS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK AS INDIGATED ON PLAN AND AS NOTED. ALL METHODS MUST BE WITHIN LIMITATION OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS; G.G. TO COORDINATE. 2. G.G. TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. COORDINATE WITH UTILITY GOMPANIES AS REQUIRED. 3. G.G. TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING 5TRUGTURAL COMPONENTS; REPORT ANY FINDINGS BACK TO ARGHITEGT 4. IN PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE AND GAP ALL OUTLETS, 5WITGHES, WIRE5, THERMOSTATS, ETC. TO THEIR 5OURGE-5 AS REQUIRED. 5. REMOVE AND PROPERLY TERMINATE PER CURRENT CODES ALL PIPES, VENT5, APPLIANGE5 OR DRAINS NOT BEING RE -USED. 6. REMOVAL OF ANY EQUIPMENT GABLIN6 5WITGHE5 AND CONDUIT PERTAINING TO DATA/GOMMUNIGATION5 AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH TELEPHONE GOMPANIE5 SERVICE OWNER OR TENANT DATA/GOMMUNIGATION5 REPRESENTATIVE AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT NEW GON5TRUGTION DELAYS. 7. WHEN UNANTICIPATED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, OR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS THAT GONFLIGT WITH INTENDED FUNCTION OR DESIGN ARE ENCOUNTERED, INVE5TI6ATE AND MEASURE THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF CONFLICT. PROMPTLY SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT TO ARCHITECT AND TENANT. 8. SURVEY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CORRELATE WITH REQUIREMENTS INDIGATED TO DETERMINE EXTENT OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION REQUIRED. G. PERFORM SURVEYS AS THE WORK PR061RE55E5 TO DETECT HAZARDS RESULTING FROM 5ELEGTIVE DEMOLITION AGTIVITIE5. 10. IT 15 NOT ANTIGIPATED THAT ANY 5TRUGTURAL ELEMENTS WILL BE EFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. HOWEVER, IF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE EFFECTED, 6.G. 15 TO PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN 5HORIN6, BRAGING, AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO PRESERVE 5TABILITY AND PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES TO REMAIN, AND TO PREVENT UNEXPECTED OR UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT OR COLLAPSE OF CONSTRUCTION BEING DEMOLISHED. NOTIFY ARGHITEGT IMMEDIATELY. 11. GUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED 51DE INTO CONGEALED SURFACES TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED 5URFAGE5. 12. REMOVE DECAYED, VERMIN-INFE5TED, OR OTHERWISE UNSUITABLE MATERIALS AND PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF OFF-51TE. 13. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED ITEMS AND MATERIALS PROMPTLY. D15P05AL OF DE:MOL15HED MATERIALS I. EXGEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS INDIGATED TO BE REUSED, SALVAGED, REINSTALLED, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN TENANT'S PROPERTY, REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM PROJECTS 51TE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM IN AN EPA -APPROVED LANDFILL. 2. DEBR15 REMOVAL MUST BE PERFORMED PER BUILDING REGULATION5. GONTAGT THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT OFFIGE TO OBTAIN REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULE FOR THE USE OF THE ELEVATORS PRIOR TO 5UBMITTIN6 BID. ALL DEBRIS REMOVAL SHALL BE PERFORMED IN AGGORDANGE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND PROGEDURES. 3. DO NOT ALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO ACCUMULATE ON-51TE. REMOVE AND TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT SPILLAGE ON ADJACENT 5URFAGE5 AND AREAS. DO NOT BURN DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. TRANSPORT DEMOLISHED MATERIALS OFF OWNER'5 PROPERTY AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM. COORDINATE DISPOSAL WITH PROPERTY OWNER AND GOVERNING MUNICIPALITY. GLEANING AND PREPARATION FOR GONSTRUGTION I. PROVIDE STRICT CONTROL OF JOB GLEANING DURIN6 AND AFTER GON5TRUGTION. PREVENT DUST AND DEBRIS FROM EMANATING FROM 5)EMOLITION/GON5TRUGTOIN AREA, KEEP AREA GLEAN. 2. GLEAN ADJACENT 5TRUGTURE5 AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY 5ELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXI5TIN6 BEFORE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. DEMOLITION LEGEND _ _ I EXISTIN6 CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED EXISTIN6 GON5TRUGTION TO REMAIN I. EXI5TIN6 MEGHANIGAL UNITS AND ELECTRICAL PANELS TO BE REMOVED; REMOVE ALL WIRING BACK TO 5OURGE 2. ALL EXISTING NON-5TRUGTURAL INTERIOR WALL5 TO BE REMOVED UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE 3. ALL EXI5TIN6 PLUMBIN6 FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED; PIPES AT GROUND FLOOR TO BE GUT ABOVE SLAB AND GAPPED 4. EXISTING DROP GEILIN6 TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY; ALL GEILI% AGGE55ORIE5 INGLUDING 1-161 DIFFU5ER5 ETC. TO BE REMOVED; MECHANICAL DUCTS TO BE REMOVED BACK TO UNITS 5. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH IN ITS ENTIRETY TO CONCRETE 5UB-FLOOR; SCRATCH SMOOTH; PATCH AND REPAIR A5 NEEDED TO A 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION 6. BANK VAULT TO BE REMOVED; DEMOL15H VAULT INTERIOR FURRIN6/FIRAMING; REMOVE MODULAR VAULT PANELS IN THEIR ENTIRETY; REPAIR FLOOR TO 'LIKE NEW' GONDITION AS APPLICABLE 7. DRIVE THROU6H LANES, CURBS, CANOPY, COLUMNS AND BANKING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY 8. DRIVE THROUGH WINDOW TO BE REMOVED; OPENING TO BE IN -FILLED TO MATGH EXI5TIN6 BUILDING EXTERIOR, 5ALVA6E BRIGK FROM CANOPY IF P0551BLE a. ATM OPENING TO BE IN -FILLED TO MATGH EXI5TIN6 BUILDING EXTERIOR; 5ALVA6E BRICK FROM GANOPY IF POSSIBLE � II II 1 oft Detail ' `-t-------------------------------------------------------rr---' I I I I I I I I I HVAC #1 I I I I I I I I I L___ EXI5TIN6 WAG EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED 4 REPLACED; REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS SCALE: 1 /2" = V-Ott I II II EXI5TIN6 DRIVE-THROU514 WINDOW TO BE REMOVED; INFILL OPENING TO MATGH EXI5TIN6; 5EE RENO WALL 5EGTION II II II II I I OI I SAFE J--J--------------- L_ - - - - - - - - tt Cr--------------I -JEXI5TIN6 LOAD BEARING GMU I I I I F--- MA50NRY WALL; PROTEGT I I I I I FF - I it I I DURING DEMOLITION o °� - - - FTU-4 F- I�=� ==== I ��---------- - --------- I BANK VAULT TO LL n FTU 1 I I I I I o \\ / III BE REMOVED IN 1 I I/ L__ J y I IT5 ENTIRETY �� � I I I I L-- -� I I I I i I L� _______= L----------- - - - - -- L - � \\ EXI5TIN6 % \ \\ \ I MEGHANIGAL / I Room TO / ALL GA5EWORK t AIN -_- - - - -� I CABINETRY TO BE REMOVED IN 1T5 II o LEI I 7 I I J ' I/ - - III t I ENTIRETY I it � I A II r---I I� � F -----i I ------I F -1 /// \\ II --------- ----------- ------1_ J Ilp----7--1 1 1 I s \ I I I I EXI5TIN6 ELEGTRIGAL PANELS TO I I ii r r -' III- I L BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED; REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR NEW PANELS INFORMATION EXISTING Wx24" POURED GONGRETE GOLUMN TO l REMAIN; F.V. LOGATION ------------- - EXI5TIN6 GMU WALL TO BE - REMOVED; REINFORGE UPPER WALL ii WITH STEEL FRAME PER DETAIL5 THI5 SHEET I I II FTU-2 I j II-----J III r--- III I I III l l ALL INTERIOR, NON-5TRUGTURAL j I I WALL5 TO BE REMOVED UNLE55 FTU-5 I NOTED OTHEM15E I I I I I I I I III I II ---------- L---J ---------� III II _________ ALL III EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED III - ---------------------------- I FTU-3 I I jlj �---J III I I I I � I;I III I I ' III III �°ti I I lil III s� 3N --- -' II I I�� I II II I� I I II --------J L-------J�--------J�--------J sou`--------� Demolition Floor Plan SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" 2 Nv ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 0 L � O 17qUCq Z3 N C J .0 E LL T Z s NC04 O :)- O _ W L O JC LL CL N - C 1 E r CU U) 0 cc 'i Q Q > d O E z LL C:�--r m N Co CU C L C Z. (1) (1) CL r i- ti N 02/13/19 For Construction mk I date issue Demo Floor Plan D101 HFR 18.945 KEY PLAN EXTERIOR DEMOLITION NOTES I. DRIVE THROUGH LANES, GURB5, CANOPY, GOLUMN5 AND BANKING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY; SEE 51TE PLAN 2. DRIVE THROUGH WINDOW TO BE REMOVED; OPENING TO BE IN -FILLED TO MATCH EXI5TIN6 BUILDING EXTERIOR; 5ALVA6E BRIGK FROM CANOPY IF POSSIBLE 3. ATM TO BE REMOVED; OPENING TO BE IN -FILLED TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING EXTERIOR; 5ALVA6E BRICK FROM GANOPY IF POSSIBLE; GOORDINATE RETURN OF ATM WITH PNG BANK 4. GANOPY ROOF TO BE REMOVED; REMOVE 5TRUGTURAL GOLUMN5; PREPARE BUILDING ROOF TO MATGH EXI5TIN6; SEE A201 *NOTE - EXTERIOR WALL5 AND BRICK VENEER ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN UKLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE. DEMOLITION LE62END D201 CANOPY TO BE REMOVED UP TO THI5 POINT; STOP DEMOLITION AT TOP OF SOLDIER GOUR5E SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" nt-kj/ /r t[vir Tm/ T m, T -i-I ! Aki^r REMOVE EXISTING DRIVE THRU GANOPY — BAGK TO MAIN BUILDING ROOF 5TRUGTURE; 5ALVAGE UNDAMAGED BRICK FROM CANOPY FOR INFILL OF EXTERIOR HALL NLL DiVwRV nt1LVtk"E mu K=_ 1v 1 vY� L/N[J111N DRIVE -THROUGH GANOPY BRICK FOR NEW BRICK INFILL. 6.G. TO PROVIDE DRIVE -THROUGH GANOPY GOLUMNS AND BRICK KRAP5. 5UPPORT FOR BRICK DURING DEMOLITION. GOLUMN5 AND BRICK WRAP5. D201 Exterior Elevation - Demo SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" (n w U O U) ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HPR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 OF F�� CJ.• ey ��76108 0 L i_ � U CN c N J •O E LL C T � z � s U)_ (� O O O 2 W i \ L O LL CAI W N }v, M > O O a) o� _o L W ti N 02/13/19 For Construction mk date I issue Exterior Demolition Elevations EXISTING GONSTRUGTION TO BE REMOVED - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - REPRESENTED BY A DASHED LINE; SEE ELEVATIONS FOR EXTENT OF WORK D201 HFR 18.945 D r r 40 + + %* I I t t � TRAFFIC SIGNAL ' 1 PROPOSED EX. SIGN DENTAL / MD/' + 4, 390 SF TOTAL 32 PARKING SPACES ' l 2n / _ 7 DEMOLISH EX. ±1,750 SF CANOPY AND EX. CONCRETE CURBS & LANES. REPLACE AREA WITH NEW FULL DEPTH ASPHALT SECTION. RESEAL THE EXISTING ±181860 SF PARKING LOT & RE -STRIPE TO MATCH EXISTING SITE ANALYSIS 7344 CALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 EXISTING BUILDING 0.8 AC EXISTING SPACES f4,390 SF EXISTING PARKING RATIO 32 SPACES EXISTING PARKING RATIO 7.3 SP/1000 SF SCOPE OF WORK THE EXISTING *-4,390 SQUARE FOOT BUILDING IS AN EXISTING BANK FACILITY PROPOSED TO BE A DENTAL OFFICE. THE PROPOSED SCOPE OF WORK IS TO DEMOLISH THE EXISTING DRIVE-THRU CANOPY/CURB AND GUTTER ISLANDS AND TO REPLACE THE DEMOLISHED CONCRETE WITH FULL DEPTH ASPHALT AND RESEAL THE REMAINING PARKING LOT. SITE PLAN REFERENCE SITE PLAN LAYOUT DRAWN PER CITY OF ZEPHYRHILL, FLORIDA GIS MAP VIEWER DATA (WWW.CI.ZEPHYRHILLS.FL.US) AND AERIAL IMAGERY FROM GOGGLE MAPS DATED MAY 2018. ZONING NOTES ZONED: C2 (COMMUNITY COMMERICAL) PERMITTED USE CLASSIFICATION: COMMERCIAL OBSERVED USE(S): BANK ZONING INFORMATION PROVIDED BY CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA, ZONING MAP DATED DECEMBER 2018. (WWW.CI.ZEPHYRHILLS.FL.US) N W E S Architectural Site Plan SCALE: 1 INCH = 20 FEET GRAPHIC SCALE 20 0 20 40 80 M ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). it is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 N .o 0 V N N i J .� o o Ca)CU o - — IL 12 z W a) — =C\JW L a Jc U_ CL '^ CD N C � E r (V Ln M 0 M 0 C. (1) O O — m N Co � CU L ^U W C W ti N 02/13/19 Construction mk I date I issue Site Plan Al 00 HFR 18.945 HALL/PARTITION NOTES: I. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATION AND EXTENT. 2. INTERIOR DIMENNON5 ARE TAKEN FROM FINISHED FAGE TO FINISHED FADE 04±55 NOTED OTHERNI5E). 3. ALL INTERIOR METAL STUDS ARE 22 GAUGE 5PAGED AT Ib' O.G. MINIMUM OLE55 NOTED OTHERWI5E).. 4. ALL NALL5 ARE TO BE CON5IDERED PARTITION TYPE 'P-I" UNLE55 NOTED OTHERNI5E. REFERENGE FLOOR PLAN 5. FURR-IN AROUND ALL EXP05ED PIPES, GONDUIT, AND DUGT HORK, EXCEPT IN MEGHANIGAL ROOMS O L.E55 NOTED OTHERNI5E). b. NET AREAS: ALL GYPSUM WAGES TO RECEIVE 'FIBEROGK' HATER RE515TMT GYPSUM BOARD A5 MANUFACTURED BY USG. 1. NET AREAS: USE GALVANIZED 5GREN5. 8. OUT5IDE FADE OF INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE b" FROM ADJACENT HALL FRAMING NNLE55 NOTED OTHERNI56. Q. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF GONDUIT5, PIPES, DUGTHORK, ETC. PA551NG THROUGH FIRE RATED HALL5 (SEE E501). 10. ANGHOR TOP OF ALL PARTITION HALL5 0 48' O.G. (UNBRAGED HALL LENGTH SEE AbO2). GENERAL NOTE5: I. BLINDS INSTALLED AND PROVIDED BY ONER'5 BLIND GONTRAGTOR. PROVIDE 4" MIN. GLEAR BETWEEN GABINETRY AND HINDON MUNTIN FRAME EDGE AT FULL HEIGHT STOREFRONT WINDOH5 2. ALL PA55A6E WAYS TO BE 32" MIN. GLEAR BETWEEN FINISHED MILLWORK PER ADA GLEARANGE REGUIREMENT5 3. ALL ENTRANGE5 COMPLY WITH 2O11 FBG; ALL ENTRANGE5 AND EGRESSES GOMPLY WITH 111.1 ANSI 2004 3. G.G. TO PROVIDE IN -HALL BLOGKING FOR ONWER-PROVIDED HALL -MOUNTED FIXTURES. 4. SEE I/A102 FOR EQUIPMENT NOT 50% ON FLOOR PLAN. 5. SEE 8/A802 FOR HALL BASE BLOCKING DETAIL LEAD APRON HANGER ® 40' A.F.F. L--- =- - DBL 2x HOOD BLOCKING 2'-8" DOOR PAPER TOWEL FOR X-RAY SUPPORT - SEE 015PEN5ER DETAIL 4/A103 �� WALL BUMPER FOR b DIA. �7 X-RAY HEAD GROMMET 5'-0" GLOVE 2'-O" BOX HOLDER r - - n b° DIA. TRASH GROMMET GLOVE 4 BOX HOLDER PAPER TOWEL DI5PEN5ER GOAT HOOK ® b0' A.F.F. - II'-1" Suite -Typical 4 X-RAY GONTROL ILL,V BUTTON, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS I� 51-011 — — — L5-0° DOOR 4'-51/2' NEYq GONTINUOIJ5 FIRE RATED HALL W PARTITION5OUND IN5ULATION. SEE PLAN FOR r FIRE RATIN67 .•..•. ❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖.❖•❖NEN K6,LL NITH50UNP IN5ULATION NEW WALL EXISTING 8" GNUS \--EXI5TING GYP. BD. OVER FURRING STRIPS I I I � I ' 0 FEE SHEET A102 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" IF A WALL 15 PRESENT AT THIS LOCATION THEN DOORNAY BECOMES MIN. 24" DEEP AND DOORNAY NIDTH MUST BE INCREASED TO 3-1 112" TO MEET REQUIREMENT5 OF SECTION 404.2.3 OF THE 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR AGGE551BLE DE516N. PAPER TOWEL I I - - - - - - - - d w D15PEN5ER I I w Q -i GOAT Q N HOOK 60' A.F.F.. 1 1 L D 41A2 U- A502 X-RAY CONTROL BUTTON P-5 -1 -J) \� r (bqE & - A502 P---- o ry LU I HOLDER X —1 2'-0" CV n II L JI I 5'-0" Li HALL BUMPER FOR X-RAY FEAR - _ - - �_ � b'-0" L-LEAD APRON HANGER ® 40' A.F.F. DBL 2x HOOD BLOCKING FOR X-RAY 10'-2' SUPPORT - SEE DETAIL 4/A103 12'-0" 2 Treatment - Typical 101 SEE SHEET A102 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" I g E-2 EXI5TIN6 EXTERIOR WALL EXISTING 1-1/2" RIGID INSULATION — E-3 EXTERIOR WALL FURRING NEW 5/0" GYP. BD. OVEf 3-5/8' METAL STUDS E-4 EXTERIOR WALL FURRING NEH 5/8" GYP. BD. b" METAL 5TUD5 6 EXTERIOR BRICK INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE5: P-# P-4 NON -RATED WALL GEI GYP. BD. TO b' MIN. ABOVE VENEER SYSTEM OVER 4' G.CEILING P-I NONRATED WAIL b' METAL 5TU05 @Ib'O.G. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO b' ND 12' ABOVE GEILING 3-5/8' METAL STUDS ® I b'O.G. MIN EXTEND 12" ABOVE CEILING . ABOVE GEILING d -EXISTING GYP. BD. 50M INSULATION EXISTING EXTERIOR BRIGK _ _ P-5 NON -RATED WALL 5/5" GYP. BD. TO b" MIN. ABOVE VENEER SYSTEM OVER 4' GNU 1-5/8' METAL STUDS rlb"O.G. GEILIN6 P P-2 NON -RATED WALL EXTEND 12' ABOVE GEILING 3-5/8' METAL STUDS ®Ib'O.G. 5/8' GYP. BD. TO b' EXTEND 12' ABOVE GEILING MIN. ABOVE CEILING P-b NON -RATED WALL 5/8" GYP. BD. TO _Y... __ - -.___- .-- .- _.__ 3-5/8' METAL STUDS ®12' O.G. EXTEND b' MIN. ABOVE GEILING SOUND INSULATION _ . 5EGURE TO 5TRUGTIRE ABOVE m EXI5TIN6 EXTERIOR BRIGK P-3 I- HOUR RATED WALL HOUR FIRE RATED PER UL. DESIGN VENEER SYSTEM OVER 4' GMU No U4b5 SEE 5FEET A006 THO (2) LAYERS 3/4' PLYHOOD TO b" MIN. 50I1►m INSULATION ABOVE CEILING (ON PANG SIDE OF WALL ONLY) 3-5/8" METAL STUDS ®Ib"O.G. 5/8" GYP. BD. (TYPE "X') TO UNDERSIDE P-� NON-RATED� 5/8° GYP. BD. TO b" MIN. ABOVE GEILING OF GEILING LID-5EE Q/AbO2 (BOTH EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF 51DE5) 3-5/8" METAL STUDS ®Ib'O.G. CEILING LID -SEE q/A602 EXTEND IT ABOVE GEILI% EXISTING STOREFRONT HINDOH �* SOUND INSULATION PROVIDE OPAQUE WINDOW FILM FLUSH APPLICATION: EDGE OF MULLION 1/8' OR LE55 FROM EDGE OF WALL -- MULL -IT -OVER FLUSH TRIM GAP MULL -IT -OVER GLA551C TRIM GAP STANDARD APPLICATION: WALL GENTERED ON MULLION """' lT OVER FLUSH TRIM GAP NO -MULLION APPLICATION: NO MULLION PRESENT -OVER GLA551G TRIM GAP 4 Mull -It -Over Details 101J SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" C1) w � U C UO) 0 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR. upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 N L +' O C C CD C Y J Q O - 'C O N Z = C:) O N tt= = t— W L O L1_ PROVIDE BLOGKINC6 A5 NEEDED TO MOUNT EQUIPMENT FURNITURE 5GHEDULE ITEM # MY. DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER F-01 24 HALF ULHOLSTERED BACK CHAIR TBD - BY OWNER F-02 5 GORNER TABLE TBD - BY OWNER F-05 I DINING TABLE T13D - BY OWNER F-06 6 DINING CHAIRS TBD - BY OWNER F-01 II 5145L ASSISTANT STOOL BREWER - BY OWNER F-06 II 3125E DOCTOR GHAIR BREWER - BY OWNER F-04 I OFFICE CHAIR TBD - BY OWNER PROVIDE 2xb BAGKINC6 FULL WIDTH OF N20 ROOM BAGK WALL ®40"A.F.F. O.G. (OVER GYP. BD) I L--- --- A-15 a-Ib 2' x 2' 5TAINLE55 STEEL PANELS; MILDEW RE5. GAULK ® ALL ED6E5 W.H. SHELF; MOUNT ABOVE MOP 51NK C) N E-14 A-18 i� r;� y./�����.. r. E-lo E-01 1 II A-0I A-02 n I E-II I l F-08 tu� II H-0I — C J H-o2 A-01 � r 1 F-01 A-03 A-Ob E-12 I E-13 I I 1----1 I I I Equipment Plan 1021 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" L II II II II II E-12 II II II II II II II II II E-12 II II II II a ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 CU 0 O LL F L .c Q. Cn N a--+ E -too CIO E � � CL G) O -o M O L M N et s a N L 0 L r- C CD cuU(0 C 0 O J if C N (6 Z C O C CU N a) tt-- 2 r W i LL 02/13/191 For Construction mk I date issue Equipment Plan Al 02 a HFR 18.945 1b-2 LOW VOLTAGE DATA LINE TO X-RAY TRIGGER IN 12:00 WALL (ELEGTRIGIAN5 RE5PON51BILITY); PROVIDE 1/2' HARD GONDUIT FROM EQUIPMENT TO 6' ABOVE CEILING; FREE WIRE OVER STUDS (2) 20 P05T5 ® I6" O.G. PLAN FOR LOGATION WIT THE WALL. DO NOT FA5Tf BD. TO P05T5. PLAGE METAL 5TUD5 TICS TO P05T (DO NOT ATTAG P05T5). FA5TEN GYP. BO WALL COVER TO METAL 5TUD5. WALL MOUNTING PLATE - PROVIDED BY MANIE. ELEGTRIGAL PONER ENTF POINT 4 POWER TO X-RA UNIT. *X-RAY UNIT REQUIRE511'. POWER ON A DEDIGATED GIRGUIT. *PROVIDE 112" GONDUIT E ALL WIRING GONTROL PANEL 16' O.G. MAX. FROM X-RAY UNIT 'ADO NOT PROVIDE MT BOX FOR GONTROL PANE U5E MANUF. PROVIDED 4 PLATE. ADD 3RD P05T IN ROOM5 WHERE X-RAY ARM 15 ON BOTH 510B OF WALL, 5EE EQUIPMENT PLAN IV V.V. IV V.V. IV VN. I It?,i Iri I I' 5EE i? �4 'I IIN I?i•', I l�, ; N GYP. I I I 1 I; I;1' ! el`I I IT I Ill ll : H 4 •• t: i I -- f TO t IiY{�' iYll' f {{ I . `t��i Fj� ` (l�i•4 t l I Y l is M� I I ;1 ° t o V I 4 I "1 I Io oI I lip?l 14rt1 t is 1' I l`• 4 I j�tYtll lj`• I .1� i (i;�t ,ildtl fi I 4 I I;f ,! ?I: •il f'�ii1 t ON Hi I / IjN! )UNT I I 5EE MANIEAGTURER FOR 5PEGIFIG INEITALLATION5 a � X-Ray Blockin 103 1----------------------------� j GONT. METAL TRACK j I AT TOP OF WALL I 3" x 3' x 16 6A. GLIP EAGH I 510E OF WOOD P05T. ATTACH I TO 5TUD TRACK WITH (3) #12 I 5GREN5. ATTAGH TO WOODJ. f -- j P05T WITH (4) 51MP50N 1/4' I 5D5 5GREW5. I I I (2) 20 WOOD POST; ORIENTATION j A5 51-10WN W/ FLAT FACE A6AI%T 6YP. BD 5HEANIN6 I I TOF GONNEGTION L---------------------------I r----------------------------; I I I I j 3" x 3' x 16 6A. GLIP EACH j 151DE OF WOOD P05T. I ATTAGH TO FLOOR SLAB WITH (3) 0.15111 dia PAF (MIN % } EMBED 1-1/4'). ATTAGH TO WOOD P05T WITH (4) 51MP50N 1/4' 555 5GREW5. `5i I I � I I I I I 50TTOM GONNEGTION L---------------------------J SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" -------------- I I I I I I I W- I - I I I' I - I I I � 311211 I I L------------------------ J 5 u OOD BLOGKING IN ALL FOR TV ATA i PONER OUTLETS OR TV 86" AFF.; PROVIDE R1610 GONDUIT 1/ MOUNTING BRACKET; AYTON AUDIO 031-TM 23"-3111 U) w .. ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com Z-I © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of IUl Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. NEAR TILE (T-4) EFRI6ERATOR Y OTHER5 I'-q 1/4" BEVERAGE BAR GROUP 6001 T5TEVM INDU5TRIE5 Bev. Counter Elevation HOOD E HALL A TV HALL Mi s 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 0 .O LL U i 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8" METAL 5TU05; ANGHOR 5TUD5 -C TO 5TRUGTURE ABOVE Q Cn N C- REGE55ED LIGHT FIXTURE � T- M �CIO M LINEAR TILE (T-4) a)0 0 L Q d .O -o � LL _ O M N QUARTZ COUNTERTOP (0-1)4-+ _ - C: tf CU BEVERAGE B) AR 6001 a STEVEN51NDU5TRIE5 2 Bev. Counter Section VO3 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 11 50FF T-AABOVE RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE LINEAR TILE (T-4) LINEAR TILE (T-4) TR-1 BEVERAGE BAR (6001) - - - - - 5TEVEN5 INOU5TRIE5 T5-4 QUARTZ COUNTERTOP (0-1) 2 W^3 103 A103 Bev. Counter Plan SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" N 0 �o C:CD c U04 N C J_ C t (6 N Z = E C)CU C N N t1-- _ lr-- W O LL 91 For Construction mk I date issue Equipment Plan Details Al 03 — — F HFR 18.945 FINISH ROOF EDGE TO MATG" EXI5TIN6 G0NDITION5; PATGI S REPAIR LIGHTWEIGHT GONGRETE ROOFING 5Y5TEN TO MATCH EXI5TIN6 *T.O. DECK _ Y 13'-4 1/2" NEW 5OLDIER GOUR5E; ALI6 WITH EXI5TIN6 BUILDING GONDITION5 FB.O. BEAM �' I12'-O" START NEW RUNNING BOND GOUR51N6 AT TOP OF EXI5TIN6 5OLDIER GOUR5E T.O. SOLDIER GC �110'-O" T.O. BEAM E.0. BEAM FILL IN EXI5TIN6 OPENING WITH NEW # S BRIGK VENEER TO MATCH EXI5TIN6; INFI GAVITY WITH 2X METAL 5TUD5 a I6" OL GAVITY WITH R-19 BATT INSULATION; 5HE EXTERIOR 6RADE PLYWOOD; OVERLAP I BARRIER WITH EXISTING TO ELIMINATE P INFILTRATION; AL16N INTERIOR 6YP5UM WITH F.O. EX15TIM T.O. BEAM Y 2'-10 1/4" — * B.O. E3EAM 2'_O" T.O. SLAB O'_0" Exterior Wall Section - Reno ALL DIMEN51ON5 TO BE FIELD VERIFIED; NOTIFY HFR OF ANY 015GREPANGIE5 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" Exterior Elevation - Reno SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EX15TI%; FRAME WINDOW GAVITY WITH 2X WOOD 5TUD5 ® I6" O.G.; FILL CAVITY WITH R-IQ BATT INSULATION; 5HEATH WITH EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD; OVERLAP NEW VAPOR BARRIER WITH EX15TIN6 TO ELIMINATE M015TURE INFILTRATION; AL16N INTERIOR 6YPSUM 5HEATHIN6 WITH F.O. EXI5TIN6 Exterior Elevation - Reno SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" SOLDIER COURSE AT EDGE OF 7F; PROVIDE NEW METAL ED6E TO TGH EXI5TIN6; PATGH 4 REPAIR 5TIN6 ROOF 5Y5TEM A5 NEEDED •1 :•v •• • 00,090 _� :• Ro"M 5TIN6 BRIGK WALL 4 DIER GOLRH AM w H I IS ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 IS G,�•Ilk ;r ��(�Y T, N 0 � 4_0 c r O CU CD d. N J Q O - LL N Z -C N O O _ 2 W L 0 IL CL a) Cn N 40 C: C: > 'a M 0 O .2 a O -o O L m •— � Z Q) ef' =- = H ti N 02/13/19 Construction mk I date issue Renovation Exterior Elevations A201 HFR 18.945 b' METAL 5TUD PARTITION WALL WITH 2xb WOOD BLOGKING AT SUPPORT 5RAGKET5 5EE ELM. CV (E OF 2X6 WOOD BLOGKI4 (MIRROR SUPPORT 51WKET� ABOUT G OF STUD F MIRRORED 51W MOUNT APPLIGATIO b' METAL 5TUD PARTITION WALL WITH 2xb WOOD BLOCKING AT SUPPORT BRAGKET5 vpivp ;E� C= d AAI ELEVATION C -E 5EE PLAN ELEVATION 6-A 4 4A501 SECURE DIRECTLY TO HORIZ. BRACKET WITH ADHE51VE QUARTZ VANITY COUNTERTOP WITH UNDERMOUNTED 51NK - BY OTHERS WB-2 2x2x3/Ib" METAL ANGLE BRAGKET 2411 W/24" HORIZ Q VERTICAL LE65 (VELD MITER JOINT) TYP. OF 2 2" (MIN) (G.G. TO PROVIDE) ATTACH TO WOOD BLOGKIN6 TO VERTICAL BRACKET LE6 W/3 (MIN) 1/2"PIA. BOLT (TYP) NOTE: STEEL SUPPORT BRAGKET5 AND BLOCKING TO BE FABRICATED AND IN5TALLED BY G.G. SECURE DIRECTLY TO HORIZ. BRAGKET WITH ADHE51VE QUARTZ VANITY GOUNTERTOP WITH UNDERMOUNTED 51W BY 5TEVEN5 INDU5TRIE5 --- 7 MIN. KNEE 4 TOE MIN. CLEARANCE LINE ELEVATION 6-F P-1 39' TO 41" L T5-4 T-3 54" MIN. z 1211 42' MIN. MAX. F G a 0 r- �r 0 O 7n�e 36' MAX. ELEV 6-5 > /-T-3 Q u� ELEVATION 6-6 / LIGHT %M FninrnPri RP�trnnm FlAvatinn� (AND TYPICAL ADA DIMENSIONS) All REMAINING RE5TROOM WAL.L5 6YP. WALL PAINTED P-1 "MEGA 6REI6E" SGHLUTFR AIOOATGB TRAN51TION 5TRIP T5- ATLA5 CONCORDE - MARVEL GEMS - TERRAZZO CREAM - POLI5HED - 12"X24" T ATLA5 CONCORDE - MARVEL 6EM5 - TERRAZZO CREAM - POLI5HED - 24"X24" P-1 T5-4 T-3 4 A A501 I � I � I L \ - m 8" 6' MIN. I1" MIN. SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" WF., 5EE PLAN ®1 ELEV 6-H JLL 1 N \I \ P-1 T5-4 T-3 4'-6' O x Q O� �O v ELEV 6-D 3-6 PLUMBING WALL OF PUBLIC RESTROOM5 ONLY TO I LET ROOM 5GHEDULE KEY DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT REMARKS PROVIDED BY A SURFACE MOUNTED 2'-10" COUNTERTOP VANITY PROVIDED BY 5TEVEN5 INDU5TRIE5; LAVATORY (MAX) SINK PROVIDED BY FER6U5ON AA WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY 2-10" �� RTOP PROVIDED BY FERGU50N B TOILET 17"-IQ" TO SEAT PROVIDED BY FERGU50N; 5EE NOTES G 42" LONG GRAB BAR 3311-3511 TO PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDERS SUPPLY; GENTERLINE 5EE NOTES D 36" LONG GRAB BAR 33"-351, TO PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDERS SUPPLY; CENTERLINE SEE NOTES E IS"W X 30"H MIRROR 40" TO BOTTOM PROVIDED BY EFFINCGHAM BUILDER5 SUPPLY; EDGE 5EE NOTE5 la"-24" TO P RECESSED T155UE PAPER GENTERLINE; 7"-q" BOBRIGK B-6aQ7; PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDERS SUPPLY; DISPENSER FROM PAGE OF SATIN FINISH 5EE NOTES WATER CLOSET G INSULATED SUPPLY DRAIN clMINIMUM ABOVE PROVIDED BY 6.G. FLOOR H 24"W X 42"H MIRROR 40" TO BOTTOM PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDER5 SUPPLY; EDGE SEE NOTES J HAND DRYER 48" TO BOTTOM BOBRICK B-7128; PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDERS SUPPLY; MOUNTING 5GREW SATIN FINISH 5EE NOTE5 L 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR 3cf"-41" TO BOTTOM PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDER5 SUPPLY; EDGE 5EE NOTES TOILET ROOM FINISH NOTES I. FIXTURES TO BE BOBRICK OR AMERICAN STANDARD. 2. ALL IN5TALLATION5 AND FIXTURES ARE TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL AGGE55IBILITY RE6ULATION5. 3. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL5 A5 REQUIRED TO ANCHOR FIXTURE5. 4. INSULATE EXP05ED HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES. 5. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ALL FIRE RATED AALL5 DENOTED ON PLANS. 6. NOTED PLUMBING AGGE55ORIE5 TO BE PROVIDED BY EFFINGHAM BUILDERS 5UPPLY. CONTRACTOR TO PLACE ORDER AND DATE OF DELIVERY WITH EFFINGHAM BUILDERS SUPPPLY. G.G. TO CONTACT BILL METTE FOR QUANTITIES NEEDED. (TELEPHONE) 217-347-0567. (EMAIL) 5ILL®602EB5.COM 7. NOTED PLUMBING AGGE55ORIE5 TO BE PROVIDED BY FERG-CWN. CONTRACTOR TO PLACE ORDER AT WWW.FER5U5ONONLINE.GOM. LOGIN 1.151146 U5ERNAME: PLUMBING®HEARTLAND.GOM t PASSWORD: heartland007 l NOTE: ALL GLEARANGE5 SHOWN ARE FROM FIN15HED FAGE TO FIN15HED FAGE OF OUTER-1405T FIN15HED MATERIAL 6-8" MIN. CLEAR 5EE PLAN SIGN CHARACTERS d BACKGROUND SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FIN15H. o, PROVIDE WHITE LETTER5 d GHARAGTER5 ON BROWN t WOMEN BACKGROUND FOR GONTRA5T A5 REQV. BY ADA. LETTER5 d N MBER5 5HALL BE I' HIGH UPPER GA5E 5AN5 SERIF OR SIMPLE SERIF FONT, RA15ED 1/32" t SHALL BE AGGOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE MEN STANDARD DIM. FOR LITERARY BRAILLE: DOT DIM.: 0.059 INCH INTER -DOT 5PAGIN6: 0.090 INCH HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN GELL5: 0241 INCH 6e VERTIGAL SEPARATION BETNEEN GE1 15: 0.3g5 INCH EXIT STANDARD DIM. FOR LITERARY BRAILLE: DOT DIM.: 0.05q INCH INTER -DDT 5PAGING: O.000 INGH HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN GELL5: 0241 INCH VERTICAL SEPARATION BETWEEN CELL5: 0.3u5 INCH NOTE5: I) PROVIDE (1) 516N AT EACH TOILET ROOM 2) PROVIDE 0) TAGTILE EXIT 516N AT EAGH EXIT FROM BUILDING 3) ATTACH 516N U51NG (4) FOUR FLATHEAD WOOD 5GREW5, GOUNTER-SUNK, 4 ADHE51VE. 516N SHALL BE LOGATED ON STRIKE 51DE OF DOOR # MOLW11 D 50 TOP 15 bO' R F.F. TvD. Room Sianaae GLEAR FLOOR 5PACE PROVIDED BEYOND AF OF DOOR 5WIN6 PER 6032.3 0GEPTION #2) AND 305.3 2010 ADA STANDARDS. 1L l \ z N I I � \ 1 1\ \ ( \ \b,0"X5b' WATER \ I GLOSET G.F.5. T / 6-H A501 6-E 'X4b' LAY. G.F.5_ — OJJ�J'.QXWC��JS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" O-All MIN ri i-AD 4 Sink S.upport Details r 3 Restroom T-3 Finish 2 Enlarged Restroom Enlarged Restroom 501 SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 501 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 501 SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 501 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hilIfoIeyrossi.cont © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFrl is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 TICU v .O LL to L C N 4-1 C: 1 � r a) Ln M >� o 0 .> d O -o _ O Co (.9 A CL N .L 0 N L V-- C � U(0 c N i J E C (D (a N Z r- O CU 4)N L LPL 11 For 02/13/19 Construction mk date issue Restroom Plan, Details & Elevations A501 HFR 18.945 FILLER5 A5 REOV. PROVIDE GONT. 5/4" V BACK WALL BETWEEN UPPER GABINETRY (FII I/A504 b" DEEP PIAM. GOUNI 20-3/4" DEEP P.LAM. PULL OUT WORK SURF] TOP PRAYER (TYP. Of VERIFY LOCATION OF WITH GABINET GONTR/ 4' VINYL 8A5E 0-1) ® 12:00 5TATION BA5 7Vul 7UIlJ Treatment SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" Q 4 if7 1.1\I LAN II ' Ikli 1-1 11 Treatment GROWN MOULDIN( I-- b' DIA. TRASH 61 25' DEEP P1AM. 13I04OLWO BA( ON IN51DE OF OF 4' VINYL BASE ( STATION BA5E Gf VERIFY LOGATI01 WITH CABINET GG SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" 0 N 0 cv Suite f /' /Ir1C r)/U IRI = -)V7 O/1GTG sa IL.• O.G.; UNIT SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" OF KNIT 5 t An-) I r ui ui �✓a. t� v y L OF UNI Treatment b' VIA. TRA514 GROMMET 13I04WARD BA6 HOLDER - MOUNT ON IN51DE OF OF GABINET DOOR N20, 02 d 5GAVEWER (VAG) LINES 5Tl313ED OUT IN BASE OF GABINET ®4'O.C. - N20 CENTERED IN CABINET SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" C!) w . U O 86 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 OF Ft coo BEY •o. A 608 Y. N �L 0 ICU c U co N i J .o 00 -0 2 C N Z N � ., ci CU O o 2 W L LL '^ v, N -}--+ a--+ Lo M O L000 0 �- •O O C: •= „ CU t L a) a) et a =I-tiN 02/13/191 For Construction mk I date I issue Interior Elevations A502 HFR 18.945 UNDER CABINET LIGHTING W/ GR- APRON RAIL L I'-3" ,10' b'-6 1/2" , B32gK 500 ('F Office 503 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" SOFFIT; 5EE 41Ab02 GROWN MOULDING (GM-1) 1'-b" 3'-0" I'-q" BIB 1341q 8314 lo Break Room 503J SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKER - BOARD TO FIN15H GEILING 18' DEEP P.LAM. COUNTERTOP - 5EE FIN15H 5GHEDULE 4" P.LAM. BACK 5PLA5H - (TYP) 5TEEL BRAGKET5 u u 4'-3` m 11 QUAD 2 WIRE GROMMET 4" VINYL BASE (RB-I) ('_6" I.T. Closet CJ03 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 16" DEEP QUARTZ TRAN5ACTION TOP (0-1) - 5EE FIN15H 5GHEDULE BACK PORTION OF - DIVIDING WALL: o BOTTOM TO BE LOCATED ABOVE "' o COUNTER HEIGHT ® `V 2'-6' A.F.F. ICJ 0 CV 2'-3' 2'-3' 31-0' WI2q WI2q WI2q 21-011 21 �Ilk DUP �V �DUP �rLi 0 N — 0 PUP I'-b' 2'-3' 4' VINYL WALL E014 5150 BA5E (R5-1) Break Room SOFFIT; 5EE 4/Ab02 GROWN MOULDING 0-1) EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. t N OPEN 3 OPEN 4 OPEN BEYOND A8o2 BEYOND A802 BEYOND DATA I OPEN .DP BELOW 1'-3" L 10' 3'-2 3/4" 1'-3" 10" 5-2 1/2' 532gK "EMI 532gK 500 5 Business �A503J SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" GROWN MOULDING 0-1) 0 25" DEEP (PL-1) r- COUNTERTOP WITH 2' BAGK51FLA514 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" I �( OPEN WIRE DATA BELOW DUP — - s� `~ 5'-10' r Ali. 10' r�� 1'-311 nv�nv 8"� Office 41 Business SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" r-r-rlT rCL A/AI-n SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" J Ib' DEEP QUARTZ TRANSAGTION TOP (0-1) - 5EE FIN15H 5GHEDULE BACK PORTION OF DIVIDING WALL: BOTTOM TO BE LOCATED ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT 2'-b" A.F.F. CIS w � U O V) cn ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof we the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(IIFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies me to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 ,I O �Q'E F F�O Co. EY T � lr • A 00 608 •ti �V M _Q LL U) L CL 0 co N -f--+ CD CU a) trn M -o E L CU Cs 'n V L Al W ^ W CL "NE F-r`,N 0 L r O .CU N � U � N ZL J C N (U cU Z :ECU O N N _ T_ W L IL 3' 31-0l 31 31 31-011 31-0Y -ll 'V Z/ DECORATIVET FIXTURE' WI2q HoWI2q WI2q WI2q WI2q _Q W I k -SEE ELEGTRI AL o IP� 25 � O DEEP (PL-I) \ \ \ \ \ \ EQ. EQ. COUNTERTOP WITH OPENOPEN 2" 5AGK5PL.A5H BEYOND BEYOND OPEN BEYOND = A802 16° DEEP QUARTZ 11-4° TRANSACTION TOP A802 --------- I ---_---------------- - - - - - - ----------- (Q-I) - SEE FINISH 4"PLAM. OPEN 4 EQ. 4'-b" EQ. A802 UNDER CABINET SCHEDULE BAGKSPLASH 3'-0" 5'-0° `1' 6'-0' LIGHTING W/ GR-I BEYOND A802 WOOD CHAIR 2 02/13/19 For APRON RAIL BAGK PORTION OF 20 DEEP RAIL (GR-1) 6 A802 Ib DEEP QUARTZ Construction 11 DUP 0 DUP DIVIDING, BOTTOM TO BE, � TDP TRAN5AGTION TOP A802 ® — o LOCATED ABOVE / (Q-1) - 5EE FIN15H mk date issue _ _ COUNTER HEIGHT ® 5GHEDULE5 DATA OPEN DRTR 0 , \ / m 2'-6' A.F.F. — A802 WOOD CHAIR I me n o r V N N RAIL (GR I) - °� �°W - �°W Elevations J I- III I'-b' 10.- " 1" WOOD BASE " 10' 6'-3 I/2' I'-311 10' 6'-31/211 2'-I' BI21 500 4 WOOD 5A5E (W5-2) 832q "5002 B32q 500 3 Business (*'_2Check-Out / Pano Check -In 503 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 503 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 503 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" HFR 18.945 GROWN MOLDIN6 (GM -I) :•.• it 4" WOOD BA5E (WB-2) ---" ' 7 Hallwa GROWN MOLDING (GM-1) 4" WOOD BA5E (NB-2) 5 Hallwa A rnA 1 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 2 1 s \ Hallwa SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 4" WOOD BASE (NB-2) GROWN MOULDIN STAIN 5T-1 GYP BD PAINTEI P-2 'DUTCH TILE 6YP BD PAINTEI P-3 "KEY5TONE (FRONT AND 511) WALL 5GONGE P DRAWINC75 X-RAY CONTROL BUTTON 2" WOOD TRIM - 4" WOOD BASE I STAIN 5T-I s \ Hallwa SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 41 Hallwa SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" 12 o'clock Wall Elevation Detail SCALE: 3/4" = V-011 WOOD BA5E WB- BELOW 2"x%4' WOOD TRIM r \IV \I ! W G T I OPENIN65 TYP. / 2 1 12 o'clock Wall Plan Detail SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ■ Cn w . U O UO ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies we to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 OF Ft G�• Y • A 17 08 :1-- *11 PRE' M _0 0 LL Cli L\ Jc 0- CIO N co (1) > L0 M M C— L � (1) _C M O co W CL CO L L � .�-.+ C) c U a)L J Q O - CO CD N Z -C 1` o 0) c O CV W L O ILL 02/13/19 For Construction mk date I issue Interior Elevations A504 HFR 18.945 21-b" 3'-0" 2'-b° 1'-34 �-TWI2q WI2q K12q W120 X i / \ ------ ` --- - --- x �+' OPEN BEYOND UNDER CABINET ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LIGHTING W/ GR-I APRON RAIL 51-011 Q 21-0° 2'-011 a? DUP DED Dip 25' DEEP (PL-I) 0 GOUNTERTOP WITH 411BAGK5PLA5H T 1'-3" � 11-3- � 3'-0' 1 1'-b° � r-b' � B314 B314 B41q 8314 B314 4 Work Area Clean �05 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 31-0' 2'-b' WI2q WI2q CN ` -------------- 4 31-0" 2'-0" DED PUP ❑ \ / OPEN BELOW FOR o / 5UPPLY CART VAT, CV /\ DUP- 4'-3' 1.10" PROVIDE 6' 50UND INSULATION OVER CEILING TILE/ GRID ABOVE LAUNDRY # EQUIPMENT ROOM 21-b" 2'-b" 2'-b" WIbO WI2q WI2q / C14 / \ \., \../ 7 Ima I,3 •sir UNDER GA51NET LIGHTING W/ GR-1 APRON RAIL 25" DEEP (PL-I) GOUNTERTOP WITH 4' BAGK91" 4" VINYL WALL BASE 0-1) Laundry & Equipment SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 3 Work Area Clean :nr, SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" I rm i.. nrr in �Na1�. uvu1 rrli.0 i.. rr. iru uv� )OM M 6Laundry& Equipment_ znr, SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 31 31_011 21 611 11-311 -01 WI2q W12q WI2q W120 UNDER CABINET ------� - - - - - - - - LIGHTING W/ GR-I ` , - - - - - - - - \`\ � APRON RAIL 25" DEEP (PL-I) -- ---- - 51 -V /_11 ----------- I'-0' 21-q' I?000NTERTOP WITH 411 5AGK5PLA5H DUP MACAABAR AIR DIP 0 Li a? b" � TRASH `r GROMMET PUP o\ \ I CN 30" CLEAR �, 1'-b" 1'4- �, 3'-0" �, 11 q- 1--b" FOR EQ. E-22 B121 Work B314 B414 Area (Dirty) W14 B314 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 0 (V 1/2" � ALL -THREAD TO NEW UN15TM AT BOTTOM CHORD OF TRU55E5 WATER HEATER (5EE PLUMBING) MAINTAIN MANUF. GLR REQ. INSTALL W.H. GONDENSATE LINE - — 5EE PLUMBING ORAWIN65 4x4x25 STEEL SUPPORT ANGLE CORNER BRACE WELDED TO 5TEEL ANGLE FRAME FOR 5UPPORT 112" BOLTS ® 12" O.G. (TYP) 2x12 CONT. WOOD • • BLKG BTW MTL 5TU05 A5 NEEDED 28 GA 06" FORMED METAL DECKING W/ 3/4" PLYWOOD - ATTACH TO 5TEEL AN67LE5 W/ #12-24 �- X 2' TEK5 FA5TENER5 A5 NEEDED 4 to O IN5TALL 4x4x25 5TEEL ANGLE GONTINJOU5 A6AIN5T WALL - BOLTED TO KALL 55. WALL W�TECTION 12 O.G. 11 " 24x24 MOP 51NK 5EE PLUMBING 5 Janitor Closet 505 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 1'-6" 21-611 3'-0" 2'-3° k 1'-3' W121 W1A WI2q WI2q W120 ------- ----------- - 4' /gyp 2' 011 TFI 11�11 1' q- 51 o- I 21 0' E014 8314 541q Work Area (Di M14 B120 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" UNDER GABINET LIGHTING W/ GR-1 APRON RAIL 25' DEEP (PL-I) GOUNTERTOP WITH 4"BAGK5PLA5H 6" 0 TRASH GROMMET CIS w ,U O ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 • w 0 17608 V �FRED PRG,Z� c O to 175 a) U � m i J O 'C3 � Z s i/) � a) O C:) O — 2 W L O S LL G/) N C M Ma) M 0 W •i Q CL >22 O LL C: m CU� � t L CU C �• d° .� CL N 02/13/19 For Construction mk I date I issue Interior Elevations A505 HFR 18.945 EXI5TIN6 L16HTIN6 TO REMAIN; ADJUST A5 N8 REFLEGTED GE I L I NCB PLAN LEGEND CH WALL 5GONGE O 6" DIA. RE6E55ED CAN LIGHT PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE VANITY LIGHT FIXTURE GHANDEL IER 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURE ® HVAC SUPPLY DIFFUSER ® HVAG RETURN GRILLE EXHAUST FAN F- UNDER GABINET LED L16HT MEMERGENCY EXIT 516N EMER&ENGY LIGHT FIXTURE OGEILIN6 SPEAKER O MOUNTING LOGATION - GEILIN6 MONITOR ARM *REFER TO ELEGTRIGAL DRAWINGS FOR L16HT FIXTURE 5PECIFIGATION5 GEILIN6 TYPE LEGEND TYPE A: 5/5" GYP5UM BOARD GEILIN6 (SEE FINISH SGHEDULE) TYPE 5: 2'X2' ACOU5TIGAL GEILIN6 TILE; ARM5TRONG GORTE6A #704 ANGLED TEGULAR - WHITE FRAMING RGP NOTE5 I. GOORDINATE N/ MEGHANIGAL / ELEGTRIGAL DRAWINGS. 2. GEILIN6 6RID5 TO BE GENTERED IN ROOM UNLE55 NOTED OTHERNI5E. 3. LOGATE ALL RF-GE55ED L16HT FIXTURES, 12XI2 DIFFUSERS d GRILLES, SPEAKERS, SMOKE DETEGTOR5 AND SPRINKLER HEADS IN GENTER OF GEILIN6 TILE UNLE55 5HONN OTHERNI5E. 4. SEE ROOM FINISH 5GHEDULE FOR GEILIN6 FIN15H DE516NATION5. 5. SEE ROOM FIN1514 5GHEDULE FOR GROPN MOULDING LOCATION. b. G.G. TO VERIFY EXISTING EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING AT EXTERIOR E6RE55 AS REQUIRED PER CODE. NOTIFY ARGHITEGT IF NOT PRESENT. U0 w U O U0 IR ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING !di!i!i!�!�!i!itit!!!i!!i!i!i!i!i!i!i!ititilil�!�y�i!�!�!�!�!il�i! 3680 Pleasant Hill Road 0 • 0 • Duluth, Georgia 30096 IMF .1 /W W W. h i I I f o I e y r o s 9 i. c . , 0 Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the It is intended for the sole use of the project named ME1 M upon project completion. hereon- Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies am to be returned to HFR • •� i Reflected Ceilina Plan SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 ICU _O L Q Cn N 1 � r- M C: M W O L 4 .O 0) O M Co � � s ICU C: a) Cl) M rx O �L p L � C c) c N � J p o- C N N z C :E O N CU N _ v— W L LL 91 For Construction mk I date Iissue Reflected Ceiling Plan A601 M EXISTING STEEL J015T UNIVERSAL G-TYPE BEAM CLAMP AS MANUFACTURED BY ANVIL INTERNATIONAL OR APPROVED EQUAL; ATTACH TO TOP CHORD AT 48" O.G.; LOCATED CLAMP WITHIN 6" OF J015T PANEL POINT LOCATION 1/2" ALL THREAD ROD AT 45" O.G. MAX.; SUSPEND FROM BEAM CLAMP ABOVE; FASTEN TO UN15TRUT BELOW U51% (P5510)* WHERE ADJAGENT GEILIN615 H16FER THAN 4'-0', PROVIDE TRACK RUNNER # M. STUD Wl 5/8' 6YP. BD. ABOVE FIRE -RATED LID TO MIN. 6' ABOVE FIN15HED GL6. 51ZE 505 4 PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRAGIN6 TO ENSURE RIGIDITY. EXHAUST VENT DOWN TO 12" ABOVE FIN. FLOOR ATTAGFED TO WALL; P051TION TO AVOID GONFLIGT WITH EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE 3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP b15 N PER UL V-21 GONTIWM FROM 6YP. CEILING LID TO UNDER5IDE OF ROOF DECK MIN. 1' 18 6A. GHANNEL 5HAPED 6ALV. 5TEEI_ J015T5 ® 24" O.G. W/ (2) LAYER51/2" TTPE-X 6YP. BD. ONE 51DE AND (1) LAYER 5/8' TI6 PLYWOOD OTHER 51DE, 14O R FIRE RATING PER UL. L524 (5EE %EET A005) FIRE -RATED WALL PER PLAN FIRE RATING PER U.L. U*5 EXISTING STEEL J015T UNIVER5AL G-TYPE BEAM CLAMP AS MANUFACTURED BY ANVIL INTERNATIONAL OR APPROVED EQUAL; ATTACH TO TOP CHORD AT 48" O.G.; LOCATED CLAMP WITHIN 6" OF J015T PANEL POINT LOCATION 1/2" ALL THREAD ROD AT 48" O.G. MAX.; SUSPEND FROM BEAM CLAMP ABOVE; FASTEN TO UN15TRUT BELOW U51N6 (P5510)* UN15TRUT (1) (PI000H5)* 1/2" ALL THREAD ROD AT 46" O.G. MAX.; SUSPEND FROM BEAM CLAMP ABOVE; FASTEN TO UN15TRUT BELOW U51N6 (P3010)*; FASTEN TO UN15TRUT BELOW U5IN6 (P5510)* Suspension from Structure (Unistrut GEILIN6 PER SCHEDULE SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" FIN 1 � ••r r • Ile N1Will 01 1� 1� 1� �1 �i V V N20 Room Section SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" WALL BELOW - MONITOR ARM i PLATE; ANGHOR MANUFACTURER REGOMMENDAT VARIES) FOR 5PAN5 L01 LE55 THAN 12-( THREAD ROD 5' SPAN LOGATIOP DOUBLE NUT; HA UN15TRUT BETWE GOMPRE55ION 5'-0" LONG 2X4 FASTENED DIRE WOOD BLOGKIN STUDS WITH (8) TRU6RIP 5GREl^ WALL BELOW SPACER BAR OR OTHER — SOITABLE 5Y5TEM TO KEEP PERIMETER COMPONENTS FROM SPREADING APART 7/8"x7/8" WALL MOLDING ° °0 TEE ® ° °o ° 3/8" MIN. 7/5" MIN. ° 3/8" MIN. ` cn 3/8" MIN. 11W MIN. 8" MAX. 12 6A. MIN. HANGER WIRE; 4' O.G. MAX. 5PAGING NOTE: I. ARMSTRONG GEILIN6 5Y5TEM5, "5E15MIG RX" DE516N SUSPENDED GEILIN6 SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH G15GA 0-2 SEISMIC DE516N CRITERIA; GATE60RY "G" INTERIOR PARTITION MAY NOT CONNECT TO THE GEILIN6 GRID 2. PERIMETER CLOSURE (MOLDING) WIDTH MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 7/8" 3. A MIN. CLEAR OF 3/8" MUST BE MAINTAINED ON ALL FOUR SIDES 4. GRID ENDS ON ALL FOUR WALL5 MUST BE FREE TO MOVE 5. WHEN A CLOSURE ANGLE WITH A SUPPORTING SHELF LE55 THAN 7/8" 15 USED, PERIMETER RUNNERS MUST BE SUPPORTED BY VERTIGAL HANGER WIRE5 NOT MORE THAN 8" FROM THE WALL 6. PERIMETER RUNNER EN05 MUST BE TIED T06ETHER TO PREVENT 5PREADIN6 81 Cisca 0-2 Criteria r— I I I I I I I 5EGURELY FASTEN BC I I WOOD 2X10 TO 2X4 V I I SUPPORT WITH (4) #10. 10UNTIN6 I I WOOD 56REW5 EACH TO 2XIO PER I 5 ON (LOCATION I I FOR 5PAN5 LE55 THA I Ll'-O", PROVIDE 2X(q V I I I GOMPRE5510N STUD; I I Lj I ANCHOR TO VERTICAL jJ WITH 1/4"X5" LA6 5GR 12" O.G.; PRE -DRILL H( I I I I I I I PRIOR TO IN5TALLTIG 16ER THAN q'-O" AND I I I I I I 2x4 WOOD VERTICAL )", INSTALL 1/4" ALL I I AND 2XIO WOOD HOR )PPORT5 AT THIRD I SPANNING WIDTH OF 1 IS WITH I" WASHER AND ROOM; FASTEN TO(5E1 46 FROM JOISTS OR I I I/4"X5" LAC; SCREWS i EN JOISTS; NO 2X6 I I PRE -DRILL HOLES PR )TUD REQUIRED I I INSTALLATION I I 6" LONG 2X WOOD 5 I I BLOGKIN6; 515TER WC BLOCKING TO METAL I I IyA 6O PARTITION FRAMIN6 V I I #12-24X2-1/4" TEK 5G I I (4 EACH; 2 H16H 2 LOI SECURELY I I �TLY TO I I 5 BEYOND L J t10-16X2-1/2" 5 EACH END 4 Monitor Arm Su ITTOM [ALL 6" END 2X4 EWS )LES N SUPPORT ZONTAL REATMENT HER WITH 1T 12" O.G.; OR TO OD STUD IITH ZEW5 I" PAST STUD LINE (TYP.) ort Plan Detail SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3" = V-0" FOR 5PAN5 LONG "" THAN 12'-0", IN5T SUPPORTS AT TH I" WASHER AND I JOISTS OR UNI5T 2X6 GOMPRE551( 5-0" LON6 2X4 DIRECTLY TO WC BEYOND STUDS V TRU6RIP 5GREWr METAL STUD PAF FRAMIN6 BEYON] BOTTOM OF FINIS MONITOR ARM M( ANCHOR TO 2XIC MANUFAGTURER'� REGOMMENDATIC MINIMUM) RTIGAL SUPPORT OD HORIZONTAL 'TH OF TREATMENT q T06ETHER WITH 11REN5 ® 12" O.G.; )LE5 PRIOR TO �I 4 WOOD 5LOGKIN6 TER WOOD O METAL STUD RAMIN6 WITH -" TEK SCREWS (4 4 2 LOW) KTEN510N ARM Monitor Arm Mounting Section SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" 1/2" DIA. THREADED ROD 4'-0" O.G. (3 MIN. EACH SIDE) UN15TRUT PI000 CHANNELS OVER BOTTOM CHORD OF STRUCTURE ABOVE 3-5/6' 20 6A. METAL AND UNDER NEW HORIZONTAL SOFFIT STUDS ® 16" O.G.; FRAMIN6 A5 SHOWN; RUN ALONG SIDE ATTACHED VERTICAL 4 OF SOFFIT ALON6 THE LONG HORIZONTAL STUD FRAMING DIMENSION 3-5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS WITH TWO 5GREW5 MIN. AT ® 16" O.G.; ANCHOR EACH GONNEGTION GEILIN6 PER SCHEDULE; SECURELY TO UN15TRUT AND PAINT P-2 EXI5TIN6 STRUCTURE ABDVE 5/5" GYP. BD.; PAINT P-2 \ \ ` SECURELY BRACE TO \ \ SECURELY BRACE TOP II'. A.F.F. Y Y GEILIN6 \ / / STRUCTURE, SEE I/A602 ... ,..,...—.—._. OF WALL TO STRUCTURE WITH 3-5/8" �- GEILIN6 PER SCHEDULE -F2IN. GEILIN6 Y 10'-6" A.F.F. GROWN MOLDING (GM-1) GEILIN6 PER 5GHEDULE STAINED (ST-I) B/O SOFFIT 5/5" 6YP. BD. FINISH GRADE IX POPLAR TRIM; STAIN - (5T-1); BOTTOM BOARD TO LAP OVER VERTICAL BOARD 4 Soffit Section 3 Decorative A6021 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" A602 xNW 3-5/8" 20 6A. METAL STUDS ROPE LIGHT ® 16" D.G.; ANCHOR GEILIN6 PER SCHEDULE SECURELY TO UN15TRUT AND GROWN MOLDING (GM-1) E�ZO SOFFIT EXI5TIN6 STRUCTURE ABOVE STAINED (5T-I) 5/0 SOFFIT 5/8" 6YP. BD. GROWN MOLDING (GM-1); STAIN (5T-I) 7'-O" .F A.F. U. N. O. Soffit Section 2 Soffit Section SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" kA602i SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" GEILIN6 PER SCHEDULE 1\ T METAL STUDS ® 4'-0" O.G. MAX. (TYP) �— GROWN MOLDING (GM -I) STAINED (ST-I) _v A — L WALL TYPE PER PLAN . Bracina Detail SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" U) w H U 0 Cn U) ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Full Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 �•' `f T. �4 y�� • p� 7608 :U > .0 0 i }' C r O CU (D "L C O N — Z CU L Cn IV CU O 0) .0 2 � W L O ILL ^ 1�. Cn W N 4--0 C: CU C > 'Q to 0 0 CL d O 5 u. m N CU � t C� s CL =HtiN 02/13/19 Construction mk I date I issue Reflected Ceiling Plan A602 HFR 18.945 ROOM FINISH LEGEND TYPE MARK MATERIAL PRODUCT DE5GRIPTION/SPEGIFIGATION GP-1 CARPET TILE PATCRAFT; 1034q FLUTTER MODULAR; COLOR: 00130 CHARCOAL GLIDER; 24"x24" LAID IN 1/4 TURN PATTERN; CARPET t ADHESIVE SUPPLIED BY OWNER; G.G. TO INSTALL LVT-I LUXURY VINYL TILE PATGRAFT; STRATIFIED+ 1322V; COLOR: 00110 DUSKY; 12"x24" LAID IN BRICK PATTERN; SUPPLIED BY OWNER; 6.0. TO INSTALL LVT-2 LUXURY VINYL TILE PATGRAFT; LETTERPRE55 1311V; COLOR: 00500 SERIF; 24"x24" LAID IN MONOLITHIC PATTERN; FLOORING SUPPLIED BY OWNER; 6.G. TO INSTALL T-I PORCELAIN TILE ATLAS CONCORDE; MARVEL GEMS TERRAZZO CREAM; 12"x24" (UNPOLISHED) LAID IN BRICK PATTERN; GROUT: TEG IN-GOLOR - PRALINE q28. SUPPLIED BY OWNER. G.G. TO INSTALL T-2 PORCELAIN TILE ATLAS CONC.ORDE; MYSTERY BEIGE; 12"x12" (UNPOLISHED) WITH 6"xb" (POLISHED) - I PER 4 12"x12" SET ON DIAMOND PATTERN; GROUT: TEG c145 LIGHT BUFF. SUPPLIED BY OWNER 6.G. TO INSTALL T5-1 TRANSITION STRIP SCHLUTER RENO TK; BRUSHED NICKEL; FOR TRANSITION OF GPT-I TO LVT-I. SUPPLIED BY OWNER. G.G. TO INSTALL; 5EE DETAILS ON A802 T5-2 TRANSITION. STRIP SCHLUTER DECO, E-5TAINLE55 5TEEL TYPE 304; FOR TRANSITION OF CPT -I TO T-I/T-2. SUPPLIED BY TRANSITION OWNER G.G. TO INSTALL; SEE DETAILS ON A802 STRIPS T5-3 TRANSITION STRIP REE5E; 5205A - FINISH: ALUMINUM MILL FINISH, FOR TRAN51TION OF EXTERIOR TO INTERIOR.; 5EE DETAILS ON A&O2 T5-4 TRANSITION STRIP 5CHLUTER JOLLY AIOOAT6B; BRUSHED NICKEL; FOR TRANSITION OF T-3/T-4 TO GYP BD. SUPPLIED BY OWNER. 6.G. TO INSTALL RB-I 4" RESILIENT BASE JOHNSONITE VINYL BASE; (40) BLAGK; STANDARD; .080 GAUGE RB-2 4" RESILIENT BASE JOHN50NITE VINYL BASE; (40) BLACK; TOELESS; .080 GAUGE; USE AT GABINETRY TOE KICK WALL BASE NB -I 1" WOOD BASE PROFILE 22232-G5; Ix POPLAR; STAINED 5T-1 MATTE FINISH W5-2 4" WOOD BASE PROFILE 22136-G5; Ix POPLAR; STAINED 5T-I MATTE FIN15H P-1 PAINT 5HERWIN WIH IAM5; (SW1031) "ME6A 6RE16E"; E5651-1E1-1- LATEX P-2 PAINT 5HERWIN WILLIAM5; (5W0030 "DUTCH TILE BLUE"; EGGSHELL LATEX P-3 PAINT 5HERWIN WILLIAM5; (5H1504) "KEYSTONE 6RAY"; E665HELL LATEX T-3 PORCELAIN TILE ATLAS GONGORDE MARVEL 6EM5 TERRAZZO CREAM; (POLISHED). 24"x24" LAID IN BRICK PATTERN WITH T5-4 AT TOP. GROUT: TEG IN-GOLOR - PRALINE q28. SUPPLIED BY OWNER. 6.G. TO INSTALL. WALLS T-4 PORCELAIN TILE AMERIGAN OLEAN TILE; COLOR APPEAL; MOONLIGHT IXI MOSAIC GM; GROUT - TEG PE516N FX - CRYSTAL c12l - STAIN PROOF GROUT; SUPPLIED BY OWNER. G.G. TO INSTALL GR-I CHAIR RAIL PROFILE 2480-GRB 4 3248-ITG-BG; 3" WOOD CHAIR RAIL 32" A.F.F. ; POPLAR; STAINED 5T-I MATTE FIN15H TR-I HOOD TRIM KOETTER WOODWORKING - KW PART NUMBER 2480-GRB - 3/4" X 2-1/2" ; INSTALLED AT GHEGK-IN 4 GHEGK-OUT COUNTERS AND PUBLIC RE5TROOM5; SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AGT-I ACOUSTICAL TILE ARM5TTRONG; GORTE(5A (104); ANGLED TECWLAR; 24x24x5/W; WHITE W/ PRELUDE XL 15/16" EXPOSED GEILING TEE GRID GM -I GROWN MOULDING PROFILE 20168-5-GR; POPLAR; STAIN 5T-1 MATTE FIN1544 STAIN 5T-I STAIN TO MATCH STEVENS LEGNO WALNUT TIEPOLO LI6 PARI5IENNE; MATTE FIN15H G-I GASEWORK KOETTER; POPLAR; STAIN ST-I MATTE FINISH PL-I PLASTIC LAMINATE WIL50NARTHO; SILVER TRAVERTINE; 1858K-55 MILLWORK PL-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE STEVENS INDUSTRIES; LE6NO GOLLECTION; WALNUT TIEPOLO; LI6 PARISIENNE 0-1 QUARTZ LG HAU5Y5 VIATERA QUARTZ 30MM "ARIA" 5B-I 5PEEDBRAGE "5PEEDBRAGE" SUPPORTS; STANDARD BLACK FAGTORY FINISH ROOM FINISH 5GHFDULF FLOOR CEILING HALLS MILLWORK ROOM # ROOM NAME COMMENTS MATERIAL � MATERIAL FINISH FINISH CABINET TOP 101 HAITIN6 OPT -I, T-2 1^115-1 AGT-I ----- GM -I P-1, T-4 PL-2 0-1 REFER TO A102 4 A503-A505 102 BUSINESS CPT -I NB-2 AGT-I ----- GM -I P-3 PL-2 PL-I, 0-1 REFER TO A503-A505 4 DETAILS THIS SHEET 103 HALL CPT -I NB-2 ACT -I ----- GM-1 P-I ----- REFER TO A503-A505; SEE "ALL 12 O'CLOCK HALLS" 104 ROOM T-I T-3 ACT -I ----- GM -I T-4' PL-2 0-1 REFER TO A501 RES 105 WOMEN5 T-I T-3 ACT-1 ----- GM -I T-3, T-4, PL-2 0-1 REFER TO A501 RE5TROOM P-I 106 PANO GPT-I 1^15-2 AGT-I ----- GM -I P-1 ----- ----- III OFFICE CPT -I H15-2 AGT-I ----- GM-1 P-3 PL-2 PL-I 112 ORA ARE113 LVT-I RB-I AGT-I ----- ----- P-1 PL-2 PL-I BREAK LVT-I RB-I AGT-I ----- ----- P-2 PL-2 PL-I 114 LAUNDRY 6 LVT-2 RB-I AGT-I ----- - ---- P-3 ----- ----- EQUIPMENT 115 N20 LVT-I RB-I GYP. BD. P-3 ----- P-3 ----- ----- 116 EMPLOYEE RESTROOM LVT-I RB-I AGT-I ----- ----- T-3, P-1 ----- ----- REFER TO A501 117 JANITOR LVT-2 RB-I ACT-1 ----- ----- P-3 ----- ----- 123 I.T. GPT-I RB-I AGT-I ----- ----- P-3 PL-2 PL-I, 0-1 REFER TO A503-A505 8 DETAILS THI5 SHEET 124 SUPPLIES GPT-I R15-1 AGT-I ----- ----- P-3 PL-2 PL-I, 0-1 REFER TO A503-A505 4 DETAILS THIS SHEET 125 SUPPLIES CPT -I RB-I AGT-I ----- ----- P-3 PL-2 PL-I, Q-I REFER TO A503-A505 8 DETAILS THI5 SHEET --- TREATMENT LVT-I HB-2 ACT -I ----- GM -I P-2 PL-2 PL-I RB-2 AT 12;00 STATION BASE CABINETS --- TREATMENT LVT-I 1^113-2 ACT-] ----- GM -I P-2 PL-2 PL-I R13-2 AT BASE CABINETS SUITE 12 O'CLOCK ----- NB-2 ----- ----- GM -I P-2, P-3. ----- ____ HALLWAY 51DE ONLY; SEE 5T-I 2/A504 HALLS FLOOR FINISH LEGEND PATTERN KEYNOTE DESCRIPTION GP -I CARPET TILE LVT-I 1 12 x 24 LUXURY VINYL TILE LVT-2 I LUXURY VINYL TILE T-I 1 12 x 24 PORCELAIN TILE - BRICK PATTERN T-2 I SQUARE PORCELAIN TILE - DIAMOND PATTERN INDICATES WALL FINISH; SEE FIN15H TAG ON PLAN INDICATES 12 O'GLOGK WALL FINISH; SEE FIN15H TAG ON PLAN; SEE 1-2/A504 INDICATES FINISH FOR SOFFIT ABOVE AND - — — — — — — — I I WALL ALIGNED WITH SOFFIT ROOM FIN15H NOTF5 I. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL FIN15H MATERIALS. 2. VERIFY COLORS, LOGATION5 AND MATERIALS W/ OWNER PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS. 3. ALL OUTLETS 4 COVER PLATES TO BE COLOR: "WHITE" UNLESS LOGATED ON PL-2 / 5T-I WHIGH WILL BE COLOR: "DARK BROWN" OR "BRONZE' (OR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER). 4. ALL CABINETRY 15 TO BE PROVIDED BY STEVENS INDUSTRIES; G.G. TO INSTALL; GONTAGT L15A KOERNER AT (EMAIL) Ilsakastevensind.com TO ORDER CABINETS; (TELEPHONE) 211-851--IH3 5. ALL WOOD TRIM, DOORS, AND HARDWARE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. CONTRACTOR TO PLACE ORDER AND DATE OF DEILVERY WITH EFFINGHAM BUILDERS 5UPPPLY. G.G. TO CONTACT BILL METTE FOR QUANTITIES DEEDED. (TELEPHONE) 211-341-0561. (EMAIL) bI1I@go2eb5.com b. CARPET TILE, LVT AND ADHESIVE PROVIDED OWNER, INSTALLED BY 6G. CONTACT MELANIE JOHN50N AT me1an1e.'ohn5on®5hawinc.com AND COPY (EMAIL) toddhellman®natcraft.com TO ORDER MATERIALS. (TELEPHONE) 800-241-4014 1. CERAMIC AND DECORATIVE TILE PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY 66. CONTACT KEVIN PARDO AT (EMAIL) kevin.2ardo0VICgInlaTTle.com TO ORDER TILE AND GROUT. (TELEPHONE) 636-134-5080 8. G.G. TO PROVIDE THE OWNER W/ THREE (3) CARTONS OF CARPET TILES AND ONE (1) GARTON OF CEILING TILES AT END OF PROJECT. 79 N20 -i�i�i�i�i�i�i�i� i�ii�i�i!i!�! _............ 7mv, 1 1 Floor Finish Plan IC SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" F--I U no ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). 'Ibis drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. 1 sealed: 02-13-2019 1 N 0 N C O M U 0 0 -0 0- 4� I LL C M N Z CU C � O O —_ _ W 1_ 5... O LL ^Q �. W N -i-J 1 E � � -�--+ � > ui M M � a 0 Q d O O LL M -ice CO N � t is a) a) ,� d' .c CL F— ti N 02/13/19 For Construction mk I date I issue Room Finish Plan & Schedules I�:�i7 HFR 18.945 QUARTZ COUNTERTOP (Q-1) TR-I -- 6LA55 TILE - IN5ERT5 (T-4); UA802 (1) 1/2" WOOD VENEER WOOD BA5E 4 FILLER PANEL (NB -I) ?OOR FRAME BEYOND TILE FLOORING THRESHOLD (T5-3); SEE JLE GLUED DOWN CARPET (GPT-1) PER PLAN $ SCHEDULE CARPET TO TILE TRANSITION STRIP (T5-2) PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING; SEE FIN15H SCHEDULE THIN5Ef TILE MORTAR BED ATTACH TRANSITION TO GONG. SLAB PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION GLUED DOWN CARPET (GPT-1) PER PLAN 4 SCHEDULE CARPET TO LVT TRAN51TION STRIP (T5-1) VINYL FLOORIN6 TILE; SEE FIN15H SCHEDULE PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD ATTACH TRAN51TION TO GONG. SLAB PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION 11 Metal Threshold TS-3) rio CPT to Tile Transition TS-2) rq CPT to LVT Transition TS-1 80 SCALE: NTS 80 SCALE: NTS 80 SCALE: NTS PROVIDE 5/8" WOOD 6YP. BD. 5HEATHIN6 TYR BLOGKIN6 BEHIND WOOD BASE TYR; 5EE ROOM METAL TRACK RUNNER FIN15H 5GHEDULE A801 FOR LOGATION5 O %v m 8 Wall Base Blocking Detail 3o SCALE: 1-1/2" = V-0" 1/2" BIRCH VENEER; STAIN 5T-I SCHLUTER JOLLY AIOOATGB TRIM; TR-4 WHITE MASTIC BED APPROVED (I/8" MAX) FOR 6LA55 TILE (T-4); TILE TO BE 'FLUSH OR PROUD' 5LI6HTLY FROM FACE OF VENEER LVT-I TILE BACKER 5GHLUTER JOLLY AIOOATGB TRIM; TR-4 1/2" BIRCH VENEER; STAIN 5T-I 7 Tile Detail So SCALE: 3" = V-0" WOOD BLOGKING 3-5/8" METAL 5TUD ® I6" O.G. 5/8" 6YP. BD. 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING — 1/2" BIRCH VENEER; STAIN 5T-I TR-I — s \ Trim Detail fiz 1/2" BIRCH VENEER; STAIN 5T-I SCALE: 3" = V-0" 5/8" GYP. r" 6" METAL WOOD BLG 3-5/8" ME1 1/2" PLYWOOD 5 1/2" BIRCH VENEI 1" X 4" BIRCH TRII J I% ll\ a[ 1 s\ Trim Detail SCALE: 3" = V-0" ,N ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hilifoleyrossi.com © Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof we the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: 02-13-2019 F A 0 7608 :V .O LL W L\ Cn N E CU M }, M O E _d 0 LL m R L M s rx N N �L 0 N L r U C N i J -a S E C N N ni Z C CU o 4)04 _ T- W L LL DIVIDING WALL BEYOND. BAGK5I1?E OF WALL TO BEGIN ® 2-6" AFF. DIVIDING WALL BEYOND; m (COUNTER HE16HT) DIVIDING HALL BEYOND; 5AGK5IDE OF WALL TO I BACKSIDE OF WALL TO HOLD 4 (MIN. TIN/ OFF EXTERIOR BEGIN ® 2'-6" A.F.F. QUARTZ 5 5/8" „ BE61N ® 2'-6" A.F.F. WINDOW MUNTIN/FRAME EDGE (COUNTER HEIGHT) COUNTERTOP 2° P LAM BAGKSPLASH (Q-1) (PL-1) I.4 (COUNTER HE16HT) 2" P LAM BAGK5PLA51-1 I'-4" �PLPI� QUARTZ AM 5AGK5PLA5H �-I P LAM COUNTERTOP (PL-I) COUNTERTOP 2" P LAM BAGKSPLASH (PL-I) (PL-1) P LAM GOUNTERTOP (PL-I) P LAM GOUNTERTOP (PL-I) 5 I/2' GOUNTERTOP P LAM COUNTERTOP (PL-1) (1) 1/2" WOOD 2'-I° -1 5 I/2' P LAM COUNTERTOP (PL-U 2'-I11 VENEER 0 6LA55 TILE FREO'D. o 0 FREO 02/13/19 For �* INSERTS; `r 6LA55 TILE o 2-I WA802 o INSERTS (T-4); Construction ' ' - 2'-I' STEVENS B812 mk date issue 7/A802 o GOUNTERTOP 6LA55 TILE TOP o p PEDESTAL - . COUNTERTOP m SUPPORTS A5 TOP Room Finish S AS c� SUPPORTS AS I REQ D, 5 A5 cv SUPPORTS AS cv INSERTS(I) I/2" WOOD REQ D. (4'-0"'-0" N REOV. (4'-0" `�' `�' 11 `�''-0" `" O.G. MAX) ) MAINTAIN UNIFORM VENEER (4 O O.G. MA JBACK5PLA5H HE16HT ,L O.G. MAX) PRIVACY PA L j Details WOOD BLOCKING WOOD BASE `sOCKING IN BUSINESS AREA WOOD BASE STEVENS INDU TRIES 10 FILLER PANEL FILLER PANEL WOOD BLOGKIN6 LOCKING (NI3 LU AT WINDOW 3 5/8' AT WALL 4 Section Detail 3 Section Detail 2 Section Detail 1 Section Detail 30 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0"�,AWV SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" �,AWV SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" 80 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" A802 HFR 18.945 HVAG LEGEND ,,,-TYPE AHU-1 EQUIPMENT DE516NATION "- TAG QT THERM05TAT 05 ZONE SENSOR 0 WALL SWITCH © HUMID15TAT MGEILIN6 DIFFUSER zRETURN GRILLE zEXHAUST GRILLE VTA& _51ZE A10 AIR DISTRIBUTION DESIGNATION \-GFM 51DENALL RE615TER i MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER i MANUAL OPERATED DAMPER TURNING VANES O SMOKE DETECTOR TRANSFER OPENING SIZE INEW DUCTWORK AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR DB DRY BULB GFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DDG DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL EF EXHAUST FAN EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FGU FAN COIL UNIT IN. W.G. INCHES WATER GAUGE LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE OA OUTSIDE AIR RA RETURN AIR WL WALL LOUVER WB NET BULB VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE TEST � BALANGE /SYSTEM GOMM 1551 ON I N6: SYSTEM COMMI5510NIN6: AFTER CONSTRUCTION, THE ENTIRE HVAG SYSTEM SHALL BE VERIFIED, TESTED, ADJUSTED, AND BALANCED BY AN INDEPENDENT NEBB OR AABG TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY TO DELIVER THE AIR AND/OR WATER QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE REPORT 15 TO INCLUDE: I. HVAG UNITS (RTU'S, FURNACES, AHU'S, ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS, ETC): A. BALANCED AIR QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 10% +/- OF THE SUPPLY INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS (DO NOT BALANCE RETURN AIR UNLE55 SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DOCUMENTS). B. PROVIDE TRAVERSE READINGS FOR POSITIONING OF VENTILATION (OUTSIDE AIR) AT RTU INTAKE HOOD AND/OR DUCTVbRK FOR AHU'S, FURNACES, ETC. PROPORTIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF VENTILATION BASED ON SUPPLY AIR QUANTITY MINU5 RETURN AIR QUANTITY 15 NOT ACCEPTABLE. G. DATE OF BALANCING D. OUTDOOR AMBIENT CONDITIONS INCLUDING; TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LEVEL. E. RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE (WBd DB) F. MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE (WBBDB) 6. DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE (N54D5) AT THE COIL H. D15GHAR6E AIR TEMPERATURE (WBBDB) AT THE AIR DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL I. REFRIGERANT CHARGE (SPLIT SYSTEMS ONLY) J. MOTOR ROTATION K. AMPERAGE READINGS FOR MOTORS AND COMPRESSORS L. VERIFY PROGRAMMING OF THERM05TAT5/EM5 L.I. UNITS ARE TO BE SET TO THE FOLLOWING: L.I.I. MINIMUM 7 DAY PROGRAMMING CYCLE L.1.2. UNITS EVAPORATOR FAN TO OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED MODE AS DETERMINED BY OWNER'S PERSONNEL. THERMOSTATS INSTALLED SHOULD HAVE THE ABILITY TO SEPARATELY SCHEDULE EVAPORATOR FAN RUN TIME, IF NOT REPORT THI5 TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR IMMEDIATE CORRECTION. L.1.5. UNIT EVAPORATOR FANS ARE TO CYCLE DURING UNOGGUPIED/SETBAGK MODE5. 2. EXHAUST SYSTEMS: A. BALANCED AIR QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 10% +/- OF THE SUPPLY INDICATED ON THE DE516N DOCUMENTS B. MOTOR ROTATION G. VERIFY PROGRAMMING OF TIME CLOGKS/EM5 G.I. UNITS ARE TO BE SET TO THE FOLLOWING: G.I.I. MINIMUM 7 DAY PROGRAMMING CYCLE G.1.2. FANS ARE TO BE SET ON THE EXACT SAME OPERATING SCHEDULE AS THE HVAG UNITS EXGEPT AS NOTED ON THE "EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE" ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. 6.1.5. VERIFY AND REPORT CONTROL DEVICE FOR ALL FANS (SWITCH, TIME CLOCK, EMS, MARK -TIMER, ETC. 3. REPORT SHALL INCLUDE DRAWING OR SCHEMATIC INDIGATING THE LOCATION OF EACH OUTLET WITH REFERENCE TO MEASURED AIR FLOW QUANTITY. 4. PROVIDE FOUR (4) COPIES OF REPORT TO ARCHITECT. MEGH,4N I G,4L SPEG I F I G,4T I ONS AND NOTES I. ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2017 FLORIDA STATE MECHANICAL CODES WITH ALL STATE AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS, THE STATE ENERGY CODE, NFPA cIOA, NFPA 101 AND ANY LOCAL ORDINANCES. 2. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL POWER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH DISCONNECT SWITCHES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE SWITCH REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. IT 15 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. THE SMOKE DETECTOR INDICATED ON THE DRAWIN65 SHALL BE WIRED TO STOP THE FAN UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE, AND 516NAL THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (IF APPLICABLE). IF THE BUILDING HAS NO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, THE DETECTOR SHALL CAUSE AN AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARM IN A NORMALLY OCCUPIED AREA. 4. SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL AS RECOMMENDED IN 5MACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, LATEST EDITION. DUGTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO WITHSTAND THE PRESSURES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS IN ALL SHEET METAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED WITH DUCT SEALER. DUCT SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE SHALL BE AS PER 5MAGNA STANDARD5. NEW DUGTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. EXPOSED ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE SPIRAL LOCKSEAM TYPE. 5. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE FLEXMA5TER TYPE 3 OR EQUAL, SAME 51ZE AS DIFFUSER NECKS, MAXIMUM 6-0" LONG. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED A5 STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE, AND SHALL BE ROUTED AND SUPPORTED WITHOUT FORMING CRIMPS OR OTHER AIR FLOW RESTRICTIONS. 6. CONDENSATE FROM ALL AIR GONDITIONIN6 EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TRAPPED AND ROUTED TO THE NEAREST DRAIN. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVG. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMP IF REQUIRED COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS. PUMPS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITHIN OVERFLOW PANS. 7. AFTER CONSTRUCTION, THE ENTIRE HVAG SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, AND BALANCED BY AN INDEPENDENT NEBB OR AABG TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY TO DELIVER THE AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FOUR (4) COPIES OF REPORT TO ARCHITECT. 8. MOUNT THERMOSTATS AND WALL 5ENSOR5 54" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWI5E. q. MANUAL OVER -RIDE CONTROL (EMERGENCY SHUT -DOWN) SWITGH FOR ALL NEW HVAG UNITS SHALL BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL OR OTHER LOCATION APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA c1OA SECTION 6.2. ONE SWITCH SHALL BE USED TO GLOBALLY SHUT -DOWN ALL UNITS. 10. SHOP DRAWIN65 SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLING ANY DUGTWORK OR PIPING. 11. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 12. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. 13. SHEET METAL SUPPLY, RETURN, 4 OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 2" THICK FIBERGLA55 DUCT INSULATION WITH FOIL VAPOR BARRIER, U.L. LISTED, MINIMUM R-6. 14. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR. 15. PRIOR TO PURCHASING ANY MATERIALS OR STARTING ANY WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SIZES AND LOCATIONS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHOWN ON THE DRAWINC75 OR AFFECTING THE WORK AND SHALL REPORT ANY DEVIATIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. 16. ANY EXI5TIN6 WALL, FLOOR, OR GEILIN6 SURFACE THAT IS DISTURBED DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK SHALL BE REPA I RED. 17. LOCATIONS OF DUCTWORK, GRILLES, RE615TER5, AND DIFFUSERS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER. 15. A5-BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION INDICATING ALL FIELD GHANGE5 AND REVI510N5 TO EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND CONTROLS. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. Iq. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE TWO COPIES OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR THE PROJECT FOR THE OWNER'S USE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL AL50 INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN THE OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS AND THE MAINTENANCE REQUIRED. 20. ALL REQUIRED CONTROL WIRING NOT 5HOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWIN65 SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE MEGHANIGAL WORK. WIRING IN HVAG PLENUM SPACES SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTROLLED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 21. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY RESPECTIVE INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS, OR AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 22. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF FIRE AND/OR SMOKE -RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FIRE -STOPPED A5 REQUIRED TO RESTORE ASSEMBLY TO ORIGINAL INTEGRITY. FIRE BARRIER PRODUCTS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY 3M GO., CP25 CAULK, G51cI5 COMPOSITE PANEL, F51g5 WRAP/STRIP, OR P55 7g00 SERIES SYSTEMS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATION, OR EQUIVALENT SYSTEM AS APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. 23. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING 5TRUGTURE AND SHALL NOT REST ON GEILIN6 TILES OR GEILIN6 5TRUGTURE. PIPING HUNG FROM JOISTS SHALL BE HUNG FROM THE TOP CHORDS OF THE JOISTS. 24. INSTALL OUTDOOR AIR GONDITIONING EQUIPMENT LEVEL ON 4" THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE PADS EXTENDING MINIMUM 8" BEYOND UNIT PERIMETER. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 25. INDOOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN PANS UNDER UNITS WITH FLOAT SWITCHES. INSTALL MINIMUM 4' X 4' X 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SERVICE PLATFORM ON UNIT SERVICE 51DE OF UNITS LOCATED IN ATTIC SPACES. 26. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE L COPPER TUBING WITH BRAZED JOINTS. 5UGTION PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 3/4" CLOSED CELL INSULATION. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH ADHESIVE. REFRIGERANT PIPING PASSING THROUGH FLOORS SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN A CONTINUOUS FIRE RESISTIVE PIPE SHAFT HAVING NO OPENINGS INTO FLOORS NOT SERVED BY THE REFRIGERATING SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES. THE PIPE SHAFT SHALL BE VENTED TO THE OUTDOORS. 2-1. DRYER VENTS SHALL BE STUBBED OUT 2" FROM WALL AND 50" ABOVE LAUNDRY ROOM FLOOR. DRYER VENT DUCTWORK SHALL BE 4" ROUND 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL, ROUTED TO EXTERIOR WALL GAP AS DIRECT AS POSSIBLE (FLEXIBLE PUGTWORK WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE). WALL GAP SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH BUILT-IN BAGK-DRAFT DAMPER. DO NOT SECURE DUGTWORK WITH SHEET METAL 5GREW5. 28. PROVIDE MANUAL AIR VENTS AT H16H POINTS OF ALL REGIRGULATIN6 WATER PIPING SYSTEMS. 2q. TERMINATE ALL GAS FLUE PIPING THRU ROOF WITH TALL GONE FLA5HIN6, STORM COLLAR, AND ROOF CAP. 6A5 FLUE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "B", U.L. LISTED, EXCEPT FOR FORGED DRAFT EQUIPMENT, WHICH SHALL BE PRE55URE TYPE, METAL-FAB PIG OR APPROVED EQUAL. SLOPE ALL HORIZONTAL 6A5 FLUE PIPING MIN. 1/4"/FT. 30. WHERE SPLIT SYSTEM LINE SETS BETWEEN EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S FACTORY GHAR6E LENGTH (50 FEET) AND/OR LIFT HEIGHT, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL: • PROPOSED LINE SET DIMENSIONS (DIAMETER 4 LENGTH). • ADDITIONAL SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND/OR OIL CHARGE. • PROPOSED SYSTEM OPTIONS (CRANKCASE HEATER, ACCUMULATOR, EXPANSION VALVE, ETC..). • SUCTION RISER TRAPS (QUANTITY AND LOCATION). 0 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy RID N C C) O CU .2U(0 It •L 0 O N - N O Z r CO � N Ca O O 47- -_ 2 � W L O i U- Q Cn N C 2 ( M C > 'p 0 W '0 .O _0 s- C e m H CU cCU ` CU C t r -tiN 02/13/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 Schedules and Notes - Mechanical Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No, 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 M001 HFR 18.945 r AIR FLOW TYPICAL SPIN -IN FITTING W/EXTRAGTOR 4 DAMPER TYPICAL SHEET METAL DUCT RUN OUT SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK TYPICAL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SAME 51ZE AS DIFFUSER NECK (MAXIMUM LENGTH V-O") BRANCH DUCT I-ACTORY INSTALLED R-6 FO I L-BACKED MOLDED INSULATION BLANKET ON BACK OF DIFFUSER NOTE: MINIMUM 2'-0" BETWEEN TAKE OFFS � �7`rP. FLAX TAKE OAF DET,41. M002 SGALE:NONE ELEGTRIC CONDUIT GUIDE GALV. TURNBUCKLE GUAB ROOF RIGID CONDUIT TO ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICAL WIRES GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER NOTES: (2) 3/5" STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED GABLE GAP NOTES 3/6" GALV. EYE BOLT FULL 51ZE OF DAMPER SUPPLIED WITH ROOF VENTILATOR DUCT I. USE 5GREW5 AS REQUUKi D F R TG�TT JOIDNTSANNDD RIGID NS ALLATION. 2. SIZE OF DUCT THROUGH ROOF SHALL NOT BE LARGER THAN GURB SUPPLIED WITH ROOF VENTILATOR. 3. RUN POWER LINE THROUGH CLEARANCE HOLE PROVIDED IN GRAVITY DAMPER, THEN THROUGH VENTILATOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT GUIDE. T'NrP. ROOF MOUNTED 3 EXHAUST FAN SEGURINO DETAIL M002 5GALE: NONE ATTACH TO BOTTOM CHORD OF J0I5T— 16 ga. BENT METAL AN(5LE. NO FASTENERS OF ANY KIND SHALL PENETRATE DUGT INSULATION OR VAPOR BARRIER. —� �DUGT SEGTION VIEW JOIST I "X 22 ga. SHEET METAL STRAP (TYPICAL) DUCT INSULATION DUCT JOIST INSULATION -A- "I-DUCT 5'-0" (MAXIMUM) 7 r LI6 ga. BENT METAL ANGLE. NO FASTENERS OF ANY KIND SHALL PENETRATE DUCT INSULATION OR VAPOR BARRIER. SIDE VIEW — I "X 22 ga. SHEET METAL STRAP (TYPIGAL) ? ),TYPIGAL DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL M002 xALE: NONE DUCT SMOKE DETf MOUNT AS REQUIR APPL I GABLE GOD AIR HANDLING UN RETURN AIR DUG GALVANIZED STEEL R AIR BOX WITH I" THIGI< DENSITY LINER TO GOI THE SIZE OF THE AHU. 'SIR DUCT 'ROOF FLEXIBLE CONNECTION GAL) :FRI 7ERANT LINES PVC CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH GLEAN -OUT REFRIGERANT AND CONDENSATE LINES SHALL BE ROUTED CLEAR OF FILTER AGGE55/REMOVAL TER TIGHT EMERGENCY ZAIN PAN 2" WIDER THAN -�HU. EQUIPPED WITH FLOAT TYPE SHUT-OFF SWITCH. VERT. AIR HANDLER 4 INSTALLATION DETAIL M003 SG,qLE: NONE ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion, sealed: mm-dd-yy lS + SN F• N.�3�6 i m F 10 If rietlssis ICU���� (� N V N (D V/ L ,L 0 0 0- f U C Z ca t cc N O N 0) C_ LU LL N C E r M N 0 W M L— Q 0) O E G — m w N CU 4-1 C: t CL ICU s CL ti N 02/13/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 Details - Mechanical Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 M002 HFR 18.945 OUTSIDE AIR GALGULATION (INT'L MEGH. GODS - TABLE 403.5) OCCUPANCY O.A. GFM"ZWN REOV. # OGCUPANT5 O.A. CFM/5.F. REOV. ACTUAL 5.F. O.A. GFM REQV WAITING 5 24 0.06 4bO 147b A1,.,�1 I _ I BUSINESS 5 5 O.Ob 250 40D 1 V TOTAL GFM REQV. 015 TOTAL OA GFM FURNI5HED NO OCCUPANCY O.A. GFM/PER5ON REOV. # OGGUPANT5 O.A. CFM/5.F. REQ'D. ACTUAL 5.F. O.A. GFM REQV TREATMENT I 15 3 - - 45D AHU_2 TREATMENT 2 15 3 - - 45D TREATMENT 3 15 3 - - 45D BU51NE55 5 2 O.Ob 110 I b.b PANO - - O.Ob 50 3.0 TOTAL GFM REQV. 154.6 TOTAL O.A. GFM FURNISHED 155 OCCUPANCY O.A. CFM/PER5ON REQ'D. # OGGUPANT5 O.A. GFM/5P. REQV. ACTUAL 5.F. O.A. GFM REQV HALL - - O.Ob 500 30D TREATMENT 4 15 3 - - 45D AHU-3 TREATMENT 7 15 3 - - 45.0 TREATMENT q 15 3 - - 45.0 WORK AREA 1 5 1 3 1 O.Ob 210 21.6 BREAK 5 b O.Ob 250 45D TOTAL GFM REOV. 237b TOTAL O.A. GFM R RN15HED 240 OCCUPANCY O.A. 6FM/PER5ON REOV. # OCCUPANTS O.A. GFM/5.F. REOV. ACTUAL 5.F. O.A. GFM REOV TREATMENT 5 15 3 - - 45D AHU-4 TREATMENT" 15 3 - - 45.0 TREATMENT 8 15 3 - - 45.0 TREATMENT 5UITE 1 15 3 45D TREATMENT 5UITE 2 15 3 - - 45D TOTAL GFM REOV. 405.0 TOTAL O.A. GFM R RN15HED 405 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEV I GES MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE DUTY COLOR MATERIAL VOLUME DAMPER REMARKS A TITUS TM5-IB LOUVER SA WHITE STEEL NO 24x24 PANEL 51ZE W/ FACE INSULATION BLANKET B TITU5 5OF ALUMINUM EXH WHITE ALUMINUM YES SIZE AS INDICATED EC76GRATE SIZ G TITU5 5OF ALUMINUM RA WHITE ALUMINUM NO EGCGGRATE FACEWTRAN5ITION EGGGRATE TO NEGK/RUNOUT LISTED. HOOD SGHEDULE MARK TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL THHROOAAT ARE PD GFM REMARKS RH-1 INTAKE 6REENHECK 6RS1-12 0.82 50. F .25 qq0 al 2aO3 O GRAVITY DAMPER O ROOF CURB O PAINT TO MATCH ROOF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP UNITS SGHEDULE MODEL E.S.P MIN. MAX 6RO55 COOLING GAPAGITY HEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5EN5 E.A.T. O.A T. SEER AUX. kW ® ACT. REV. G YGLE ® GOP MARK MANUFACTURER (HP/AHU) GFM I N W.G. OF' Hp VOLTAGE REMARKS (MBH) (MBH) DBA^6 DB( F) VOLTAGE 4-1(MBH) _I/ LENNOX TPA-048H / 1600 0.8 I q0 I 48.0 33.6 7 80/65 q 15.0 20.0 kW 47.5 3.62 SEE ELEG. I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I I 000aoaaoo AHU-1 CBX27UH-046 DWG' HP-2/ ,� LENNOX TPA-048H / 00 0.8 I55 I 48.0 33.6 50/6-1 80/65 q 15.0 20.0 kW 4-1.5 3b2 SEE ELEC. I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 II aaaaaaaaa AHU-2 GBX27UH-048 DW�'�'' HP-3/ ,� LENNOX TPA-048H / 1600 0.8 240 I 48.0 33.6 7 80/65 q I5.0 20.0 kW 4-1.5 .5 .62 SEE ELEG. I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 II aaaaaaaaa AHU-3 GBX2-iUH-046 DWGS. HP-4/ TPA-042H *LENNOX / 1400 0.8 405 I 42.0 2q.4 80/67 q5 15.5 15.0 kW 42.0 3.72 SEE ELEG. I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 II aaaaaaaaa AHU-4 GBX2-1UH-042 I DWG' la PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC, THERMOSTAT, MODEL, © FILTER RACK 10 EDA-036C HUMIDITRIOL DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM. LENNOX C05TAT02AE I L. 2 COMPRE55OR ANTI-GYGLE CONTROLS. a O ANY ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION INCLUDING FILTER/DRYER, WIND BAFFLES, AND LIQUID II EDA-060D HUMIDITRIOL DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM. 0 SMOKE DETECTOR IN SUPPLY AIR DUCT. LINE SOLENOID VALVE. 12 APPROVED MANUFAGTURER5: LENNOX, TRANS, ® LOW AMBIENT COOLING KIT TO 40 DEGREES F. CARRIER, YORK. ® SINGLE POINT CONNECTION WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS. OS AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN WITH FLOAT SWITCH. ® EDA-024B HUMIDITRIOL DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM. SPLIT SYSTEM GOOL I N6 UNIT SGHEDULE 6RO55 COOLING CAPACITY MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL GFM VOLTAGE REMARKS TOTAL 5ENS E.A.T. O.A.T. SEER (MBH) (MBH) DBNNB DB(°F) HP-5/ MITSUBISHI PUZ-A24NHA/ 775 24.0 18.0 80/67 q5 17.0 SEE ELEG. aj OO®O AHU-5 PKA_A24HA DWGS. al ADVANGED MIGROPROGE-55OR CONTROL. a3 LOW AMBIENT CONTROLS. a5 PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT 0 GONDEN5ATE DRAIN PUMP. ® 51N6LE POINT CONNECTION. EXHAUST FANS SGHEDULE. MARKREMARKS MARK TYPE MANUFAGTURER MODEL GFM E.S.P. MAX. MOTOR HP MAX SOWS DRIVE WEIGHT VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OR WATTS EF-1 CEILING CGREENHEGK 5P-B150 110 0.250 125 W 3.0 DIRECT _ GOORD. W/ELEG. O OO®®® II EF-2 GEILING GREENHECK 5P-B150 110 0.250 125 W 3.0 DIRECT - GOORD. W/ELEC. 10 al a3 ®©® II EF-3 CENTRIFUGAL 6REENHECK 6-060 50 0.250 1/60 HP 3.7 DIRECT 15 LBS GOORD. W/ELEC. 0 OO®©® II EF-4, EF-5, EF-7 GEILING CGREENHECK 5P-5I10 85 0.250 60 W 2.0 DIRECT _ GOORD. W/ELEC. 13 al 0®©® II EF-6 GEILING GREENHECK 5P-Bq0 50 0.250 20 W 1.5 DIRECT _ GOORD. W/ELEG. 12 EF-8 GEILING CGREENHEGK SP-BqO 50 0.250 20 W 1.5 DIRECT _ GOORD. W/ELEC. O OO®©® II al D15GONNEGT 5WITGH. a5 WALL 5WITGH. ® ROOF GAP OR WALL GAP AS INDICATED. II APPROVED MANUFAGTURERS: 2a RUNS CONTINUOUSLY. © BAGKDRAFT DAMPER. ® GEILING RADIATION DAMPER. C�EICOOGK: PENNBARRY, AND TWIN Q SPEED CONTROL. O DIGITAL TIMECLOCK. GOORDINATE WITH 10 5EVEN-DAY PROGRAMMER PROVIDED 12 THERMOSTAT. ® CEILING GRILLE. FACILITY ADMINISTRATOR. BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 13 SWITGHED WITH LIGHTS. �i, ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hilifoleyrossi.com C Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). it is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy .O LL C i L i co N a-•+ E 'O M � Q � 0 � > O 7 O - LL Im w CU Z CU � L CU d' CL _ CO) N N •L 0 15 o (� N N J,UCD N J_ E N N Z = O cm O = f W O U- 02/13/19 For Construction Mk I date I issue Schedules -) Mechanical Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 I11�1I1I#x HFR 18.945 i ii, -77 -71il i-;liiir1 - If I f -- --F---f F1 - - I----- - T- I 1 FLOOR PLAN - MEGHAN I GAL M101 SCALE: 1/411 = 1'-011 KEYED NOTES: IQ ROUTE 1-1/4' GONDENSATE TO MOP SINK. GONDEN5IN6 PUMP REQUIRED. Q 4" V DRYER EXHAUST TO WALL VENT. MINIMUM 10' PROM ALL FRE5H AIR INTAKES. 30 WRAP EXHAU5T DUCT WITH 3M I—HR FIRE RATED DUCT WRAP OR EQUAL. ® 6" 0 EXHAU5T DUCT TO ROOF GAP. MINIMUM 10' FROM ALL FRE51-1 AIR INTAKE5. 50 8',P EXHAU5T DUCT TO ROOF GAP. MINIMUM 10' FROM ALL FRE51-1 AIR INTAKE5. ROUTE OUT5IDE AIR DUCTWORK A5 HIGH A5 P0551BLE IN ATTIG SPACE. Q NON-5EN51% TI-ERM05TAT WITH REMOTE SEN5OR5. i--1 U 0 UO) U1 FIR ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy L' \ hp a .53 :+a � at � r � E C � @ F '@ � rs DIVAN�'�� 1�rtte+ a� L L � O co Uco N C J .L O C O N — LL O Z CU .= . �- a)N o CD c FE — _ W > O U- CL co N 4-1 C ca -1-a Cq Q 'a M 0 s` O ._ O LL � m H C .0 � C s =I—tiN 02/13/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 Floor Plan - Mechanical Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 M 10 1 HFR 18.945 ELEGTRI GAL SPEG I F I GATT ONS I. MATERIALS FURNISHED SNAIL BE NEW. MATERIALS SHALL BE A MANUFACTURERS STANDARD AND ESTABLISHED PRODUCT LINE, AND SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED FOR THE APPLICATION BY UINDERNWTERS LABORATORIES (UL), OR SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY OTHER APPROVED LABORATORY OR BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL HAVING JURISDICTION. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARGHITEGTURAL REQUIREMENT5, PROVIDE SUBMITTALS FOR THE FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: ELECTRICAL PANELS, DISCONNECTS, WIRING, REGEPTAGLE5, CONDUIT, LIGHTS, 51KITCFE5, MOTION 5EN5OR5, TIMECLOCK, BOXES AND ANY OTHER SPECIALTY DEVIGIE5 AND EQUIPMENT AS SHHOM. 2. THE PLANS ACCOMPANYING THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW ALL DETAILS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE WORK ESTABLISH DETAILS OF THE WORK AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS AND MATERIALS. ARRANGE THE WORK 50 AS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER BUILDING GOMPORNT5 OR SYSTEMS AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. 3. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE OR NECESSARY JOB SAFETY PROVISIONS. 4. PROVIDE FOR SYSTEM RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, FULL 'WIRES' OR 'GORDS-, OUTLET BOX OPENINGS, BOX EXTENSIONS, DEDICATED REGEPTAGLE5, BACKBOARDS, ETG. AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. TELEPHONE GABLE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 5. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURES SHALL BE GOMPL.ETELY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED. BONDING JUMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE NECESSARY. METAL ELECTRICAL RAGEWAYS AND FITTINGS, JOINT5 AND GONNEGTION5 AT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MEGHANIGALLY AND ELEGTRIGALLY SECURED TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED EQUIPMENT OR ENCLOSURE GROUNDING MEANS, EVEN WHEN NO OTHER SEPARATE 6ROUNDIN6 MEANS ARE ALSO PROVIDED EITHER INER3'ITLY OR BY BONDING. 6. WHERE GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE NOT INDICATED SPEGIFIGALLY FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT BY THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE FOR EACH RACEWAY A GREEN #12 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ADDITION TO BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS INDICATED. 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR DIRECTED BY THE ARGHITECT FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS, WIRIN6 DEVIGES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH GENTER-OF-BOX MOUNTING HE16M ABOVE FINISHED FLOORS BETNNEEN 18-INGHE5 AND 44-INCHES, AS REQUIRED BY HANDICAPPED CODES. MOUNTIN6 HE16M FOR SPEGIFIG DEVICES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED BY THE PLANS. 8. E.EGTRIGAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED AS FOLLOWS: EQUIPMENT GROUND: GREEN. PHASE CONDUCTORS: RED, BLUE, BLACK, NEUTRAL: WHITE, q. NOTIFY THE OWERS REPRE5ENTATIVE OF ANY NONFIANGTIONINI6 MATERIAL OR POTENTIALLY UNSAFE CONDITION WITHIN THE PROJECT SYSTEMS THAT 15 OBSERVED DURING THE C40NMT OF THE WORK. 10. WORK SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED A5 A MINIMUM IN AGGORDANGE WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENT5 AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE LATEST LOCALLY ADOPTED EDITION OF CODES AND STANDARDS OF THE FOLLOWIN6: I. NATIONAL E.EGTRIGAL CODE (NEC) - NFPA 10. 2. ENERGY CODE - A5HRAEJIESNA qO.1. 3. LIFE SAFETY CODE - NFPA 101. 4. OTHER NFPA STANDARDS: 40A AND qq 5. UL. STANDARDS AND LISTING REQUIREMENNT5 AND NEMA STANDARDS. 6. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LANE, ORDINANCES, GORES, AND RULINGS OF BUILDIN6 OFFICIALS HAVING JURISDICTION. II. THE WORK COVERED BY T14I5 SPECIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE PROVIDING SUPERVISION, LABOR, SUPPLIES, MATERIALS (TO INCLUDE EQUIPMENT), TOOLS, 5ERVIGE5, DOCUMENTATION, TESTS E DEMONSTRATIONS, CERTIFICATES, AND DOLLAR COSTS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT THE GOMPLETE SYSTEMS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN BY THE PLANS AND OTHER RELEVANT DOG(kIENT5. 12. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR NOTED BY E.EGTRIGAL PLANS, PILOT DUTY CONTROL SYSTEMS AND RELATED WRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE MEGHANIGAL SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 13. SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED RATED FOR BUILDIN6 LOADS, INCLUDING INTERRUPTIN6 RATINGS. SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SERVED USING THE TYPE SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED BY THE PLANS. 14. ALL REGEPTAGLE5 SHALL BE 20A,125V, SPECIFICATION GRADE, MOUNTED 18' AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. SNTC E5 SHALL AS A MINIMUM BE 'HEAVY-DUTY' RATED, QUICK MAKE AND BREAK, SPECIFICATION GRADE, 51WA-E THROW DEVICES. 16. DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT USING GIRGUIT BREAKER TYPE PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL USE BOLTED -ON OR SQUARE D' I -LINE DEVICES. IT DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS INDIGATED AND AS MANUFAGTURE'D BY GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATOWGUTLER/HAMMER, SGHNEIDER/SQUARE-D OR SIEMENS. I& PANEL.BOARD MAINS SHALL BE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WITH BRANCH DEVICE C.ONNIEGTI0N5 ARRANGED IN A VERTICALLY D15TRIBUTED CONSECUTIVE PHASE 5EQUENGE SUCH THAT ONE OR MULTIPLE POLE BREAKER6 GAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY POSITION. A 50LID NEUTRAL BUS SHALL BE PROVIDED NTH A FEEDEIR LUG AND NTH A SEPARATE SET -SCREW TERMINAL FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT POLE. 14. 5TARTtR5 AND DISCONNECT SWITGHHE5 SHALL HAVE GUIGK-MAKE AND QUIGK-BREAK MIEGHHAN15M5, AND BE FULLY ENGLOSED. 20. FIXTURE SUPPORTS AND HARDWARE SHALL 13E SUITABLE METAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDIGATED. SUPPORT STUDS USED FOR INDOOR FIXTURE OR COMPONENT SUPPORT SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL.. OR MALEABL-E IRON, DIEGA5T STUDS SHALL NOT BE USED. PROVIDE SEI5MIG RESTRAINTS ON ALL FIXTURES PER LOGAL REWIREMENT5. 22. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE OF SOFT DRAWN, ANNEALED COPPER HAVING A CONDUCTIVITY OF NOT LE55 THAN q8 PERCENT BY 'A5TM' STANDARDS. 23. UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY CODE OR INDICATED: A. CONDUCTORS NO. 12 AW6 AND NO. 10 AW6 SIZE 514ALL BE SOLID. B. GONDUGTOR5 NO.8 AW6 SIZE AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. 24. R161D STEEL AND IMG STEEL CONDUIT, WHEN USED, SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED. STEEL EMT, WHEN USED, SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED OUTSIDE, AND ENAMEL OR GALVANIZED FINISHED INSIDE. 25. EMT GOUPLIN65 AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE METAL AND SET-5GREW TYPE. 26. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE: A. 5NTC E5: HMUBBE.L 1221 OR EQUAL. B. RECEPTACLES: H UBBELL, PASS SEYMOUR, OR LEVITON. 0. C 0L.OR A5 SELECTED BY OWNEIP, 21. THE TELEPHONE AND SOUND 5YSTEM5 SHALL INCLUDE PAINTED BAGKBOARD5, RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL GORES IN EMPTY RAGENAYS, COVER PLATES, AND MI5GELLANEOU5 MATERIALS OR DEVIGES FOR TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE GABLE WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRANN65. 28. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL LISTING RESTRICTIONS AND LOGAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 2q. FIXTURES SHALL BE LOCATED IN A MANNER COORDINATED WITH ANY SUSPENDED AGOU5TIG CEILING PATTERN, AND IN AGGORDANGE WITH PATTERNS AS 5HHOPq N ON THE ARGHITEGTURAL DRAWINGS. 30. UNLIE55 OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY CODE OR FUNCTION OR INDICATED BY THE PLANS, CONDUCTOR5 FOR POWER AND LIGHTING BRANCH GIRGUIT5 SHALL BE #12 AW6 MINIMUM. 31. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED BY UL. APPROVED CONNECTORS. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO 51ZE #8 SHALL BE CONNECTED BY CONNEGTOR5 WITH LIVE 5PRING TEN510K 32. WIRING 5H64LL BE INSTALLED IN METALLIG RAGEINAY5 AS ALLOWED AND 51ZEP PER NEG. 33. RAGE4AY5 AND GABLE SHALL BE RUN CONGEALED, EXCEPT THAT RAGEWAY5 DESIGNED ONLY FOR SURFACE MOUNTING AND RACEWAYS AND GABLE IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHALL BE RUN EXPOSED, UNLE55 OTHERWISE INDICATED. CONGEALED CONDUIT RUN ABOVE THE CEILING LINE SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF CEILING GONSTRUGTION. MERE GEILIN65 OF THE LAY -IN TYPE MAY BE USED, CONDUITS MUST BE INSTALLED HIGH ENOUGH TO PERMIT REMOVAL OF CEILING PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 34. RACEWAY OR GABLE, ETC. THAT PB TRATO5 A FIRE BARRIER, SUGH AS FIRE OR SMOKE RATED SLAB, WALL, CEILING, OR OTHER ELEMENT, SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH MATERIALS AND METHOD5 APPROVED FOR THE APPLIGATION BY LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING EACH FIRE BARRIER FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, AND FOR SEGURN6 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS AND METHODS TO BE USED FOR EACH TYPE PENETRATION. 35. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDIGATED, RACEWAYS SHALL BE A5 FOLL.0015: 1, GONGEAL.ED INSIDE NFERE NOT IN NET OR DAMP LOGATION5 AND NOT EXPOSED TO MECHANIGAL INJURY, AND USED FOR 120V420A BRANCH CIRCUITS: ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) OR GABLE THAT 15 L15TED IN NEG 250.118 AS AN ACCEPTABLE 64ROIUNDIN6 RETURN PATH, SUCH AS TYPE AG/MG. 2. THROUGH TWO-HOUR RATED FIRE BARRIERS OR BUILDING EXTERIORS: GALVANIZED R1610 STEEL (GR5) CONDUIT MADE UP WATER T16HT. 3. FINAL CONNECTION RACEWAYS IN DRY LOGATION5 SERVING LIGHTING FIXTURES, OR OTHER NON -MOTOR EQUIPMENT LIKELY TO REQUIRE MOVEMENT FOR ADJUSTMENT OR LIKELY TO TRANSMIT SHOCK OR VIBRATION INTO THE RACEWAY SYSTEM, BUT NOT REQUIRING FLEXIBILITY FOR OPERATION, AND WHERE APPROVED FOR THE APPLICATION SHALL. BE FLEXIBLE METALLIC, TUBING (FLEX) WHERE APPROVED FOR THE APPLICATION. 36. BOXES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED BACK-TO-BAGK AND TH ZI HALL TYPE BOXES SHALL NOT BE USED DUE TO TRANSMISSION OF 5OUND OR HEAT AND SMOKE. OFFSET TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING PER UL REWIREMETNT5. 31. SUSPENDED CEILING GON5TRIGTION SHALL NOT BE USED TO SUPPORT RACEWAYS, BOXES OR OTHER ITEMS, EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BY CODE, AGGEPTED BY THE ENGINEER, AND AGGEPTED BY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITIN6 FOR THE SPEGIFIG ITEM(5) TO BE SUPPORTED. 38. COVER PLATES FOR FLUSH, DRY, ORDINARY LOCATIONS SHALL BE STANDARD GONFI6URATION, ONE PIECE, STANDARD SIZE PLATES WITH MATGHIN6 5GREW5, AND HAVING MATERIALS, STYLES, AND FINISHES AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. 3q. CONDUIT SYSTEM, IF USED, SHALL BE INSTALLED CONGEALED ABOVE CEILING, ABOVE LOWEST POINT OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SYSTEM LOWER CHORD FOR HORIZONTAL R1N5. INSTALL PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 40. CONFIRM THE FOLLONN6 WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROU614-H EXACT LOCATIONS OF REGEPTAGLE5 AND VOIGE/DATA/N OUTLETS, EXACT CONNECTION REQUIREMENT5 OF 016IER-FURNI5HED EQUIPMENT. 41. CONFIRM THE EXAGT LOCATIONS OF REGEPTAGLE5, SWITGHE5, VOIGE/DATA/N OUTLETS WITH MILLWORK/CASEWORK DETAILS AND ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS. 42. PER NEG 410.130(6), FLUORESCENT LUMINARIES THAT CONTAIN DOUBLE -ENDED LAMPS AND BALLASTS THAT GAN BE SERVIGED IN PLACE REQUIRE A MEANS TO P15GONNEGT SIMULTANEOUSLY AL GONDUGTOR5 OF THE BALLA5T, INCLUDING THE GROUNDED CONDUCTOR CONFIRM THIS REGUIREMENT 15 MET PRIOR TO ORDERNG FIXTURES. 43. ANY CONDUIT EXITING FROM THE INTERIOR TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE FILLED NTH AN APPROVED MATERIAL TO PREVENT THE CIRCULATION OF WARM AIR TO A COLDER 5EGTION OF THE RAGEWAY PER NEG 300.1A. SEAL ALL GONDUIT5 ENTERING HUILDIN6 TO PREVENT WATER EGRESS. 44. WIRING IN PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 511.13. PATIENT GARS AREAS ARE TREATMENT FLOOR, PATIENT PREP, PRIVATE TREATMENT, PD-HHD AND EXAMS ROOMS. AL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN EFFECTIVE GROUND -FAULT CURRENT PATH BY INSTALLATION IN A METAL RAGEWAY SYSTEM OR GABLE HAVING A METALLIC ARMOR ASSEMBLY. THE ASSEMBLY OR RAGEWAY SHALL ITSELF QUALIFY AS AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING GONDUCTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEG 250.116. PROVIDE INSULATED COPPER EQUIR-ENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITHIN OR PART OF THE ASSEMBLY OR RAGEWAY AND BOND RECEPTACLES AND AL NON-GGURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTIVE SURFACES OR FIXED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SIZE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN AGCORDANGE WITH TABLE 250.122. WIRING IN PATIENT CARE AREAS INGLUDIN6 LIGHTS SHALL CONSIST OF A WIRING METHOD THAT COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS L15TED ABOVE INCLUDING THE FIXTURE WHIP. AGGEPTABLE ARIN6 TYPES ARE AG, MG WITH GREEN STRIPE: AND L15TED AS HOSPITAL GRADE OR WIRE -IN -CONDUIT. SUBMIT AL PATIENT GARE WIRING FOR APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 45. AL PANELS SHALL HAVE A TYPED PANEL SCHEDULE. ALL PANELS AND EQUIP -ENT SHALL BE CLEAN AND DUST FRS. AL PANELS AND DISCONNECTS SHALL BE LABELED WITH NAME AND VOLTAGE. PROVIDE LABELING AT PANEL LOCATION INDICATING NO STORAGE ALLOWED AT PANEL LOCATION. 46. THERE SHALL BE AN 150LATION PAD/BARRIER BETWEEN DISSIMILAR TYPES OF METAL. ELEGTRIGAL SYMBOLS YMBOL DE5GRIPTION 5YM[30L DE5GRIPTION HOMERUN TO PANEL, ARROWHEADS INDICATE QUANTITY OF GIRCUIT5, OUTLET MOUNTING 20AAF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED O M15CE-ANE015 OUTLET - FLOOR MOUNTED HASH MARKS INDICATE QUANTITY OF #12 WIRES IN 1/2' CONDUIT, MISCELLANEOUS OUTLET - WALL. MOUNTED SHORT = HOT OR SW., LONG = NEUTRAL, LONG PVBEND = GROUND, MISCELLANEOUS OUTLET - CEILING BOX MOUNTED NO MARKS INDICATES 2#12, 1#126 - n' CONDUIT GONGEALED IN CEILING OR WALL E- SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A (+IS' AFF UNO) CONDUIT EXPOSED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (+IB' AFF UNO) CONDUIT IN FLOOR OR BELOW SLAB DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (+44' AFF OR 6' ABOVE COUNTER UNO) �1M1� FLEX113LE CONDUIT QUADRUPLEX REGEPTA B B(+IB' AFF UNO) o-- CONDUIT TURNED UP SPECIAL POKER REGEPTAGLE, TYPE AS NOTED 6-- CONDUIT TURNED DOWN MULTIPLE OUTLET A55EM13LY TELEPHONE OUTLET (+IS' AFF UNO) -� CONDUIT 5EAI_ FITTING DATA OUTLET (+18' AFF UNO) to DISCONNECT SWITCH, VOLTAGE A5 REQUIRED, 1�- GOMBINAT10N TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET (+I6' AFF im) R ERAL5 INDICATE: AMP5/POLE5/f115E5MEATHERPROOF 'A' INDICATES ARAL.06 TYPE DEVICE CIRCUIT BREAKER, VOLTAGE AS REQUIRE, NUMERALS INDICATE: AMPS/POLES/W-ATHERPROOF fQm ® MAGNETIC, MOTOR STARTER, VOLTAGE A5 REQUIRED,O- JUNCTION BOX NUMERALS INDICATE: TYPE/SIZE x TRAM l Z COMBINATION FUSED 5WITG44 / MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER, NJNERAL..5 INDICATE: AMPS/POLEWFUSE5 4 TYPE/SIZE AUDIO / VISUAL PANELBOARD, FLU5H OR SURFACE MTD. RE5PEGTIVELY INTERCOM STATION ® PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, 5/4, THICK, 8' HIGH, WIDTH A5 INDICATED JUNCTION BOX ® WIREWAY, 51ZE A5 REQUIRED 4�t- TELEVISION JACK ® PUILBOX/JUNCTION BOX, SIZE AS REQUIRED 2 MOTOR, NUMERAL INDICATES HORSEPOWER, 'F' = I/8 HP OR LESS FIRE ALARM ® HEATER, KW AS INDIGATED M-- DUGT SMOKE DETECTOR, PHOTOEL.ECTMC TYPE ® TRAN5FORMER ® MANUAL PULL STATION ®4 COMBINATION HORN/SPEAKER I STROBE L16 4T 04 STROBE L16HT 5UBSGRIPT5 APPLIED TO OUTLETS SD HOFAX- 'EAKER ONLY D "DEDICATED', PROVIDE ENGRAVED CLOVER PLATE sue- SMOKE DETECTOR, PHOTOELEGTRIG TYPE EP EXPLO51ON PROOF, GLASS AND DIVISION A5 NOTED VALVE TAMPER SWITCH 6F1 GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER, FEED THRU TYPE WATER FLAW SWITCH H H05PITAL GRADE IC, ISOLATED GROUND 5A SAFETY TYPE, GHILDPROOF S SINGLE POLE 51KITCH 5P 5UR6E PROTECTED S3 THREE WAY SWITCH U 'UPS', PROVIDE ENGRAVED GOVER PLATE S 5NTGH W/INDIGATOR L16HT WP WEATHERPROOF Sm MANUAL MOTOR 5HITC44 WR WEATHER-RE515TANT Q DIMMER SWITCH (LUTRON NOVA T OR EQUAL) +xx' MOUNTING HT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO GENTERLINE OF DEVICE Sas MOTION seem SWITCH (WATT STOPPER DW-100-* OR EQUAU CEILING MOUNTED MOTION 5EN50R (WATT STOPPER DUAL TEGH NOL06Y DT SERIES OR EQUAL) - JOGGUPANCY SENSOR POWER PACK LIGHTING FIXTURE 5 HEPULE TAG MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBED DE-SCR.IPTON LAMP QUANTITY LAMP WA"T'TADE LAMP DESCRIPTION NOTE6t ,A FE155 LIGHTING W518215R5-LE0 INTERIOR WALL $CONCE. PROVIDE LED BULB 1 10 LtP, 3 FE155 LIGHTING PI421SRS-LEG DECORATIVE MINI^PENDANT'FIXTURE-PROV109 LED BULB 1 10 LED C LITO N L R E LD602-W 16-GU24-ME0 fF" LE D Do. WNLIG1-1T 1 12 LE D D f FE155 LIGHTING JUNO/INDY FM 05/35R3-LED 92X48L-464OU-WH3-8O LARGE CHANDELIER. PROVIDE LED BULB 214LI#NEAR RECEDDED LED FIXTURE WITH BASKET DIFFUSER 400OLUMENS 5 1 its 53 LED LED G N5L LES80-W LED TAPE STRIP 1 1WIFT LED H FE155 LIGHTING WS1 78WN-LED VANITY LIGHT. PROVIDE. LED BULB, 1 10 LED K EXITRONIX VEXwU-BP W54VH COMPACT, LOW -PROFILE EXIT 51GN, FURN11I5H WITH EMERGECNY OPTI04FOR MAINTENANCE REE NICKEL -CADMIUM BATTERY FOR 2-HOUR OPERATION WITH INTEGRAL TEST SW ITCH AND AC -ON INDICATOR 1 4 :LED ►NE DUAL LITE PGN EXTERIOR EGRESS LIGHT. FINISH SELECTED BY ARCHrMCT, PROVIDE: WITH EMERGENCY UNIT FOR 90MINUTE6 BATTERY OPEt'ZATIOIN 1 17 LED' W K DUAL LITE 01CR-D48-0 L REMOTE EGRE55 LIGHT, FINISH 5EL>rt;1EI? BY ARCHITECT, 9iftlllklIUTES BATTER OPERATION FROM EXIT 510NATDOD R 2 8 LED X1 DUAL LITE HCX-U-RSV-RC12 1EXIT 51ON WITH REMOTE EGRE55 LIGHTINO CAPABILITY AT DOOR 1 159 LED' LIGHTING 5C HE O U LE NOTE 1 SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT 1 CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING CEILING MATERIALS AND THICKNE55 PRIOR TO ORDERING LUMINAIRE AND ORDERING APPROPRIATE TRIM AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE VARYING CEILING CONDITIONS SUCH AS ACOU5TICAL CEILING GRID, 911 e' OR 5A W GRID W IDTH5, GYPSUM BOARD. 2 CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR STORING FIXTURES AND PROVIDING, ANY ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES AND LAMPS AS NEEDED. 3 ALL FIXTURE5 TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTACT SPECIALTY LIGHTING GROUP. CONTACT MEGHAN DONOGHUE (PHONE:86(}-767-01100R EMAIL: MKDV 58LIGHTING.COM� Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 Cn w U 0 U) ♦ 1 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. An copies am to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy E N '- -'o . /4 rO R I �rilll% CU O X4 w r^ i L i W N �--+ EL r M � ; '�H7 0 CL d O .E O co w N CU 4--+ CU CD L C _ 0 N ♦'a O U N co4_0 N Y J_ 'v . E c N Co 12 Z rn 1` O a) O rrW O LL 3/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 ELECTRICAL NOTES & SPECS E001 HFR 18.945 FLOOR PLAN -LIGHTING 16ENERAL NOTES: (APPLY TO SHEET E-101 ONLY) I I. ALL WIRING DEVICE COVERPLATE5 IN TREATMENT ROOMS SHALL BE WHITE U.N.O. 2• WIRING IN PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC, 51'1.13A 4 B. SEE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION #46 ON SHEET E-001 FOR WIRING TYPE. PATIENT CARE AREAS ARE TREATMENT AND HYGIENE ROOMS. 3. CONNECT BATTERY IN EMERGENCY FIXTURE5 TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. 4. WIRE LIGHT FIXTURES DE516NATED WITH 'NL' AHEAD OF ANY 5WITCHING TO USE AS N161-IT 1-16HT5. 5. INTERLOCK EXTERIOR WALL -MOUNTED AND POLE -MOUNTED L16HT5 TO DIGITAL TIMECLOCK. SEE DETAIL #1 ON SHEET Frill. 6. ALL WIRING #IOAW6 CU U.N.O. 1. ALL FIXTURE5 TYPE G UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWI5E. KEYED NOTES: PROVIDE SWITCH BANK. LOWERCASE LETTERS INDICATE SWITCHED FIXTURES. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. MOUNT BOXES AT 481AFF. CONFIRM WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROU6H-IN, LIGHTS TO BE CONTROLLED BY SWITCH BANK LOWERCASE LETTER5 INDICATED SWITCH 6ROUPIN65. EXI5TIN6 EXTERIOR BUILDING AND SITE LIGHTING TO REMAIN. RECONNECT TO RELOCATED PANEL5, EXTEND OR REPLACE CONDUIT AND GONDUGTOR5 AS REQUIRED. o.o N H OEM S - SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW LI6HTIN6 5HTC44 NOTE: VERIFY SWITCH MOUNTING HE16 4T AND LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO CON5TFWTION 80XE5 TO BE GANGED AND ARRANGED AS WALL SPACE ALLOWS. COVER PLATES TO BE ENGRAVED AS SHOWN OR PROVIDED WITH LAMINATED PLASTIC LABELS EN6RAVED AS SHOWN. (a - BUSINESS AREA TYPE E') (b - BUSINESS AREA PENDANTS/DOWNLIC*M) (6 - 3-WAY CORRIDOR, LEFT TYPE 'C' DOWNL16HT5) (d - CORRIDOR, R16HT TYPE 'A' WALL SCONCES) (a - WAITING ROOM TYPE 'C' D0HCIGHTS) 0 - WAITTN6 ROOM TYPE '6' TAPE STRIP) (g - WAITING ROOM TYPE TYPE V' CHANDELIER) REELECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND 0-1 WALL SCDNGE 04 WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE u 61 DIA. REC.ESSW CAN L16HT Q PENDANT L16HT FIXTURE CHANDELIER 2' X 4' LI6HT FIXTURE LED TAPE 5TRIP ( ENER6ENCY EXIT 516N I R6ENCY LIGHT FIXTURE Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 w U O F4 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to FUR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy 1259 START F R. Xq %-A a CL a) N 1 CU - --+ C 0 C _ICU CU 0 N � O c CO N ` J_ S E C N CU t6 Z CU �o N N 2 T— LU i~: LL W a--+ C E M > M cCc CL d .O ;E O M � m N tQ t s` rx I— ti N 3/19I For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 Floor Plan - Lighting El 01 SGALE. 1/4" = P- 0" HFR 18.945 C FP-1 16ENERAL NOTES: OTEG: (APP1..Y TO SHEET F-102 ONLY) I I. CONNECT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-III TOP LEFT, REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWING M-101 FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT NAME ON DISCONNECT MEANS. 2. ALL WIRING DEVICES AND CLOVER -PLATES 514ALL BE WHITE EXGEPT FOR QUAD AT OPERATORY 1120GLOK. PROVIDE BROM DEVICES AND COVERPL.AtTE.. 3. ALL RECEPTACLES IN TREATMENT AND WC71ENE ROOMS SHALL BE H05PITAL GRADE (5-20R) WITH CIRCUIT DESIGNATION TYPED LABEL. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER AND VENDORS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. WIRING IN PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEG 511.13A 4 B. SEE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION #44 ON SHEET E-001 FOR WIRING TYPE. PATIENT CARE AREAS ARE TREATMENT AND HYGIENE ROOMS. PROVIDE CIRCUIT LABELS AT RECEPTACLES. NO SHARED NEUTRALS U.N.O. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES IN TREATMENT, HYGIENE, OFFICES AND BREAK ROOM. 6. RECEPTACLES LOCATED ON FIRE WALL SHALL HAVE FIRE RATED PUTTY PA05. 1. PROVIDE W IWJ6FI RECEPTACLE(S) AS REQUIRED BY CODE ON ROOF FOR ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. NO MECHANICAL UNIT SHALL BE MORE THAN 25' FROM A RECEPTACLE. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT M-32. 6. NO 15A, 120V RECEPTACLES ARE ACCEPTABLE. q. ALL REaPTA E5 SHALL BE 6ROUNDED AS REQUIRED BY ARTICLE 250-146. 10. REFER TO RECEPTACLE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR ALL RECEPTACLE TYPES. II. REFER TO JWTION BOX SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12. WHERE DEVICES, INCLUDING ALL PATIENT CARE AREA RECEPTACLES OF 15-20 AMP 12OV, ARE IDENTIFIED WITH 'INS,' THE DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HOSPITAL GRADE MC GABLE WITH SECOND GROUNDING PATH AND HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES WITH INSULATED 6ROUND CONNECTIONS 13. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NEG 511. 14. THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES ARE CRITICAL. CONTRACTOR MUST REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION AND INTERIOR DIMENSIONED MMN66 FOR EXACT L.00AT10N OF ALL ROU6H-IN5. IF THERE ARE CON69-I05 BETNEEN THIS SET OF DRAHIN65 AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING5 RE6ARDING LOCATIONS OF DEVICES, CONTRACTOR MUST NOTIFY ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION. 15. WALL TELI=/DATA 4 MISG. LV OUTLETS SHALL HAVE A SINGLE GANG DEVICE RING, AN OUTLET BOX AND A 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED UP ABOVE GEILING AND TERMINATED WITH AN INSULATING BUSHING UNLESS NOTED OTI ERW15E. INSTALL PULL 5TRING. KEYED NOTES: DENTAL CHAIR BASED ATE, PROVIDE HOSPITAL 6RMX GIM RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REfi1UMMEN TS NTH VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. JUNCTION BOX TO PROVIDE m*R FOR xmY UNIT, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND R6 MRR4ff T5 NTT•1 OWNER AND XRAY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IK 3o OPERATOR CONTROL, PROVIDE SINGLE &AN& JWTION BOX AT 45'AFF AND ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT AND MRIN6 FOR CABLE CONNECTION TO REMOTE CONTROLS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REGIINM MS NTH VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-INL ® MONITOR, PROVIDE DUPLEX WKERTACLE AND AV/DATA BOX R6GESSIBD IN CEILINkS NTH 1'6. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REGMFe41NT5 NTH OWNS PRIOR TO R0U6H-IN. O )RAY UNIT CONTROLS, PROVIDE TERMINATE I'G AT 45' AFF NTH REmiRED LAW VOLTAGE CABLING FOR REMOTE ACTIVATION. IF CONDUIT BEDS ABOVE CEILING VERIFY THE BEND 15 TOYNAWS, THE XRAY. © CPU, PROVIDE ONE NU DATA AT 18' AFF TO TOP OF DEVICE AND ONE (U wanACL.E AT v AFF TO TOP OF DEVICE IN BASE CABINET. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND GONIEGTION REGI IRIMM NTH ARCI•IMT PRIOR TO Rat+IK SEE APPLIGAm DETAIL ON E911. DATA OUTLETS SHALL HAVE A 51Nk5LE SANS DE1/ICE RING, AN OUTLET BOX AND A 1' CONDUIT STUBBED UP ABOVE CEILING AND TERMINATED NTH AN INSULATING BUSHING UNLESS NOTED OTHERM5E. INSTALL PULL STRINkS. C) PROVIDE GIJADRAP -EX REGEPTAGL E 48' AFF AT GENTEB>ZR OF Ksa coA R-PLATE COLOR BROWN. ® VERIFY LOCATION OF 5TAGKPD POW3t AND DATA RECEPTAUES WTH ELEVATION DETAILS ON E511 PRIOR TO ROU61 4K 9O PRO SYSTEM, PROVIDE NE4A L.6-20R RECEPTACLE PROVIDE NEMA 16-20P MALE RECEPTACLE FOR FUTURE EGIUIPNtlNT. VERIFY SUPPLY VOLTA6E 15 BETM !E N Iq5-264V PRIOR TO FINAL CONNECTION. XRAY UNIT AND CPU, PROVIDE ONE M DATA AND ONE N RECEPTACLE IN BASE CABINET, ONE (1) JINGT10N BOXES ON SIDE WALL ABOVE COUNTER AT 60' AND ONE (0 I'IC NTH PUlSTRIN65 57MM 6' ABOVE CEILING. ® 'IV, PROVIDE DUPLEX AND TV RECEPTACLE muNTED AT OO' AFF. LOCATE SO THAT w:C.E mAi 5 ARE HIDDEN BENND N. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROW5H -M. Ii.�� _�Ii ! .►Ili / I �U I j�I I� I l�_. I .0 [�.Y .clb � I��_�!' i� 1 ' I �I Diu ® AIR/WATEZ/VA m REMOTE CONTROL PANS, PROVIDE 2-&w JUNCTION BOx AND PG mi REwiRED IOW vOLTA6E GABLE BA TO EGIUIPMEN T ROOM FOR CONNECTION TO MASTER VAGUIM SYSTEM CONTROLLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE V MP COILED AT EACH ED FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO 13E MADE BY OTHB255. COORDINATE LOW VOLTAGE GABLE R5GI11REh13NT5 NTH SYSTEM PRO'1/IDER. ® WATER SOLEIOID, PROVIDE DEDICATED 120V REGEPTKA E. GOORDINATE EXACT CONNECTION RBWIRE49NTS PRIOR TO ROU&I-IN. PROVIDE NTH CONTROL 5WITC44. ®5 MASTER VACUUM EGIUIPI,NT CONTROLLER, PROVIDE CONNECTION WTH RIMTE CONTROL PANEL IN BREAK ROOM. ® MASTER CONTROLLER, PROVIDE 120V DUPLEX REGEPTAGLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REGIIIFefNT5 NTH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUSWIN. ® AIR COMPRESSOR PROVIDE 208V, IPH 6OA-2P DISCONNECT, 2#6 AW6 GU, #106, 3/4'C . COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS NTH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ®VACUUM AIR PUMP, PROVIDE TW0 (2) 24OV, [PH 3OA-2P DISCONNECT, 2140 AW6 CU, #106, 3/416. INSTALL BUWMOOrT TRANSFORMERS PROVIDED BY PATTERSON. VERIFY SUPPLY VOLTA6E RANNSE 15 WTHIN 205-24OV. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REBGIAFdH 5 NTH ARCNIITEGT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ® TELEPHONE SERVICE, PROVIDE TWO(?) 4' PVC, TO BUILDIN6 DEMARG. COORDINATE DEMARG WTH 5HELL BUILDINI6 CONTRACTOR TFJ..EP om BtAGK omw, PROVIDE 4' X 8' X I/2' FIRE -RATED PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BACKBOARD AROUND PERIMETER or - ROOM, PAINT WATERPROOF MARINE BLACK AND EXTEND 06 6ROUND TO MAIN SERVICE 6ROUND. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REa11RE1wENT5 NTH OWNER/IT PRIOR TO ROU61 HN. ® WATER GOOIER, PROVIDE DEDICATED, ACCESSIBLE 6F01 DUPLEX WEKAGLE. SPEAKS COMROL, PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 48'AFF, I'C NTH PULLSTRINN6 STUBBED 6' ABOVE ACCGESVISLE 03LIN6. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REQ UIRDtWS NTH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH K 0 N20 ALARM, PROVIDE 3/4'G IN WALL TO JUNCTION BOX AT 48' AFF. ALARM MOUNTING AND FINAL WWW110N MADE BY OTHI9R5. 0 SENTINEL ALARM 5Y5TEK PROVIDE GEIuw MOUNTED JINGTIoN BOX FOR PON3R. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REQ UIRE'EN S; NTH ONBR PRIOR TO ROU65WIN. 0 STEAM STERILIZER PROVIDE ABOVE COUNTER 6FCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REGIIIREHENTS NTH OWNER PRIOR TO ROU6H-IN. ULTRASONIC GLEANER, PROVIDE ABOVE COUNTER EfCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION RE VII4 1E NT5 NTH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH •IN. ®KAVO WATTROGARE UNIT, PROVIDE SINSL.E 6AN6 JUNCTION BOX NTH DEDICATED CIRCUIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION I;EWIRff"R5 NTH ARWITEGT PRIOR TO ROU6H-IN. SENTINEL ALARM SYSTEM AT N20 RMI27, PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED JINGTION BOX FOR LOW VOLTA6E CONNECTION. TEI MINATE I'G ABOVE AGCE5515L.E CEILING COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION REWIRE E N15 NTH OPM PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. NRINi6 AND JACKS BY OTHERS. JUNCTION BOX FOR TENM417 5I6WE TO REMAIN. INTERLOCK WITH PHOTOSENSOR. COORDINATE MOFF SCHEDULE E NTH Mi R. HAND DRYER, PROVIDE. SINSL.E 6AN6 JUNCTION BOX NTH DEDICATED CIRCUIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION NTH ARCHITECTS. 21112AW6 GU, *126, 3/4'C ® RECEPTACLE FOR MICROWAVE MOIUNTED BELOW COUMHt. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION NTH MILLWORK. 0 RELOCATE EX15TM M31 PANE. A5 INDICATED. 0 JUNCTION BOX FOR DISPOSAI- C-nrnniu&M EX&C1 a crMICAI aE011 wi�u b1AWIKAr71laF& gain 50 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion sealed: mm-dd-yy `�tt . o. cs• STATE F .G,.:•�"A0R1oP. �c � (U L 0 LL w i Cn N �--+ E r 4-0 Cl)M W 0 0 .O E O U. m H a--i CU i CU i Z r II` N N O U(0 c (1) Y J_ -0 S E C (v M Z O O 2 T- W O L.L 02/13/191 For Construction mk I date issue Floor Plan - Power & Systems I E102 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 H F R 18.945 6CHEDULE OF PANEL V NEW VOLTAGE. 200/120 PHASE. 5 WIRE: 4 DUO AMPS, eOOA DEVICE AMPS- 600A MCD NEMA- 1 A.I.0 RATING: 35,000A MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION DESCRIPTION LOAD (KVA) LOAD TYPE TRIP POLE # PH # TRIP POLE LOAD TYPE LOAD (KVA) LOCATION DESCRIPTION AIR COMPRESSOR 2.5 0 4012 1 A 2 2513 H 2.0 WHA 2.8 G 5 D 4 H 10 VACUUM PUMP 2.2 G 0 20/2 5 C 61 H 2.01 2.2 7 A- 8 30/3 D I .a HP-4 VACUUM PUMP 2.2 2Q12 a 5 10 D 1.8 2.2 a 11 C 12 D 1.8 AHU-5/HP-5 1.2 0 15/2 13 A 14 5015 D I.D HP-1 1.2 D 15 a 10 D 1.8 WATER SOLENOID 0.3 H 2011 17 C 18 D 13 MASTER CONTROLLER 0.5 H 20A 19 A 20 300 D 1.6 HP-2 DRYER 1.6 H 3012 21 D 22 D 1.8 1.6H 25 C -1 24 D 1.8 AHLIA 6.0 D 7= 25 A 20 30/5 D I -a HIP-3 6.0 D 27 D 20 D 1.8 fio D 29 C 50 D 1.8 AHU-2 60 D 70/5 31 A 32 5012 H 2.0 PANG 5YSTE M I 6.0 D 33 B H 2.0 6.0 P 35 C 30 20A H 1.9 WASHER PANEL 9.5 H 15W3 37 A 38 1 OOM H 7.9 PANEL LP 9.5 H 39 D 40 H 7.9 9.5 H 41 C 42 J H 7.9 AHU-3 60 D 70P3 45 A 44 13 1,0 CHAIR POWER ao D 45 D 40 20A D 1.0 MO NMOX 60 D 47 C 48 15A D 1.0 XRAY AHU-4 4.7D BOO 49 A 50 20V1 D 1.0 RECEPTACLES, 100 4�7 51 5 �52 -2011 D 1.O CHAIR POWER 7 53 C 54 D 1,0 MONITOR BUILDING SIGN V. A 20n 55 A 56 15/1 D 1,0 XRAY LIGHTING, BREAK, EQU? &HALL 1�3 A 20n 57 D 50 WA D 1.0 RECEPTACLES, 109 LIGHTING TREATMENT 017 A 20A 69 C 00 20A SPARE LIGHTING, BUSINESS & W AITING 1.0 A 2011 01 A 62 WA SPARE EF-t -6 & CP4 1.0 a 20A 05 D 04 2W SPARE SPARE WA 05 C oe 2M SPARE SPARE 9011 :07 A 06 20n SPARE SPARE 20A 69 5 70 20A SPARE SPARE WA 71 C 72 20A SPARE SPARE MR 75 A 14 20/1 SPARE SPARE ZOA 715 5 76 20A SPARE SPARE 20A 77 C 70 20A SPARE SPARE 20n 79 A ao 2011 SPARE SPARE 20A al B 82 20/1 ISPARE 5PAE 20/1 e5 I C 84 20A SPARE PANEL LOAD ANALY-415 Load Ty Pe DE5CIZWTION Conn. KVA Demand KVA 2014 NEC Reference Load Ty py DESCRIPTION Conn. KVA Demand KVA 2014 NEC Reference 'A Ligh#nq 4,2 5.3 NEC Table 220.42 E Heating OX ao NEC Article 22aw D Receptacles &0 &0 NEC Table 220.44 F Large et. Motor ac 0.0 NEC Article 220.1 e(A) C Kitchen Equipment 0.0 ao NEC Table 990.56 a OtherMotors 15.4 1 R4 NEC Article 220.1 e(A) Air -Conditioning 90.3 90.5 1 NEC Ardcle.=W H Other L02AS mo MO h lase A Connected Load 62.8 KVA Note 9: r) DENOTES GFI PROTECTED CIRCUIT TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 1 aTO KVA 519.1 AMPS Phase D Con3ectsA L094 642 KVA TOTAL DEMAND LOAD 1869 KVA 51 &9 AMPS Phase C ConnectsA Load 604;KVA I SCHEDULE OF PANEL T' (EXISTING) VOLTAGE: 200/120 PHASE: 3 W [RE: 4 DUO AMPS: 150 A DEVICE AMPS: 150A MLO NEMA: I A.I.0 RATING: 35,OOOA MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION DESCRIPTION LOAD (KVA) LOAD TYPE TRIP POLE # PH # TRIP POLE LOAD TYPE LOAD CKVA) LOCATION DESCRIPTION RECEPTACLES, CORRIDOR 017 a 2011 1 A 2 2011 a 0.9 RECEPTACLES, 5U51NES5 OFC RECEPTACLES, BUSINESS OFC 0.5 B 20/1 5 5 4 20A 5 0,9 RECEPTACLES, BUSINESS OFC XRAY COMPUTER 1.5 13 20/1 5 C 6 2a1 5 0.7 RECEPTACLES OFFICE RECEPTACLES, WAITING aq B 2011 7 A & 20/1 H 1.6 HAND DRYER PRINK COOLER as H *Zai 9 a 10 20/1 H 1.6 HAND DRYER COFFEE 1.2 D 20A 11 C 12 2OV1 H 1,6 HAND DRYER DRINKING FOUNTAIN ab H *20/1 13 A 14 20/1 SPARE STERILIZER 1.4 5 2CW1 15 B 16 2a1 5 0.5 SCANNER STERILIZER 1.4 D 20/1 17 C 16 *20/1 5 1.0 CHAIR POWER RECEPTACLES WORK AREA 0.9 D 2Ol1 19 A 20 20/1 5 1.0 MONITOR RECEPTACLES WORK AREA a7 5 2011 21 D 22 15A 5 1.0 XRAY KAYO QUATTRACARE 1.5 D 20 25 C 24 20/1 a 1.0 -RECEPTACLES, 126 ULTRASONIC CLEANER 1,5 D 2011 25 -A 26 -20A 5 1.0 CHAIR POWER RECEPTACLES BREAK 0.9 5 2011 27 B 28 200 a 1.0 MONITOR REFRIGERATOR 0.5 5 2CV1 29 C 50 15/1 5 1,0 XRAY COFFEE BREAK 1.2 D 20t1 31 A 52 2011 a 1.0 RECEPTACLES, 127 RECEPTACLE, DISPOSAL 1.0 D 20/1 35 D 34 *20A 5 1.0 CHAIR POWER RECEPTACLES COUNTER BREAK 1.2 D 2011 35 C 36 20/1 5 1.0 MONITOR MICROWAVE 1.2 13 20A 57 A 58 15A 5 1.0 XRAY RECEPTACLES, IT 0.6 5 2CA 39 B 4o Zal 5 1.0 RECEPTACLES, 122 RECEPTACLES, IT 0.4 B 20/1 41 C 1 42 1 20/1 1 1 ISPARE PANEL LOAD ANALY515 Load Type DESCRIPTION Conn. KYA Demand KVA 2014 NEC Reference Load PE5CRIPTION Type Conn. KYA Demand I KVA 2014 NEC Reference A Lighting 0.0 0.0 NEC Table 220.42 E Healing 0.0 0.0 NEC Article 220.60 5 Receptacles 34.E 22.3 NEC Table 220.44 F Largest Motor 0.0 0.0 NEC Article 22CXI O(A) Kitchen Equipment 0.0 CxO NEC Table 220.56 G Other Motors 0.0 0.0 NEC Article 220.1 O(A) Air -Conditioning 0,0 0.0 NEC Article 220.W H Other Loads Bt3 6L3 I Phase A Connected Load 13.7 KYA Notes-, TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD (-) DENOTES 0FIPROTECTED CIRCUIT TOTAL DEMAND LOAD I 40.6 KVA 115.2 AMP 5 Phase 5 Connected Load 15.1 KYA I 2a6 KVA 79.2 AMPS Phase C Connected Load 14.0 KVA I SCHEDULE OF PANEL 'LP' (EXISTING) VOLTAGE: 2DO1120 PHASE: 3 WIRE: 4 DUB AMPS. I ODA DEVICE AMPS. IOOA MLO NEMA: I A.I.0 RATING: 2115,OGOA MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION DESCRIPTION LOAD (KVA) LOAD TYPE TRIP POLE # PH # TRIP POLE LOAD TYPE LOAD (KVA) LOCATION DESCRIPTION CHAIR POWER 1.0 D V" I A 2 4" B 1.0 CHAIR POWER MONITOR 11.0 D 20/1 3 D 4 . W11 D 1.0 MONITOR XRAY 1.0 D 15/1 5 C 6 15/1 D 1.0 XRAY RECEPTACLES, 120 1'0 1 13 20/1 7 A a 20/1 D 1.0 RECEPTACLES, 121 CHAIR POW ER J'O 113 *20A a 15 1"D *20A D 1.0 CHAIR POWER MONITOR 1.0 13 20A 1 11 C 1,2 2011 D I .O MONITOR XRAY 1a0 15A 15 'A 14 ISA I D 1.0 XRAY REG EFTACLES, 119 1'0 13 20A Is 'a to 20A D 1,0 RE C E, F TAC,,,tE 5, 110 CHAIR POW ER 1.0 1 I't *20A 17 C 15 420A D 1.0 CHAIR POWER, MONITOR 1.0 D ZDII 19 A 20 20/1 5 1,0 MONITOR. XRAY 1.0 D 15A 21 D 22 1511 D 1.0 XRAY RECEPTACLES, 118 110 13 WA 25 C 24 =11 D 1.0 R E C E PTACtf 0, 107 PARKING LOT L46HT5 (EXISTING) 1,10 A 20A 25 A 20 20A A 0.5 G ,0 Y Lit- TO (EXISTING) PARKING LOT LIGHTS (5xiariNe) i.0 A 20A 27 a 28 20A A 0.5 CANOPY LIGHTS (EXISTING) SIGN (EXISTING] 1.0 A 20A 29 C 30 2011 A 1,0 SIGN (EXOTINO) PANEL LOAD ANALY516 Load Ty Pe DESCRIPTION Conn. KYA Demand KYA 2014 NEC Rebramce Load Type DESCRIPTION Conn., KVA Demand KVA 2014 NEC Re-kot"ce A Lighting 5.0 63 NEC Table 22t 49 E Heating 0.0 O(D NEC. Article 220.00 D Receptacles 2&0 165 NEC Table 220.44 P LmSeet Motor 0.0 0.0 NEC Articie 220.1 e(A) C Kitchen Equipment I -00 0.0 NEC Table 22a56 G Other M otors 0.0 ao NEC Arlie, 220,18(A) P Air -Conditioning I o.o ao Nic Article 22aCO H Other Loads 1.0 1.0 Phase A C onnecteAl-oad 9,5KVA Novo: TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 20.0KYA 00.5 AMPS Phase D Connected Load 9.15 KVA TOTAL DEMAND LOAD 25.8KVA e5.9 AMPS Phase C Connected Load 10.16 KVA SHORT-CIRCUIT CALCULATION DISTANCES ARE FOR CALCULATION PURPOSES ONLY AND SHILL NOT BE USED FOR CONTRACTOR TAKEOFFS NOR BIDDING The following calculations are based on the "Point -by Point" method where: ISC(2) = ISC(1) x M(1) Feeder(3PH): f(3PH)=1.732 x L x Isc XFMR: IP(sca )x Vp x 1.732 x%Z IS(sca) Vp x M x IP(sca) ISC(1) = Short circuit current at fault point 1 C X E 1000,000 x KVA Vs ISC(2) = Short circuit current at fault point 2 FeedeqIPH): f(l PH)=2 x L x Isc XFMR: IP(sca) x VP x%Z C X E 1000,000 x KVA L= Length of circuit E= Line to line voltage IS= Secondary short circuit current C = 1 /impedance per linear foot VS = Secondary voltage 3phase SOURCE SOURCE FEEDER FEEDER L-L CIRCUIT LOAD CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR FAULT FAULT PANEL OR PHASE (FAULT ISC CONDUIT # WIRFIBUS S12E MATERIAL C VALUE VOLTS LENGTH POWER CIRCUIT RESISTANCE REACTANCE f M CURRENT FAULT POINT TRANSFORMER POINT) (AMPS) TYPE CU OR AL E L FACTOR (pf) LOAD A R X ISC POINT 0 TRANSFORMER 3 43,237 43,237 0 1 METER 3 0 43,237 EMT 2 350 CU 19704 208 90 1 600 D. 19 3.6 0.822239 0.548775 23727 1 2 DISCONNECT 3 1 23,727 EMT 2 350 CU 19704 208 5 1 600 0.19 0.2 0.025068 0.975545 23147 2 3 PANEL M 3 2 23147 EMT 2 350 CU 19704 208 20 1 600 0.76 0.8 0.09782 0.910896 21085 3 4 PANEL 3 3 21085 EMT 1 1 CU 7293 208 10 1 100 1.5 0.46 0.240738 0.805972 16994 4 5 PANEL B 1 3 1 4 1 21085 EMT 1 1 CU 7293 208 1 15 1 1 100 2.25 0.69 10.361107.0.734696. 15491 5 1 mks I^ A MIE&OR" L AIL MR %0AL E"' IP MENT SCNEDULE UNIT UNIT ELEC. CHARACTERISTICS PANEVaiRcun CIRCUIT DISCONNECT NOTES I W, I HIP I FLA I V Eli NUMBER, DESCRIPTICIN DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION SoffCH AHUA AIR HANDLER 48 06 208 .3 PANEL M 3#3,1*8G1 1M"C I 001W flOAF PROVIDE SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR AHU-2 AIR HANDLER 4ae 208 3 FAQM 3#3,1#BG,1 1/4t 100/3/1 flCAf PROVI DE SMOKE DUCT E TE C TOR DETECTOR AHU-3 AIR HANDLER 49.0 208 3 PANEL M 3#3,1#SGl 1/WC I OOM /70AF PROVIDE SMOKE DUCT 1 DE TEC TO R AHU-4 AIR HANDLER 39,2 3 PANEL M 3*8,1*10G,3/4"C e015A IWAF PROVIDE SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR ARU'-6 AIR HANDLER UNIT POWERED BY OUTDOOR UNIT HF-5AT 24V PC, INTERCONNECT PER MANUf ACTURER40 RECOMMENDATION. NIP HEAT PUM? 16.1 208 3 PANEL M 3#10,1#10G,3/4!C 3081,3R13Mf HP- HEAT PUMP 15.1 208 3 PANEL M 3#10,1#10G,3/4!C 300/31K MOAf HI'-3 HEAT PUMP' 15.0 208 3 PANEL M 3#'10J#10G,3/WC 30/3IMMOAf HP 4 HEAT PUMP 15A 208 3 PANEL M 3*10,1#10G,3/WC 30r63R1SOAf HP-5 HEAT PUMP 1a4 208 1 PANEL IM 2#12,1#12G,31WC 3Q2,=A OAF WH-1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 6.000 1&6 208 3 PANEL M 3A 0.1 #1 OG - 3/4-C DIRECT LOCKABLE BREAKER CONNECTION Cp-1 CIRCULATING PUMP 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12G,1/2"C SINGLE POLE 5W ITC H EF-1 EXHAUST FAN 0.125 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12GI/ZC SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH OW ITC H EF-2 EXHAUST FAN 0.125 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12GI/ZC SINGLE POLE 7-DAY PROGRAMMER I SW ITC H PROVIDED 13Y E.C. EF-3 EXHAUST FAN 1/60 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12G,112"C SINGLE POLE RUNS CONTINOUSLY SIN ITC H EF-4 EXHAUST :FAN 0.080 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12G,1/2-C SINGLE POLE SWITCHED WITH LIGHTS 13W ITC H EF-5 EXHAUST FAN 0.080 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12G,112"C SINGLE POLE SWITCHED WITH LIGHTS 5W ITC H EF-6 EXHAUST FAN 0.020 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12G,1/2-C SINGLE POLE THERMOSTAT 5W ITC H EF-7 EXHAUST FAN 0,080 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12G,1]2"'C SINGLE POLE SWITCHED WITH LIGHTS 5W ITC H EF-8 EXHAUST FAN 0.080 120 1 PANEL M 2#12,1#12GII2"C SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH 6W ITC H TC DIGITAL TIM EC LOG K 120 I 1 I NEAREST 120Y 2#12,11 #1 2G - 314-C CIRCUIT BRANCH GIRGUIT VOLTAGE DROP 5GHEDULE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE GIRGUIT BREAKER BRANCH GIRCAJIT LEN6TH RE -MIRED GONOXTOR. SIZE REWIRED 6ROUND 51ZE REWIRED CONDUIT 51ZE 120V 20 AMP LESS THAN bO' #12 #12 1/2v PER CKT 120V .20 AMP .601 To q51 1#10 1#10 11/28 PER CKT 120V 120 AMP 16REATER THAN q5' 1#8 1" - 15/41 PER GKT *BASED ON MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 3% AT DB16N LOAD PER NEG 210.10) FPN #4. ALL VALUES SHOWN REFLEGT D15TANGE5 THAT ARE WITHIN RANGE OF SCOPE OF WORK. XT9-R 205/120V 5 PHASE BUILDING EXTERIOR KEYED NOTES: M Ll \ /--\ PIRCIVIM M4 BREAK113R5 IN EXISTINS P41ELS M INDICATEDINDICATEDON PANIPANESSOVMM 0ENERAL NOTES: (APPLY TO DETAIL IAE-500 ONLY) I. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL 5ERVIGE ENTRANCE AND METERING REGIUlFaAENTS WITH LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BID AND IN5TALLATION. 2. CONTRAGTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND VERIFY EXACT FAULT CURRENT RATING WITH LOCAL POPIER UTILITY PRIOR TO ORDERING POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 3. PROVIDE PEFj4ANENT LABEL NTH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AND DATE ON EACH NEW PANEL, METER EQUIPMENT AND DISCONNECTS FIER NEC 110.16. 4. CONT RAGTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT TYPES IN ACCAORDANCE WITH NEC, ARTIGE 300, ' GR5 OR PVG SOW - E)QV"c TO DAMAGE OR SERVICE LATERAL CONDUCTORS EXIT TO GROUND, NONEXPOSED - EMIT, MG/AG 5. ALL FEEDEIR WIRING CIODE6 C, COPPER WITHIN RAC&iAYS. INTERIOR WIRING 15 TYPE THM. EXTERIOR WRING 19 THPqN, CIO DE67 C. MOTOR GO INECTION5 ARE LFMIG. X71 NEW SERVICE ENTRAW, RATED 4#350KCM1IQ#I6 - 350 6 NEW ATED RELOGATEE 231 KYA PAWEEL L PANNPI PANEL "LPO NMN NE' NEN OT CABINET METER 0 1:11 21D' KVA I I 16A KVA 1 155 KVA 23.1 KVA an 7=' 2 SETS Ord/ 4#35=MIL .0 A a 0 - 4#116, 1" - 1 1/2' G. RISER DIAORAM - ELEGTRIGAL 5GALE: NT5 4#1, I#f* - 1 1/21 G. Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Dulutb, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 SRI ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com 0 Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named Reproduction without the written consent of HIR is unlawful. AM copies are to be returned to 11PR upon project -pleti-- I sealed: mm-dd-yy I 4-a 0 CU CU 0(0 tU C_ _J 0 0 N U. C .0 z V C:) W -C 0 LL CL (1) N Zf C 1 0 E 'r- 2 > Cn E 0 0 E 0 U. CU M - U) M :3 CL W N 02/13/191 For Construction mk I date I issue Electrical Sched ules & Risers I E500 HFR 18.945 ROOF MOB PHOTOCELL FACING TRUE NORTH — W/6 LTI-POLE NEC IANIGALLY HELD CONTACTOR. (POLES A5 REQUIRED) 24 HOUR WLTIPLE-CHANNEL ELECTROMECHANICAL TIMECLOCK G TG PARA60N #EL71 SERIES TO EXTERIOR LIGHTING — EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL I SGALE:NTS NOTE: FOR FIXTURE5 WEIGHING 56 LB5. OR MORE, INSTALL #12 6AU6E HANGER WIRE ATTACHED TO 5TRx1GTURE ABOVE - ONE AT EACH CORNER OF FIXTURE FOR A TOTAL OF FOUR HANGER WIRES MUST BE INSTALLED VERTICAL BUT NOT MORE THAN I IN 6 OUT OF PLUNK. FOR FIXTURES ME16HIW LE5r2 THAN 56 1-135., WIRES MAY BE INSTALLED SLACK AT TY40 GPRNER5. HANGAR WIRE TYPICAL LAY -IN FLUORESCENT TROFFER EARTHQUAKE CLIP - ONE ON EACH CORNER FOR A TOTAL OF FOLIR E511 i TYPICAL 6RID 'TEE' CEILING L I 6HT I NCB INSTALLATION DETAIL 5GALE: NT5 SERVICE GROUNDING AT MAIN MAIN BONDING JUMPER I TO PHONE BACKBOARDS, SIZE PER 250-28 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SIZE PER ART 250-66 �iGROUND RING — �— SIZE PER #3/0 CU TABLE (TYP) / ".xI-.. . #3/0 CU GROUNDROD11 (MIN. 6' APART) CADWFLD 20'-0- MIN. OF 1 /2" REBAR IN BUILDING F WATER SERVICE VALVE, METER OR UNION PER ART 250-102 ---iEQUIPMENT BONDING JUMPER CADWELD BUILDING STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPLY SIDE GROUND CLAMP UL APPROVED 5 OROUND I NCB BETA I L �51 50A L.E: NT5 COVER SCREW �I WRONG GROUND LUG 1 MOUNTING SCREW 4 / RIGHT / 1 DOUBLE LOCKNUT REQUIRED 2 OUTLET E30X-6ROUND I NCB GONNEGT I ON �E515GALE. NT5 NOTES 1 REFER TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR PROPER LABELING OF PANEL, SWITCHBOARD AND TRANSFORMER. 2 FOR 277/480V PANELS PROVIDE RED LABELS WITH WHITE CORE. 3 FOR 120/208V PANELS PROVIDE BLACK LABELS WITH WHITE CORE. 4 SUBMIT CUT SHEETS OF LABELS TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. 5 LETTERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/8" HIGH. PANEL "LA" 120/208V — 3PH — 4W FED FROM SWITCHBOARD "MDP" THRU TRANSFORMER "T1'i-- AND PANEL "HA" — LAMINATED ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE BLACK WITH WHITE CORE. SCREW TO PANELBOARD COVER. (TYPICAL) CHANGES CHANGES CHANGES SPAN EL "HA" 277/480V — 3PH — 4W FED FROM _ SWITCHBOARD "MDP" 0 01 LAMINATED ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE RED WITH WHITE CORE. SAMPLE DETAIL FOR PANELBOARD LABELS 5GALE: NT5 1fBWIA Hill cmm � a )TREATMENT/HY61ENE ELEVATION, E511 5G,qLE; NTS Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 04 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HPR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be retuned to HFR upon project completion• sealed: mm-dd-yy CU I{` O LL '^w CL C 0 N .Za C: CD 4 > M i 0 'p CL O E _� O _ - w CU � t s` CU C: L C _ Iti N N N }' O SUN C CO N C J p 0- C CU CU Z v� iC OCU c a)ott-_ _ W L 1 1 02/13/19 For Construction mk date issue Electrical Details E511 HFR 18.945 SPEGIFIGATIONS ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL STATE, CITY AND LOCAL CODES, RULES AND RE6ULATION5. CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A55OCIATED WITH THI5 WORK, AND SHALL PAY ALL COSTS AND FEES INVOLVED. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE AND REQUIREMENTS OF THI5 PROJECT. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR LACK OF CLARITY IN THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED TO THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF PRIGING BIDS. W1TH A SUBMITTED BID, CONTRACTOR 15 ACGEPTIN6 THESE DOCUMENTS A5 SUFFICIENT DEFINITION OF THE 5GOPE OF WORK, AND ANY ADDITIONAL C05T5 BASED ON OBSCURITY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. GONTRAGTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS. ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THEY ARE EA51LY AGGE5515LE AND 5ERVIGEABLE. THI5 EQUIPMENT INCLUDES, BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER HEATERS, EXPANSION TANKS, PUMPS, BACKFLOW PREVENTER5, VALVE5, MIXING VALVES, THERMOMETERS, GAU&E5, TRAP PRIMERS AND GLEANOUT5. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, MECHANICAL % ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (AS APPLICABLE) TO ENSURE ALL PLUMBING WORK 15 COORDINATED WITH PHY5ICAL CONDITIONS AND OTHER TRADES. PROVIDE NECE55ARY PIPING OFFSETS TO COORDINATE WITH THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, WORK OF OTHER TRADES, AND CONNECTION TO 51TE UTILITIES (AS APPLICABLE). THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO ENSURE THERE 15 ADEQUATE WALL THICKNE55 SUCH THAT ALL PIPING, WALL GLEANOUT5, WALL BOXES, WALL HYDRANTS AND AGCE55 PANELS WILL FIT IN WALL SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARGHTEGT IF WALL SPACE 15 INADEQUATE PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN EXACT WALL, FIXTURE, AND LAYOUT DIMENSIONS FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWIN695. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ROUGH -IN AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS FOR ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (A5 APPLICABLE), AND SHALL COORDINATE THE PLUMBING INSTALLATION PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND AND IN5TALLIN& ALL NEGE55ARY VALVES, CONNECTIONS, TRAPS, AGCE55 PANELS, UNIONS, E5GUTGHEON5, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, VACUUM BREAKERS, RELIEF VALVES, PIPE INSULATION, AND EQUIPMENT SPECIALTY DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE IN 5TRIGT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIA&RAMMATIC AND DO NOT REFLECT ALL P0551BLE PHY51CAL CONDITIONS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWIN&5 FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXACT LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BEST RECOGNIZED PRACTICE IN THE FIELD CONCERNED. MANUFACTURED ITEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS PRINTED DIREGTION5, SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATION5. COORDINATE THE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ISSUING SUBMITTALS OR PURGHA5IN67 EQUIPMENT. UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED AT MINIMUM OFYa" PER FOOT. 2" SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED AT Y4" PER FOOT. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE PURGED OF DELETERIOUS MATTER AND D15INFEGTED PRIOR TO UTILIZATION. PIPING TO BE FLUSHED AND STERILIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IPG 610.1 AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT 5TANDARD5. PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WAL1-5 OR FLOORS SHALL HAVE EQUIVALENTLY RATED SLEEVES AND SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE CAULKED WITH A U.L. LISTED FIRE 5TOPPIN6 SYSTEM INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S LISTED DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND OTHER LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION REGARDING OR055 CONNECTION CONTROL. REPORT ANY OBSERVED DI5GREPANGIE5 TO THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER PRIOR TO GOMMENGIWG WITH THE WORK. SUBMITTALS FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED TO MATCH EQUIPMENT MARKS ON THE PLUMBING DRA11ING5. ALL OPTIONS MUST BE CLEARLY MARKED ON THE 5UBMITTAL SHEET. A MODEL NUMBER 1-15TIN65 ON A COVER SHEET 15 NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE FOR MARKING THE ACTUAL SUBMITTAL SHEET. ELECTRICAL DATA FOR POWERED EQUIPMENT MUST BE INDICATED ON THE SUBMITTAL SHEET FOR THAT ITEM. ALL ITEMS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN ONE PAGKA6E AT THE SAME TIME, IN ELECTRONIC PDF FORMAT. SEPARATE SUBMITTALS FOR FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT AGGEPTABLE. SUBMITTAL REVIEW 15 C-ON51DERED AS GENERAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE BA51G APPLICABILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND/OR ALTERNATE ARRANGEMENT OF THE EQUIPMENT WITHIN A GIVEN SPACE. WHEN SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT 15 INSTALLED, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY COORDINATION OR ADDITIONAL COST BROUGHT ON BY THE USE OF THI5 EQUIPMENT. HANGERS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH RODS AND SUPPORTS PROPORTIONED TO THE 51ZE OF PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 517E HAN6ER5 FOR INSULATED PIPING TO BEAR ON OUTSIDE OF INSULATION. PROVIDE INSULATION PROTECTORS AT HAN6ER5 BEARING ON THE OUTSIDE OF INSULATION. PROVIDE A RIGID INSERT OR RIGID INSULATION AT EACH INSULATION PROTECTOR. INHERE SEVERAL PIPES 2�'2" AND SMALLER RUN PARALLEL AND IN THE SAME PLANE, THEY MAY BE SUPPORTED ON GANG OR MULTIPLE HAN66ER5. LARGER PIPING SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY HUNG, RUN PARALLEL AND BE EQUALLY SPACED. THE 5PACING OF SUPPORTS SHALL BE A5 FOLLOW5: METAL (STEEL AND COPPER PIPES): IN AND SMALLER, SUPPORT 5PACIN6 SHALL NOT EXCEED V APART. I-Y4" AND LARGER, SUPPORT 5PAGING SHALL NOT EXCEED V APART. PLASTIC PIPES: IN AND SMALLER, SUPPORT 5PAGING SHALL NOT EXCEED 3' APART. I-Y4" TO 2", SUPPORT SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 4' APART. 2" AND LARGER, 5PACIN6 SHALL NOT EXCEED 6' APART. IN ALL GASES, PIPE-5 SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITHIN I' OF EACH ELBOW. VERTICAL PIPE SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE WALL BY MEANS OF A PIPE CLAMP. SUPPORT DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN 5PAGE5 BEHIND PLUMBING FIXTURES BY BRACKETS AND U-BOLTS SECURED TO WASTE AND VENT 5TACK5. 51ZE U-BOLT5 TO BEAR ON THE PIPING. AFTER HANGER RODS ARE INSTALLED IN FINISHED GONGRETE GEILING, FILL THE REMAINING OPENING WITH CEMENT 50 THAT NO HOLE SHOWS AT GEILING. INHERE COPPER PIPING 15 USED, NONFERROUS METAL 5UPPORT(S) OR PROPER 150LATION BETWEEN D1551MILAR MATERIALS SHALL 13E PROVIDED. PIPE HAN6ER5 AND SUPPORTS SHALL 13E FURN15HED AND INSTALLED IN AGGORDAWGE WITH RECOMMENDATION5 SET FORTH IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY STANDARD PRACTICES NO. 5P-bq AND 5P-58. SLEEVES 5LEEVE5 SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE PIPES PA55 THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND ROOFS. PROVIDE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL SLEEVES IN CONCRETE AND MA50NRY GON5TRUCTION, PROVIDE 266A GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SLEEVES IN INTERIOR DRYWALL GON5TRUCTION, SLEEVES SHALL BE THE FULL THICKNESS OF WALLS AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THE FULL THICKNESS OF PIPE INSULATION, WHERE APPLICABLE. SLEEVES MAY BE OMITTED WHEN OPENINGS ARE CORE DRILLED FOR CONGEALED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL PIPING. 5LEEVE5 ARE NOT REQUIRED AT INDIVIDUAL PLUMBING FIXTURES OR IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS ON GRADE, UNLE56 OTHERWISE NOTED. 5LEEVE5 FOR ALL PIPING PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL5 AND FLOORS SHALL 13E PROVIDED WITH 3M PIPE BARRIER NO. GP-25 FIRE PROOFING CAULKING, OR EQUAL, IN ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPING. THROUGH OUTSIDE WALLS SHALL BE WATERTI&HT. CAULK BETWEEN PLUMBING PIPE AND SLEEVE. PACK WITH FIBER61-A55 AND CAULK, IN DEEP AT EACH FACE WITH NON -HARDENING SEALANT BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE. SPEGIFIGATIONS (GOAT.) WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES SANITARY PIPING BELOW GROUND SHALL BE PVC 50HEDULE 40 TYPE DWV WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. SOLVENT WELD JOINTS SHALL MEET A5TM T-102.3 AND ASTM 0-2665. "FOAM" OR "CELL" CORE PVC, WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. SANITARY PIPING AND VENT PIPING ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40 TYPE OW WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. SOLVENT WELD JOINTS SHALL MEET A5TM 0-2665. "FOAM" OR "GELL" GORE PVG WILL NOT BE ACGEPTED. WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 6OVERNI% CODES. AT A MINIMUM, WASTE PIPING SHALL BE TESTED WITH AT LEAST 10 FOOT OF WATER HEAD PRESSURE APPLIED. TE5TING WITH AIR 15 NOT ALLOWED. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE LOCATED AT LEAST 10'-0" AWAY FROM ANY AIR INTAKE. EVAPORATIVE COOLER, OR ANY OTHER DEVICE THAT WOULD DRAW AIR FROM THE VENT. FLASH AROUND ALL PIPES PENETRATING THROUGH ROOF WITH STANDARD MANUFACTURED FLASHING. FLASHING SHALL BE SHEET METAL WITH RUBBER GA5KET5 AND SHALL EXTEND INTO ROOFING AND UP PIPE DI5TANGE5 IN AC60RDANGE WITH LOCAL CODE. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS AND ACGE55ORIE5 WATER PIPING ABOVE FLOOR: HOT AND GOLD WATER PIPING ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE GPVG (CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) SCHEDULE 40 WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS WHEN APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PIPING SHALL MEET A5TM D 2848 AND SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE N5F INTERNATIONAL FOR USE WITH POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS. SOLVENT GEMENT5 FOR GPVG PLASTIC PIPING SHALL MEET A5TM F43-1, A5TM F438 AND A5TM F43q. WATER PIPING BELOW FLOOR, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE INGOMIN6 DOMESTIC WATER 5ERVIGE, SHALL BE TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER WITH NO JOINTS. ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PRESSURE RATING OF 100 P51 AT 150 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL 6OVERNIN& CODE-5. PIPING SHALL BE PURGED OF DELETERIOUS MATTER AND P15INFEGTED PRIOR TO UTILIZATION. PIPING TO BE FLUSHED AND STERILIZED IN AGGORDANGE WITH IPG 610.1 AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS. BALL VALVES SHALL BE TWO-PIECE BRONZE BODY, LARGE PORT WITH SOLID, SMOOTH BORE CHROME PLATED BRA55 BALL. SEATS SHALL BE REINFORCED TFE WITH TEFLON PAGKIN& RING AND THREADED ADJUSTABLE PAGKING NUT. PROVIDE STEM EXTEN51ONS AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE HANDLE ON OUTSIDE OF PIPE INSULATION. VALVES SHALL BE APOLLO 10 OR EQUAL. BACKFLOW PREVENTER5 SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACGE55113LE LOCATIONS FOR EASE OF TESTING AND SERVICING. FOR BACKFLOW PREVENTER5 WITH VENT CONNECTIONS, ROUTE VENT LINE TO NEAREST DRAIN AND D15GHAR6E WITH AIR GAP. BACKFLOW PREVENTER5 SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IPG 312.10.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CERTIFICATIONS THAT STATE DEVICES HAVE BEEN TESTED AND APPROVED. SERVICE PIPING BELOW GRADE (UP TO 3" IN SIZE): TYPE 'K' COPPER TUBING, A5TM B88-Igg11A WITH q5-5 SOLDERED JOINT AND WROUGHT COPPER, AN51 13I622-Ig88A, OR CAST BRONZE, AN51 q5-5 13I6-MMA, 50GKET FITTINGS. EXTEND TO A POINT I'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. BURIED DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH "TAPE GOAT 20," "REPUBLIC X-TRU-GOAT" OR APPROVED PGV JACKETING. WHERE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, PIPING MAY BE GPVG SCHEDULE 40. SHALL MEET A5TM D2546 AND A5TM F441. INSULATION INSULATE ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING RE6ARDLE55 OF MATERIAL. WHERE GIRCULATED HOT WATER 15 5HOWN, INSULATE ALL HOT WATER AND CIRCULATION PIPING WITH IN THICK INSULATION PER CHAPTER 5 OF IECG. FOR NOWREGIRCULATED HOT WATER SYSTEMS, INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PIPE UP TO IN: Y2" THICK INSULATION. PIPE 1-)4' TO 2": 1" THICK INSULATION. FOR COLD WATER PIPING, INSULATE ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING LOCATED ABOVE GEILING AND ALL VERTICAL PIPING LOCATED IN AN EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION SHALL BE IN THICK. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A K-FAGTOR (AVERAGE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY) NOT TO EXCEED 0.2-1 BTU-IW(Hx5QFTxDEGREE FAHRENHEIT). INSTALL ALL WATER PIPING BENEATH ALL GEILING 5PAGE INSULATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A LINE ITEM C05T TO INCLUDE HEAT TAPE (RAGHEM 2XL PER FOOT) ON ALL WATER PIPING ABOVE GEILING IN AREA5 SUBJECT TO FREEZING. TANK TYPE WATER HEATER5 WATER HEATERS 5HALL BE U.L. L15TED AND SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE STANDBY L055 REQUIREMENTS OF U.5. DEPT. OF ENERGY AND CURRENT EDITION OF A5HRAE/IE5NA q0.1. WATER HEATERS SHALL HAVE 150 P51 WORKING PRE55URE AND BE EQUIPPED WITH EXTRUDED HIGH DEN5ITY ANODE ROD AND HIGH TEMPERATURE CUTOFF 5WITGH. WATER HEATERS SHALL BE THERM05TATICALLY CONTROLLED AND 5ET TO 120 DEG. F. UNLE55 OTHERWISE NOTED. WATER HEATERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON SUSPENDED PLATFORM, 5TEEL STAND OR CONCRETE PAD. AS INDICATED ON DRAWIN&5. WATER HEATERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 3 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY. WATER HEATERS SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL AND PLUMB. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT WATER HEATER LOCATION. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES, AND INSTALL SUCH THAT CONTROLS AND DEVICES ARE AGGE551BLE FOR 5ERVIGING. INSTALL SHUTOFF VALVE-5 IN GOLD WATER INLET AND HOT WATER OUTLET. INSTALL THERMOMETER ON HOT WATER OUTLET. WATER HEATER SHALL HAVE A5ME RATED COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRE55URE RELIEF VALVE IN TOP PORTION OF TANK (FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED). PIPE RELIEF VALVE OUTLET TO MOP SINK. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS DOWNWARD PITCH TOWARD DI5GHAR6E LOCATION, AND PROVIDE AIR GAP AT D15CHAR67E LOCATION. WHERE WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN 15 INDICATED ON PLANS, ROUTE DRAIN TO SAME LOCATION A5 RELIEF VALVE AND D15GHAR(5E WITH AIR GAP. SPEGIFIGATIONS ALL PORTIONS OF THE MEDICAL 6A5 DELIVERY SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 55, 2010 EDITION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FACILITATE THE SELECTION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR THE MEDICAL GAS SYSTEM. OXYGEN, NITROUS OXIDE AND AIR PIPING THE COMPLETE OXYGEN PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA gq. PROVIDE TE5TIN(5 AND GERTIFIGATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA qq. PIPING SHALL BE A5TM B81q, TYPLE L, SEAMLESS, DRAWN TEMPER THAT HAS BEEN MANUFACTURER GLEANED, PURGED, AND SEALED FOR MEDICAL 6A5 SERVICE. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR COPPER FITTIN65: MANUFACTURER GLEANED, PURGED, AND BAGGED FOR OXYGEN SERVICE. WROUGHT -COPPER FITTINGS: A5ME 13I622, SOLDER -JOIST PRESSURE TYPE OR M55 5P-13, WITH DIMENSIONS FOR BRAZED JOINTS. COPPER UNIONS: A5ME 616.22 OR M55 5P-123, WROUGHT COPPER OR GA5T-COPPER ALLOY. LABEL OXYGEN PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA c1q. INSTALLERS OF OXYGEN SYSTEM SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANN/A55E STANDARD 6010 - "PROFE5510NAL QUALIFICATIONS STANDARD FOR MEDICAL 6A5 AND VACUUM SYSTEM IN5TALLER5." VACUUM PIPING THE COMPLETE VACUUM PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA qq. PROVIDE TESTING AND CERTIFICATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA qq. VACUUM PIPING SHALL BE GPVG SCHEDULE 40 WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS WHEN APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SLOPE ALL VACUUM PIPING AT )4' PER 10'-0" (MINIMUM) BACK TO VACUUM PUMP. LABEL VACUUM PIPING IN ACCORDANGE WITH NFPA gg. IN5TALLER5 OF MEDICAL VACUUM SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF AN51/A55E STANDARD 6010 - "PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS STANDARD FOR MEDICAL 6A5 AND VACUUM SYSTEM INT5ALLER5." MEDICAL 6A5 EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY COORDINATE WITH ALL MEDICAL 6A5 EQUIPMENT PROVIDED ON THI5 PROJECT. REFER TO MEDICAL EQUIPMENT PLAN SHEET AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE TO DETERMINE WHAT DEVICE5 ARE PROVIDED AND/OR INSTALLED BY OWNER AND WHAT DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND/OR INSTALLED BY PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. REFER TO MEDICAL EQUIPMENT BOOK AND ACTUAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED ON PROJECT TO ENSURE THAT ALL FINAL GONNECTIONS AND INTERGONNEGTION5 BETWEEN DEVICES ARE PROVDED. FLUMBIN6 ABBREVIATIONS A AIR HWR HOT WATER RETURN A/C ABOVE GEILING IMB ICE MACHINE BOX A/F ABOVE FLOOR IE INVERT ELEVATION AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN INDIRECT WASTE AF6 ABOVE FINISHED GRADE L / LAY LAVATORY AP AGGE55 PANEL MBH 1000 BTU/HR BGO BASE GLEANOUT M5 MOP SINK B/F BELOW FLOOR MV MIXING VALVE BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE N20 NITROUS OXIDE BV BALANGIN6 VALVE N5V N20 5GAVENC71% VACUUM GD CONDENSATE DRAIN O/H OVERHEAD GO GI EANOUT 02 OXYGEN CONN GONNEGTION PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE GONT CONTINUATION 5 / 5AN SANITARY GFH GUBIG FEET PER HOUR 5K SINK GW GOLD WATER 5P SPRINKLER / SUMP PUMP DN DOWN TMV THERM05TATIG MIXING VALVE EL ELEVATION TP TRAP PRIMER EWG ELECTRIC WATER COOLER T 4 P TEMPERATURE 4 PRE55L RE FGO FLOOR GLEANOUT TYP TYPICAL FD FLOOR DRAIN V VENT FF FINISHED FLOOR VAG VACUUM FFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION VTR VENT THRU ROOF FWH FREEZEPROOF WALL HYDRANT INC, WATER GL05ET 6GO GRADE GLEANOUT W.G. WATER GOLUMN NFWH NON -FREEZE WALL HYDRANT WGO WALL GLEANOUT HD HUB DRAIN WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTER HW HOT WATER WMB WASHING MACHINE BOX PLUMBING LEGEND — — — 5ANITARY, WASTE BELOW FLOOR - 5, W, 5AN, 55 5ANITARY, WASTE ABOVE FLOOR -5, W, 5AN, 55 — — STORM BELOW FLOOR - 5T 5TORM ABOVE FLOOR - 5T — — — — — VENT PIPING - V GOLD WATER PIPING - GW — - - HOT WATER PIPING - HW — - - - — HOT WATER RETURN PIPING - HWR PIPING BELOW FLOOR - B/F - EXISTING GW — - - EXISTING HW — - - - — EXISTING HWR EXISTING PIPING A COMPRESSED AIR — 02 MEDICAL OXYGEN PIPING 1.120 — MEDICAL NITROUS OXIDE PIPING VAG— MEDICAL VACUUM PIPING — N5V — N20 5GAVENGINCG VACUUM PIPING TO E3E REMOVED OR ABANDONED GLEANOUT5 - GO, WGO, FGO, C760 GATE VALVE - GV r BALL VALVE - BV PRE55URE REDUCING VALVE - PRV CHECK VALVE —w CIRCUIT SETTER CIRCUIT SETTER ASSEMBLY ® 13 FLOOR DRAIN - FD, FD-* ® ® AREA DRAIN - AD, AD-* O ROOF DRAIN - RD, RD-* WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ME! WATER HEATER PLUMBING FIXTURE —0�— IN -LINE BACKFLOW PREVENTER TRAP PRIMER - TP $ AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE (AAV) GA5 METER I�I UNION 6A5 SHUT OFF VALVE —CG— 6A5 PIPING ON ROOF —G— GAS PIPING CONNECT TO EXI5TINGG NOTE: ALL DRAINS, DRAIN LINES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ROOF, STORM AND 5ANITARY, TO BE GLEANED AND VERIFIED AS FULLY FUNCTIONAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND UPON DELIVERY OF SPACE. Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-01. ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rosai & Associates, LLC.(I-IFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to FOR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy 1 1 S,. S. ,,'IV ` N fl: TA EEC lidll N 0 O CU � C) (O O i J ._ 0 0 70 O (D — LL C Co Z CU s C -t Co O O C)tt-_ q —_ a:W i L— L O _C Lt, CL N U) N -W C - N E T CU � 'a CIF) W O ; 0) O E = CCU LL n _ CUjACU ._ L CL = I— tiN 02/13/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 PLUMBING NOTES & SPECS Pool HFR 18.945 I. �• Nlit: 1• Lli1�� �I� � � FRONT VIEW REGOMMENDED CLEARANCE LEFT VIEW RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED GLEARANGE GLEARANGE ISOMETRIC VIEW VACUUM FROM TRX ROOMS - 000RDINATE CONNECTION WITH PATTER50N DENTAL * PLUMBING CONTRACTOR COMPRESSED AIR LINE FROM TRX ROOMS AND LAB5 i UAGUUM P002 SALE: NONE 4-10' (MIN) 1-3/8' (MAX) REQUIRED WALL MT ANCHOR BKT KIT P/N 54145 RECOMMENDED CLEARANCE GONTRAGTOR SHALL INSTALL A 50LMETEX AMALGAM SEPARATOR: SEPARATOR SHALL BE MOUNTED ON RACK. FULLY COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO CON5TRUCTION. 7VAG H05E• •FROM PUMPS TO TANK BY PATTER50N lit , � 5EWER DRAIN CONNECTION FROM UNDER 51DE OF STORAGE TANK - COORDINATE CONNECTION WITH PATTERSON DENTAL 4 PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR. SEE DETAIL I/PO03 GOMPRESSOR GONNEGT I ONS PLUMBING FIXTURE NOTES PLUMBING FIXTURES PROVIDED BY OWNER, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR INSTALLED. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL PROVIDED BY OWNER FOR PLUMBING 5TANDARDS, 5PEG5 AND ORDERING LOG -IN TO: • U5ERNAME: PLUMBIN64HEARTLAND.GOM PASSWORD: heartland001 -GLIGK 'MY LISTS' IN TOP RIGHT CORNER -SELECT NUMBER OF FIXTURES -ADD TO GART -GLIGK 'CART' IN TOP R16HT CORNER -GHECK OUT (THIS WILL NOT PLACE THE ORDER) -ENTER JOB LOCATION -ENTER DATE NEEDED -ENTER ADDRESS TO BE DELIVERED TO -ENTER TO THE ATTENTION OF' AND 'PHONE NUMBER' -REVIEW ORDER -GLICK 'SUBMIT ORDER' MOW THE ORDER 15 PLACED). FOR ANY PRODUCT OR ORDERING QUESTIONS PLEASE CONTACT: CARLA 5NOW WITH FER6U50N ENTERPRISES OFFICE: 636-681-g350 EMAIL: PREFERREDBUILDER.23150FERG-U50N.COM NOTE: VARIOUS AGGE55ORIE5 SUCH A5 WAX RINGS. PIPING, ETC. WILL NOT BE PROVIDED BY OWNER PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THESE IN THEIR QUOTE. PLUMBING7 FIXTURE SGHEDULE FIXTURE GONNECTIOW MARK DE56RIPTION REMARKS CW HW WASTE VENT HATER CLOSET - TANK TYPE AMERICAN STANDARD - CHAMPION PRO (1.28 6PF) # A211AA104020. TWO PIECE FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET. ADA HEIGHT. COLOR: WHITE. y2:� --- 411 211 P-1 (ADA) PROFLOW PFT5GOF2000WH ELONGATED BOWL OL05ET SEAT, COLOR: WHITE. OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. KOHLER K2241-0 KATHRYN, UNDERCOUNTER SINK, WHITE, 21" X 13" DELTA D356455MPUD5T A5HLYN COLLECTION WIDE SPREAD FAUCET. Y2a --- 211 211 P-3A UNDERMOUNT LAVATORY (ADA) 5TAINLE55, 5 - Y4" HEIGHT, LEVEL HANDLES, 1.5 6PM. OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. WALL HUNG LAVATORY (AMERIGAN STANDARD "LUCERNE." 0555012020) WITH GONGEALED ARM GARRIER MOUNTING. PROVIDE PROFLO PFW5284OGP FAUCET. HANDICAP DRAIN OFFSET W/ GRID DRAIN (ZURN Z814(b-PG) AND CHROME PLATED P-TRAP (ZURN Z8101-PG). CHROME " 211 211 P-35 LAVATORY (ADA) - WALL HUNG PLATED BRA55 ANGLE SUPPLY STOPS WITH 12" LONG x %" FLEX SUPPLIES (MG6UIRE HI65). INSULATE TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES (TRUEBRO "LAVOUARD" #103 E-Z). OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR INSTALLED. P-3G PROFLOW PF5RI51562, 23 GAUGE 5TAINLE55 STEEL - 2 HOLE BAR 51NK PROFLOW PFW568gOGP, 4" CENTER5ET, 5 - 18", BAR FAUCET WITH Y2° --- 2" 211 TREATMENT ROOM SINK POLISHED CHROME HANDLES AND METAL GRID STRAINER. OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. PROFLO PF5R332284, 20 GAUGE 5TAINLE-56 STEEL, DOUBLE GOMPARTMENT SINK. SELF RIMMING WITH I - %" RADIUS COVER CORNERS. FULLY BREAKROOM 51NK (DOUBLE COATED UNDERSIDE. 4 HOLE, 33" x 6 -Ye," x 22". ELKAY ELK801GN08L2, DEGK MOUNTED FAUCET WITH 6" GOOSENECK, 8" GENTER, AERATOR --- 2 „ 2 P-3D BOWL) AND QUARTER OPERATING CARTRIDGE. POLISHED GHROME FINISH, SIDE H05E SPRAYER BASKET STRAINER 4 DRAIN. PROVIDE IN51NKERATOR IFWDI, Y3 HP, GALVANIZED STEEL GRINDER, 360 DE6. 5WIVEL LUGS, QUICK LOCK INSTALLATION GARBAGE DISPOSAL. OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR INSTALLED. PROFLO PF5R332284, 20 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL ,DOUBLE COMPARTMENT SINK. SELF RIMMING WITH I - 3/4' RADIUS COVER CORNERS. FULLY GOATEE? UNDERSIDE. 4 HOLE, 33" x 8 -Y8' x 22". ELKAY ELK8016N08L2, DEGK MOUNTED FAUGET WITH 8" GOOSENEGK, 8" CENTER, P-3E LAB 51NK (DOUBLE BOWL) AERATOR AND QUARTER OPERATING GARTRIDGE. POLISHED GHROME FINISH, 51DE H05E SPRAYER BASKET STRAINER 4 DRAIN. OWNER Y211 --- 2" 2" PROVIDED, PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR INSTALLED. TEE GW SUPPLY FROM P-3E ON GLEAN SIDE OF LAB (ONLY). ROUTE TO 4 INSTALL COUNTER MOUNTED EYEWASH FAUGET (PROVIDED BY PATTERSON DENTAL). PROFLO PFMB2424, 24" x 24" GOMPO5ITE MOP SINK, WHITE. DELTA D28TgAG, WALL MOUNTED RIGID 51W FAUGET, GHROME, 10" REACH. P-4 MOP SINK ACCESSORIES TO INCLUDE 5TAINLE55 STEEL WALL 6l1ARD5 (PROFLO PFW624S) AND MOP HANGER (PROFLO PF245). OWNER PROVIDED, Y2" ___ 3" 2" PLUMBING CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. WATER COOLER W/ BOTTLE FILLER (ELKAY LZ56MLP). ORIFIGE AT 32 1/8" AFF. 5.8 GPH OF 50 DE6 WATER ® 80 DEG ROOM P-6 WATER GOOLER (ADA) TEMPERATURE. PROVIDE ACCE55ORY APRON (LKAPREZL) IF INSTALLED ON AN EXPOSED WALL. MOUNT WITH WALL CARRIER (ZURN 1225-BL). Y2" --- 2" 2" H/ BOTTLE FILLER OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR INSTALLED. ICE MAKER CONNECTION BOX (OATEY #3ql 5ERIE5). 6"X6". LOW LEAD, Y4 TURN BRA55 VALVE WITH INTEGRAL FACTORY INSTALLED WATER P-1 IGE MAKER/REFRIGERATOR BOX HAMMER ARRESTOR. PROVIDE BAGKFLOW PREVENTER IN SUPPLY LINE (WATTS '503', A55E 1022). PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING )2' ___ ___ --- GONTRAGTOR. P-8 WASHING MACHINE BOX WA5HIN6 MAGHINE CONNECTION BOX (OATEY 3814x 5ERIE5). Y4 TURN 13RA55 BALL VALVES WITH INTEGRAL FACTORY INSTALLED WATER Y2" Y2" 2" 211 HAMMER ARRESTORS. FILTROL 160 POINT-OF-U5E LINT INTERCEPTOR. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR. P-q EYE WASH PATTERSON DENTAL TO PROVIDE AN51 Z358.1 COMPLIANT MIXING VALVE FOR FAUCET MOUNTED EYE WASH BAGKFLOW PREVENTER REDUCED PRE55LRE ZONE BAGKFLOW PREVENTER WITH TWO INDEPENDENT CHECK MODULES, INTERMEDIATE RELIEF VALVE, AND TEST GOGK5 BFP-I (REDUCED PRE55LRE ZONE) (WATTS LFOOq-QT). LEAD FREE. ASSEMBLY SHALL INGLUDE TWO ISOLATION VALVES AND STRAINER. GONFORM5 TO A55E STANDARD 1013. --- --- --- --- PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. TP-L LAVATORY TYPE TRAP PRIMER LAVATORY TRAP PRIMER SYSTEM WITH P-TRAP AND)" PRIME TUBE (J.R. SMITH "PRIME-EZE"). PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING _-_ --- Y2a CONTRACTOR. AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER (P.P.P. MODEL P2-500). FOR TWO LINE5, PROVIDE D15TRIBUTION UNITE OU-4/DU-U. FOR THREE OR FOUR LINES, V, --- --- --- TP-A AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER PROVIDE MODEL PI-500 AND DU-4/DU-U. A55E STANDARD 1018. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR. PT PLASTER TRAP PATTER50N DENTAL TO PROVIDE 3.5 GAL SET. PLASTER TRAP, INSTALLED BY PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR ET -I POTABLE WATER EXPANSION LEAD-FREE POTABLE WATER EXPANSION TANK (WATTS PLT-12). 4.5 6ALLON5 TOTAL VOLUME. Lb GALLONS MAXIMUM AGGEPTANGE VOLUME. ___ ___ /4 TANK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING GONTRAGTOR. FD FLOOR DRAIN - GENERAL GENERAL PURP05E FLOOR DRAIN WITH ADJUSTABLE GOLLAR 4 LIGHT DUTY NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER (ZURN ZN-415B). WHERE TRAP PRIMER PURP05E 15 SHOWN ON PLAN, PROVIDE Y2" TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION (-P) 4 TRAP GUARD. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. --- --- 3" 2" ZURN MODEL ZN-1400 'LEVEL-TROL" ADJUSTABLE FLOOR GLEANOUT WITH NICKEL BRONZE TOP. GLEANOUT 51ZE SHALL MATCH LINE SIZE. FGO FLOOR GLEANOUT PROVIDE ANY NEGE55ARY MODIFICATIONS OR AGGE55ORIE5 SUCH AS CARPET MARKER, TILE OR SQUARE TOP AS REQUIRED TO BE FLUSH --- --- tt 4 --- WITH AND MATGH FLOOR FINISH. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. TMV THERM05TATIG MIXING VALVE LAWLER 'TMM', A55E 1010, (LEAD FREE). TO BE LOGATED A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE BENEATH EACH P-3A 4 P-35. SET TO DELIVER 105 DE6REE5. Y2" Y2" CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED. PUMP 5GHEDULE PUMP GPM HEAD TYPE SERVICEMOTOR MANUF MODEL REMARKS NO. FT. AMPS NOM. HP VOLT -PH RPM GP -I 3 CIIN-LINE VERTIGAL WH-I 6RUNDF05 UP 0.52 I/40 110 VOLT 3250 THREADED CONNECTIONS, PROVIDE AQUASTAT AND TIME GLOGK SERIES I PHASE ELEGTR I G NATER HEATER SCHEDULE RECOVERY MARK MANUFACTURER/MODEL STORAGE ® 80 DE6. KW INLET/OUTLET ELECTRICAL REMARK5 TEMP. R15E NH -I A.O. SMITH DEL-40 40 GAL 31 6.0 3/4" GOORDD. 5ET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 120 DEOREE5 NOTES: PLUMBING CONTRAGTOR SHALL FULLY COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERI5TIC5 OF THE WATER HEATER WITH THE ELEGTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL AND PURGHA5E. AGGEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE: BRADFORD WHITE, STATE 4 LOCHINVAR. Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla.. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HPR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion sealed: mm-dd-yy w ill''l S. �C`;Q. • G E to**•'°�S�. ` 53 _ 2 f/tllllit% 0 C ca U N co C N C J •- L 0 0 0 )5 - if LL C CU CU r Cl) CU N C)Z C:) r_ _ 2 W Jc � O CL N N .� 1 � E r Ln M as o oCL4)o C m N ICU CU Q� CD _ �" ti N 02/13/19 For Construction mk I date issue SCHEDULES P002 HFR 18.945 BYPA55 NORMALLY CLOSED PRV PRESSURE (SET 65 P519) GAUGE (TYP) \\ —4 -I/2" SHUTOFF VALVE (TYP) FLOW UNION (TYP)\��STRAINER (TYP) PRESSURE GAUGE �Ni7 5HUTOFF VALVE (TYP) PRESSURE > -70p5i I 1-1/2" Mir OW no UNION (TYP) STRAINER (TYP) PRESSURE < -10p5 i DO NOT INSTALL PRESSURE REDUG I NCB DEV I GE IF NGOM I NG HATER PRESSURE 15, LESS THAN -70 PSI. DOMESTIC WATER s SERVIGE ENTRANGE P003 SGALE:HONE AQUA5TAT HOT WATER RETURN BALANGING VALVE. SET AT 2 GPM BALL VA HOT WATER RETURN FROM SYSTEM PRESSURE 6UA6E GP IN -LINE PUMP (SEE SCHEDULE) STRAINER CHECK VALVE ffl. HOT WATER RETURN I TO HEATER TIME GLOGK. COORDINATE 5ETTIN65 OF CLOCK WITH OWNER PRIOR TO GONSTRUGTION. TRIG UNION (TYP) 3 17'rP. IN —LINE PUMP DETAIL P003 SGALE:NONE VACUUM RELIEF VAl "C DIELECTRIC UNION (" A51ME T4P RELIEF l� DISCHARGE FULL 51 JANITORS SINK 1 1/2" HIGH DRAIN P I" DRAIN ROUTE 1 JANITORS SINK EXPANSION TANK. WATTS PET SERIES - 51ZED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. TE VALVE (TYP.2) W SUPPLY 'LET REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING SHELF AND SUPPORTS. 4 � ELEVATED WATER HEATER P003 SGALE:NONE DI5G4iAR6E FROM BAGKFLOW PREVENTER. INSTALL AIR GAP FITTING ON BAGKFLOW PREVENTER AIR GAP FITTING a0D YJ 112 E 5 9, A: T.rrf_mI W,i 01•��� I _-2* BAtCKNATER VALVE 2" DIA. PVC PIPE FINISHED FLOOR FULL SIZE 015GHAR6E FROM BAGKFLOW PREVENTER ' ! t .".: t: ;..: ; •. s. ;.,•:. : ': .•. e'.. ••� ter. ' � : � • �.. ::i•. y,iJ.�, t� 3" DEEP SEAL P-TRAP W/ TRAP PRIMER AND TRAP GUARD � 1VAGUUM PUMP DRAIN LINE P003 SGALE:NONE DISTRIBUTION OR BRANGH LINE INTERIOR WALL MIFAB MI-b00, TRAP SEAL PRIMER CONNECTOR OR EQUAL 2 DETAIL P003 SCALE: NONE CONNEGT TO TOP OF DISTRIBUTION OR BRANGH LINE r- LINE SHUTOFF VALVE MIFAB MI-500 SERIES TRAP SEAL PRIMER OR EQUAL MIFAB MI -GAP, AIR GAP FITTING OR EQUAL MIFAB MI -DU, TRAP SEAL DI5TRI13UTION UNIT IF SERVING MORE THAN ONE DRAIN OR EQUAL. (5ERVE5 UP TO 4 DRAINS) CEILING FLOOR DRAIN W/ TRAP PRIMER AND TRAP GUARD. — TRAP PRIMER Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 Cn w H U O U0 CI) ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hilifoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley R"si & Associates, LLC.WR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy �%tII11,1 / �0 S. 5'yF,�''f IV No �r►iflilt%% aD 0 a� -r r CU U N CD(1)L_ c J •— 0 0 C 0- a) ff LL � z cc = '^w Y/ CD O 04 04 —_ _ W i L L o L- C W N -F-+ E CU > LO C: N O '� Ri "a Q-d•O O — � _ mICU N C: t V CL ti N 02/13/19 For Construction mk I date issue DETAILS - PLUMBING 'll HFR 18.945 d LAVATORY TYPE TRAP PRIMER (TP VI J.R. SMITH "PRIME-EZE" OR EWIVELENT. � INVERT OF CONNECTION LOCATED 1/6" ABOVE STATIC, WATER LEVEL, ENABLING "OVERFLOW" INTO TRAP PRIMER TUBE WHEN TEMPORARY HEAD 15 CREATED. COUNTERTOP OR WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY SLAB PENETRATION (PROVIDE PVC, SLEEVE 4 CAULK) —\ FLOOR DRAIN W/ TRAP PRIMER AND TRAP GUARD. 3 LAVATORY P004)SCALE: NONE W-21 I. PLASTER TRAP AND CONNECTION H05E5 PROVIDED BY PATTERSON DENTAL 2. PLASTER TRAP d HOSES REPLACE THE STANDARD P-TRAP AT 51W PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TYPICAL STUB -OUT FROM WALL. fr F-IN15HED WALL FINI5HED FLOOR .'�• ... Q. .d . .. a. d °< 1/2" COPPER TUBING GONTINUOU5 BELOW FLOOR (NO JOINT5). FLOOR DRAIN P-TRAP 5LOPE TOWARDS FLOOR WITH TRAP PRIMER DRAIN. CONNECTION TRAM' PRIMER 4 PLASTER TRAP P004 5GALE: NONE SINK BASIN MU5T BE STANDARD DEPTH. PLASTER TRAP GAONNOT BE INSTALLED UNDER DEEP BASIN VERTICAL HOSE BEND SHOULD BE NO GREATER THAN cIO° EXHAU5T 3" 2" EXHAUST FROM BOTTOM PUMP IN5TALL PIPE DRIP LEG A55EM13LY (SUPPLIED WITH V PAGKAGE) TO BOTTOM OF EXHAUST VENT. ROUTE 1/4" O.D. (0 URETHANE TUBING FROM DRIP LEG TO FLOOR DRAIN OR MOP SINK. �VAGUUM PUMP VENT P I P I N6 P004 5GALE: NONE VENT STACK INSECT SCREEN FLEX APPROVED CAULKING FLEX PREFABRICATED PIPE FLAANCGE 5TAINLE55 STEEL CLAMP FLEX PLATES AND EASTERNER5 HEAT WELDED 2" 5EAM FLEX MF/R FIELD MEMBRANE KT GOMPRES5OR INTAKE AND ��OVAGUUM EXHAUST VENT 5GALE: NONE Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 H U 0 Cl� c?J ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy `�tllllJt7! .. 6 '© E .: l,lflltil� 0 o tU 64 c N Y C J0- 0 -v .� E L L cU Z Co Vj t (D o — 2 CN W i L L O -C LL CL a Cn N E cu M CD 0 LO CI 2C O CCU m �% � 4 L CU C M t C _ F— ti N 3/19I For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 DETAILS - PLUMBING 11 T — ----7--l— - HFR 18.945 II KEYED NOTES: II O NEW 3"VENT-THRU-ROOF TERMINAL. 5HOWN IRE FLOOR GLAR11Y ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT VENT TERMINAL 15 A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET AWAY FROM ANY FRE5H AIR INTAKE. 20 CONNECT NEW 4- 5ANITARY TO EXI5TING SANITARY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, DEPTH AND 51ZE OF EXI5TINCG 5ANITARY LINE PRIOR TO BID. NI T I � I >\\\ -� / Ile loe• / n NJ N. /loo, 00e /� I �/ \ / \ DUI \�\ / \ \ \ loll I \\\ \\ / I \ N. / / \ �r / I \ N I \�\ I /\\\\ N ,� \3r \\\\ loe / 0000 \ \\\\ ��\\ I \\ \\ NI \\\//< .00e J I \ NI \ \ \\ \ I / 10( \ I \\ \ I \ > ` \ I \ 3r / N. 001e I r7' toe 000e— / I I \ /1-01 CN N I � N RISER D I A6RAM - PLUMB I NCB (WASTE � VENT P005%5GALE: N.T.S. Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 Cn w H 0-4 0 �J ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(H FR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy $D CUcu � N N J •_ o 0 0 �ca — LL Cc Z C CU (1) O N t _ _ W L 0 nCL W N 1 N E W- -4 4 N > C O .a L � c 2 o MC W , ww CU 4-1 CCc tf cU _ = I— CO) N 02/13/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 RISER DIAGRAM P00%, HFR 18.94 O i 1% EXISTING 2-WAY Ell GLEANOUT I I I L___ry' d&_J I II EXISTING h I� Z1 S ' 405AN B/G =q EQUIPMENT 1 114 Ire �� MEGHANIGAL EX. N20 P-3G ac 2 P-3G O 115 3 I�r T) r ILL _J ILL=JJ1 n I 1-211 I I n 1 —2 -- 11 II C1f)1C� N I I III C1rJ1C� 11 1 I J 1 1 J 1 STAFF —@ I J RESTROOM FGO 116 BREAKROOM � ==moo Irj �I I �� IL I R 11 �o or --� 4F TREATMENT 3 r IOa L �I rn 4t —� CTT� II II II I I (LL —211 ----1— P-3G P-3G O Ifir; �1 II v�ll) r ILL_JJII n 2 i1 ' II II �I C11C / 2N J I / N I TREATM NT Io[ SUIT 1 -3C inI I TREATMENTS I TREATMENT 6 I TREATMENT 8 SUPPLIES 1 6 J118 I Iq 120 I.T. CLOSET 124 p i JANITOR nt, 123 IN x r n CVI 1 1 IIIC)11 FGO I- r 4" I 311 311 HALLWAY 311 311 o f 103 P- R [ I TREATM NT 2 I ki I I I I SUITE r O I L----J I p L TREATMENT -1 F TREATMENT Ci 1= —A I �� 121 122 1 _ - -�; — N IN eUPPLIES I _ i \I i II __ 1 f 1 — ---c I I 2 I i WORK AREA _ CTTJ II CTT= II I^ L _ J L� I Lr�J I I y 1 r 2 112 I I I \\\Jll l r--- yl �, col ; 1 ,_ I u ,_ I u R 1 I 1rr; �11 I(r; �11 - -- - - I I I I r z 1 L-- J — I P-3G I�L—_;JJ� Z ILL=:JJj O O " •Va7I I ---= I 211 ---------- I J _ —J 1 2 I — II HALLWAY I LI 1 1 I —J I BUSINESS 'y � n 2 i i 102 _J I I I IHl I I I --- �_,�� PANO ---- I I I ! TREATMENT 4 P- / L / 1 1 11 11 11 i -------------------- o —Iol I Z i i i L I I/ — I I I — ---- 2a ---- —_— 2n --_ wGo �p I 411 4N WAITING IL 11 lol I III I II I 4/ HALLWAY I L - II l03 NI . I 'yl 1 I 2 j L_ ( I II II JIB � TREATMENT 2 m I TREATMENT I WOMEN' MEWS r _" = RESTR M ESTROO I I 108 I I E I I ( 411 04 L---JL--JII L--J I 1° PP-3A oc �o P-3A I'-J - I !I I — CTT 11 CTT7 I Lr'J I I LKJ 11 III 1 L 111 I �—_J I I I I 1 I �^\ Irr} ��I Irr; �11 L J I N LJ >^�I ILl JI I 2 I�C; J� 4 ,�'� 1 'ii 2� \L_.J� �l L_J J ' I u II II II l V FGO P3 4"5 4 2'h/ FLOOR PLAN -PLUMBING (WASTE � YENT SCALE: 1/4" = P- Oil KEYED NOTES: 10 2" WASTE d VENT 5TAGK. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER WITHY2" TP LINE DIN 4 B/F TO FLOOR DRAIN(5). 5EE DETAIL 3/PO04. 20 2" WASTE I VENT 5TAGK 30 EXTEND AND CONNECT TO EXI5TING 3"VENT THROUGH ROOF TERMINAL. ® 3" FLOOR DRAIN (FD) W/ TRAP PRIMER 4 TRAP GUARD (TYPICAL FOR ALL FLOOR DRAIN5) 50 I Y2" 5AN ON INTO PLASTER TRAP MOUNTED BELOW SINK (PROVIDED BY PATTER50N DENTAL, INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR). I YV" 5AN FROM TRAP A/F TO 2" WASTE 4 VENT 5TAGK. 5EE DETAIL 4/P004. D15CHAR6E I Y2" VALVED DRAIN FROM VACUUM PUMP INTO STANDPIPE DRAIN (5EE DETAIL I/PO03). 70 2"VENT DOWN ® THERE WILL BE NO HAZARDOUS CHEMI0AL5 D15P05ED OF IN THI5 FLOOR DRAIN. GONNEGT NEW 4' 5ANITARY TO EXI5TI% SANITARY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, DEPTH AND 51ZE OF EXISTING SANITARY LINE PRIOR TO BID. 2" VENT ABOVE FLOOR - SHOWN OFFSET FOR CLARITY. Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com 0 Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the properly of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates. LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HPR upon project completion sealed: mm-dd-yy EN"-. o. 36 - s ( � W L 0 ,L r CU V 04 C O J •o 0 -0 4� if � Z CU Cl) V, � � 04 iF — _ 04 �• L 0 �^^ U_ �.L r^ N �J Ele > C: N o >� d Q E C La. � m N CU 4-0 — — '� Co N N a = I— P. N 02/13/191 For Construction mk I date I issue Floor Plan - Plumbing - Waste & Vent HFR 18.945 n FLOOR PLAN -PLUMBING (NATE SG,ALE: 1/4" = P- O" KEYED NOTES: O V CH 4 Xs' HW ON TO FIXIURE(S). ZO Xs" CH TO FIXTURE. O 1-1/4" H 4 GW ON TO SHELF MOUNTED WATER HEATER HH-I (SEE DETAIL 4/P003). ® %" HWR TO CIRCULATION PUMP rP-1 (5EE DETAIL 3/PO03). 5O )Y GW ON TO P-1, © )Y VALVED CW SUPPLY FOR VAaUM PUMP, COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTION WITH VAUtH PUMP EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE BAGKFLOW PREVENTER DEP-L AT FIXTURE CONNECTION. 7O 1-1/2" CA TO WATER SOLENOID VALVE. VALVE TO BE OPENED/CLOSED BY SWITCH AT 3-S4ITCH CONTROL PANEL TO SHUTOFF ALL WATER TO SUITE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ELECTRICAL DEVICES. ® X2" GW ON TO B/F. ® CONNECT NEW 1-1/4" WATER 5ERVICE TO NEAREST EX15TIWo 1-1/2'WATER. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE THE EXAGT SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO CON5TR1)GTION. ® WATER FILTER (SUPPLIED BY PATTER5ON DENTAL, IN5TA .LED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR). COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ELECTRICAL DEVIGE5. 0 Xs' CA UP FOR CONNECTION TO DENTAL CHAIR EQUIPMENT UTILITY BOX. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD AND PROVIDE ALL NEGE55ARY FITTIN65 FOR CONNECTION PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. BELOW FLOOR FILTERED WATER PIPING SHARES TRENCH AND ENTERS UTILITY BOX WITH MEDICAL 6AS PIPES, 5EE P103. ® Xs' GW TEE TO EYEWASH per. (SEE SPEGIFICATICW. ® v GW TO TRAP PRIMER TP-e,)�' TP LINE ON 4 B/F TO DRAIN5 (5EE PIOI). ® 3/4' H 4 CH ON, EXTEND 4 CONNECT 1/2' cW 4 1/2' HW TO EACH FIXTURE. ® 1/2' GW BELOW FLOOR WITH NO JOINTS ® PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE A%EMIBLY MOUNTED HIGH ON WALL. (IF REQUIRED) SEE DETAIL 5/P003. 3/4' H 4 GW ON, EXTEND 4 CONNECT 1/2' GW 4 1/2' HW TO EACH LAVATORY AND 1/2' GW TO EACH WATER CL05ET Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 Cl) w ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfaleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLc.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawfuL All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy ,�lttttl,f� S. SyF�,, s �Or s w r01 • �'\ MY t'it, it, .L 0 N CU U N N � J •— 0 C p N — Ca U— CU Z ., C (DCU o o —_ =V-w >1 L o _r_ LIL Q N Cn N +� CLin r > M � 'p CL a) O O LL C m N � LF) A r-.N 3/191 For Construction mk I date I issue Floor Plan - Plumbing - Water P102 -i- --- HFR 18.945 m ID FLOOR PLAN - PLUMB I NCB (MAD I GAL 6,45 P105 %5GALE: 1/41I = II- oil KEYED NOTES: 11 10 1/2" AIR 41- 1/2" VACUUM B/F 4 UP FOR CONNECTION TO DENTAL CHAIR EQUIPMENT UTILITY BOX. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND PROVIDE ALL NEGE55ARY FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. BELOW FLOOR MED GA5 PIPING SHARES TRENCH AND ENTERS UTILITY BOX WITH FILTERED WATER PIPE, SEE P102. 02 1/2" VACUUM B/F 4 UP. TEE TO 1/2" N20 5GAVEN(51% VACUUM (N5V) IN WALL ABOVE FLOOR. 1/2" VACUUM 4 1/2" N20 5GAVENGING VACUUM 5TUB OUT OF FINAL CONNECTION. PROVIDE OR AGQUIRE FROM PATTER50N DENTAL ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 30 1/2" 02 4 3/8" N20 A/G 4 ON IN WALL. STUB OUT OF WALL 4 TURN 40 DEGREES INTO THE TOE KICK SPACE. FIELD COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTION. PROVIDE OR ACQUIRE FROM PATTERSON DENTAL ALL NEGE55ARY FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. ® 1/2" AIR UP FROM B/F 4 RUN A/F IN WALL. 5TUB ABOVE COUNTER WITH STOP, NEXT TO ULTRA50NIG GLEANER(5). FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENT5. 50 2" VACUUM B/F 4 UP, CONNECT TO VAGGUM PUMP EQUIPMENT (FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH BELOW SLAB SANITARY PIPING IN SAME AREA). © 1/2" AIR B/F 4 UP, CONNECT TO AIR GOMPRE550R EQUIPMENT (FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH BELOW 5LA13 SANITARY PIPING IN SAME AREA). 70 ROUTE 3"PVC UP TO VTR FROM VACUUM HEADS. SEE DETAILS 1 4 2/P004 8Q ROUTE 2" PVC, UP TO INTAKE ON ROOF FOR GOMPRE55ED AIR. SEE DETAIL 2/P004. 1/2" 02 4 3/6" N20 A/G 4 ON TO 5Y5TEM MANIFOLD (SUPPLIED BY PATTERSON DENTAL, INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR). ® 1-1/2" UP TO VACUUM 5Y5TEM GLEANOUT. INSTALL CHROME PLATED COVER PLATE THREADED TO END OF PIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION TO NOT CONFLICT WITH CABINETS OR WALL MOUNTED DEVIGE5. Q 2" UP TO VACUUM SYSTEM CLEANOUT. INSTALL CHROME PLATED COVER PLATE THREADED TO END OF PIPE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION TO NOT CONFLICT WITH CABINETS OR WALL MOUNTED DEVICES. ® REFER TO VACUUM/AIR COMPRE550R INSTALLATION DETAIL ON P003. Shepherd, Harvey & Associates, Inc. 4855 River Green Parkway, Suite 400 Duluth, Georgia 30096-2569 Fla. Cert. of Auth. No. 28961 770-495-4007 FAX 770-495-7112 Project Number: 19-012 ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING 3680 Pleasant Hill Road Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096 p 770.622.9858 f 770.622.9535 www.hillfoleyrossi.com ® Copyright (as dated below). This drawing and all reproductions thereof are the property of Hill Foley Rossi & Associates, LLC.(HFR). It is intended for the sole use of the project named hereon. Reproduction without the written consent of HFR is unlawful. All copies are to be returned to HFR upon project completion. sealed: mm-dd-yy ,�ttit+rf S. syF' •'�C" ' E N ph'ir� S' No. g0 e s/orva� E ,•, �,ditlill , N 0 N � Rf O U N N N C J •— 0 C 0 — LL. ca Cl) Z CU C :E CU CDN o c _ _ W O -C IL 0- (1)♦-+ Cn N C 1 — N E � CU M Cq C:> W O 'p 0-0) ; 0 C LL CO N C V _ ti N 02/13/191 For Construction 1 mk I date I issue 1 Floor Plan - Plumbing - Medical Gas P103 HFR 18.945